Or 


7^ 


mW^ 


KORAKOU 

A  PREHISTORIC  SETTLEMENT  NEAR   CORINTH 


AMERICAN  SCHOOL  OF  CLASSICAL  STUDIES  AT  ATHENS 


KOHAKOU 

A  Prehistoric  Sottlonicnt  near  Corintli 


BY 

CAUL  W.   1}  LEG  EN,  Ph.D. 


I!<)S'n).\    AM)   M;\V   'lOKK 

I'l  ltl,l>.|li:i)   n\    I'lIK  AMKIU<  AN  S(  IIOOl 

OK  «  l.ASSK  Al.  STI'UIKS  A  I'  AI'IIKNS 

192  1 


('oi-viiiiiirr.   I'.rJI,  iiY 

TlIK  TKISTI^-S  OF  Tin;  AMKUICAN  SCIIOOI, 

OK  CI^SSICAI.  M  riHl;s  at  ATllliXS 

ALL  KIUIIT»  i(t:st:i{vi:D 


Crii 


\A 


f-KINTiai    AT   TIIK   HUMKilMIl    I'll&U* 
Cf>N'Cf*Hti  N.    H. 

CtlLUH     I'LArKM    UY    tIATCIIKI,    ANI» 

^' "■'■*■         ■  p|iit.Abi:i.i>iiiA 


Zll 


The  investiftations  desfribiMl  in  this  vohiinc  wcic  iiKulc  i)(>ssil)lc 
hy  ail  a|)i)r()i)riati(in  frmii  funds  (•(intriliiiti't!  to  the  Schniil  tin- 
tilt'  imrpose  uf  exfavatinn  by  Mrs.  ,1.  Mdnliioniery  Scars  of  Bos- 
ton in  nienioiy  of  licr  son  .1.  Moutgonicry  Sears,  Jr.,  a  member  of 
the  School  from  1899  to  lUOl. 

P.VUL   V.  C.  B.u  H, 
CJkouoe  H.  Ch.vsk, 
h.vhold  n.  fowlkk. 


Publication 
Committee. 


-.^°^ 
^^^^l^<?^-< 


.<*P^  ^ve' 


V-^a^^- 


v^' 


.^'^'^ 


,^v 


.Nl-' 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.     Introduction 1 

II.     The  Pottery 4 

Early  Helladic  Period 4 

Middle  Ileliadie  Period 15 

Late  Helladic  Period 35 

III.  The  Architecture 75 

Early  Helladic  Period 75 

Middle  Helladic  Period 76 

Late  Helladic  Period 79 

IV.  The  Tombs 100 

Early  Helladic  Period 100 

Middle  Helladic  Period 100 

Late  Helladic  Period 102 

V.     Miscellaneous  Finds 104 

Ivirly  Helladic  Period 104 

Middle  Helladic  Period 105" 

Late  Helladic  Period 105 

\  I.     Conclusion 110 

Connect ioii.-^  with   Other  Hites 110 

( 'hroiiolofiy 120 

The  Prehistoric  Culture  of  Korakou 123 

Appendices 127 

Tables 127 

Stratification  of  Pit  E.  A 128 

Pottery  Groups  from  Houses ; 129 

The  So-Called  Temple  of  Hera  at  Tiryns 130 

Index 135 


LIST  OF  PLATES 

I.     1.  S:iu('(!-l)():it,  lOarly  H('ll;i(li(^  Pi'iiod,  ("hiss  H  II.     (Wntor-color  by  10.  ( Jillioron,  Jr.) 
2.   I'attcnuHl  Ware,  Early  Ili-Uadic  Period,  Class  C  I  (a).     (Watur-color  by  E.  (Jil- 

lirron,  Jr.) 
'.i.  Puttornetl  Ware,  Early  Ilelladic  Period,  Class  C  1(b).     (Water-color  by  E.  Ciii- 

liuron,  Jr.) 

II.     Sherds  of   Mattpaiiitcd  Ware  and  LiKht-on-Dark  Maiidand   Ware,   Showing  Simi- 
larity of  Patterns,  Middle  Helladie  Peiiod.     (Drawing  by  K.  (Jillieron,  Jr.) 

III.  I'our  Sherds  of  ^lattpaintcd  Ware,  Class  II,  and  Four  of  Dark-on-Light  Mainland 

Ware,  Middle  Helladie  Period.     (Drawing  by  E.  Gillicron,  Jr.) 

IV.  Examples  of  Patterns  on  Cups  of  the  Vaphio  Shape,  Late  Helladie  Perioil.     (Water- 
eolor  by  E.  Gillieron,  Jr.) 

V.     Ewer  of  Good  Fabric, Second  Late  IIella<lie  Period.     (Water-eolor  by  K.  Gillieron,  Jr.) 

\\.     l''i)ur  Sh(>rds  of  Ephyracan  Ware,  Second  Late  Ilelladic  Period.     (Water-color  by  E. 
( Jillieron,  Jr.) 

\'ll.      Two  h;pli>raean  Goblets  Restored,  Second  Late  Helladie  Period.     (Water-color  by  IC. 
Gillieron,  Jr.) 

\III.     General  Plan  of  the  Excavations  at  Koiakou.     (Mcuismed  and  Dr.iwM  by  W,  M.  Dins- 
moor;  with  some  Additions  by  Dr.  .V.  K.  <  )rl;indos) 


LIST  OF  FIGURES 


1.  'I'lic  Mound  of  Korakoii  finjn  the  South        .      . 

2.  The  Mouiul  of  Koiakoii  frojii  the  West 

',i.  Seven  Sherds  of  Early  TIclhuhc  Ware 

4.  S;nice-hoat,  lOaily  Ilelladic  PeriotI,  Chiss  A  II    . 

5.  Four  Slierds  of  Early  Helladic  Ware,  Class  B  I . 

6.  Sance-l)oat,  Early  Ilelladie  Period,  Class  B  II   . 

7.  Askos  handle,  Ivirly  Ilelladie  Period,  Class  B  II 
S.  Water-jar,  Early  Helladic  Period,  Class  B  II  . 
9.  Sherds  of  Patterned  Ware,  E.  IT.  Period,  Group  C 

10.  Tankards,  Early  Ilelladie  Periotl,  Class  C  I  (1))       .      . 

11.  Large  Tankard,  Early  Helladic  Period,  Class  C  II 

12.  Hound  Saueers,  Early  Ilelladie  Period,  Group  D 
\'A.  Protiles  of  UiiMS  of  Saucers,  E.  II.  Period      ... 

14.  Deep  Bowl,  Early  Helladic  Period,  Group  E      .  . 
1").  Baking-pan,  Early  Helladic  Period,  (iroiip  E     . 

ir>.  Sniall  Storage  Jai-,  Earlj'  Ilelhuiic  Period,  (irouj)  10 

17.  Goblet  with  Incised  Decoration,  E.  H.  Period,  Group  F 

15.  Minyan  Bowl,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Class  A  I 
11).  Miiiyaii  Bowl,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Class  A  I 

20.  Miiiyan  Goblet,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Class  A  I       .      .      . 

21.  Minyan  Bowl  with  Uounde-d  Profile,  M.  H.  Period,  Class  A  I 

22.  Minyan  Bowl  with  Hounded  Profile,  M.  II.  Period,  Class  A  I 
2:i.  Nine  Sherds  of  Argive  Minyan,  M.  H.  Period,  Class  All 

24.  Dec])  Bowl  of  Black  Monochronie  Ware,  M.  H.  Period,  A  II 

25.  Shallow  Bowl,  Hed  IMonouluonie  Ware,  M.  II.  Period,  All 

26.  Three  Ladles,  Yellow  Minyan,  M.  H.  Period,  A  III     .      .      . 

27.  Six  Sherds,  Early  Mattpainted  Ware,  M.  H.  Period,  B  I 

28.  Sniall  Pithos,  Mattpainted  Ware,  M.  II.  Period,  B  I    . 

29.  Spouted  Bowl,  Mattpainted  Ware,  M.  H.  Period,  B  I 
ao.  Sh.dlow  Basin,  ^Llttpainted  Ware,  IM.  H.  Period,  B  I. 
31.  Hcakt^d  Jug,  Mattjjainteil  Ware,  M.  H.  Period,  B  I 
:i2.  Water-jar,  Mattpaintinl  Ware,  M.  H.  Period,  B  I 
'.V.i.  Ne(-k  of  Water-jar,  IMattpaint.ed  Ware,  M.  II.  P.-iiod,  B 
M.  Sherds  from  Mattpainted  Cups,  M.  II.  Period,  B  II  . 
.'}').  Fourteen  Sherds  Mattpainted  Ware,  M.  II.  Period,  U  II 
;{(■>.  Twi>nty  Sherds  Mattpaint.-d  Ware,  :\I.  II.  Period,  H  II 
:}7.  Amphora,  Mattpauited  Ware,  M.  11.  Period,  B  11 

IW.  Cup  of  Fine  Fabric,  Mattpainted  Ware,  B  II    . 

;i\\.  Fragment  of  Sh.dlow  Bowl,  Mattpainted  Ware,  B  II    .       . 

40.  lour  Sherd.s  of  Polychrome  :Matli)ainted  W.ire,  Class  I?  Ill 

U.  Three  Sherds  of  Polychrome  Mattpainted  Ware,  Class  Bill 

42.  Neck  of  B(!ake(l  ,Iug,  Polychrome  Mattpainted  Ware,  B  III 


I'AOE 

Photograph 

1 

(( 

2 

i( 

K 

6 

H 

0 

a 

6 

a 

7 

DV'AW'lU^ 

7 

Photograph 

8 

" 

9 

" 

10 

(t 

11 

li 

11 

Drawing    . 

12 

Photograph 

.      12 

(i 

13 

" 

14 

U 

.      14 

ii^ 

1.-) 

n 

1.-. 

n 

16 

a 

16 

tt 

16 

It 

17 

11 

.      18 

n 

.      18 

u 

.      19 

a 

.     20 

it 

.     21 

li 

21 

li 

22 

li 

22 

ti 

23 

Dr.'iwing    . 

23 

Photograph 

24 

" 

26 

a 

26 

Drawing 

27 

Photograph 

.     28 

Drawing 

28 

■• 

29 

1, 

.     29 

<( 

.     28 

XIV 


LIST  OF   FIcrUES 


*7 


4:< 

44. 

45. 
4ti. 
17 
\S. 
411. 
iVi. 
.'.1. 
.V>. 

r^i. 

M. 
55. 
50). 
57. 

5S. 

5!». 

(Ml. 

(il 

ti2. 

(i:i. 

(►4. 

G5. 

(Ui. 

r.7. 

(•►8. 

•iO. 

70. 

71. 

72. 

7a. 

74. 
75. 


7S. 
79. 
KO. 
SI. 
82. 
m. 
84. 
85. 
80. 
87. 
88. 
8«. 

no. 

91. 


Hiiii  of  Shallow  Howl,  rolycliroim-  Miittpiiiiilc.l  Ware.  H  III  OrawiiiK 

Cup  or  SoKip.  riipaiiit.Ml  Wari',  M.  II.  P<-rio.l,  CroupC  Pli<.((.Ki;ii)li 

Thrif  StraiiuTK,  Dojiu-^tif  Wan-,  .M.  II.  rciio.j,  Crunp  (' 

Two  Siimll  Storngi-  Jars,  M.  II.  IVriod,  ( inmp  ('    . 

.<fvt'iitc«'n  SluTils  I.iuht-on-nnrk  Ware,  M.  H.  IViiod,  I  la.>is  1)1 

FraKim-nl  of  Jun,  (  la.st  I)  I.  and  (;(>i>lrt,  ( "las.-*  D  II,  M.  H.  I'crioil  " 

KIcvrn  Shenls  Dark-on-LiKht  Ware,  .M.  11    Piriod,  ('las.-:  I)  II     . 

Fivi- SlnT(l.x  with  Typical  .'^i>ir:ilifonn  I'attiriiH,  L.  II.    I.  . 

KiKhl  SliiT(l<  with  rattirn.s  of  Sjjirals,  Late  IItlla(li<-  I 

Fivr  ShtTils  of  Late  Ilfllailic  I  Ware        .      . 

Ti-n  FraKim-iit.s  of  Cups  (»f  tin-  Vaphio  Shape,  L.  11.  1.  " 

Two  Cui)S  of  the  Vaphio  Shape,  Lale  Ilelladi'-  1 

C\ip  with  Linear  Deeoratioii,  Lat*'  Helhulie  I 

Two  Steliiim<l  Cohlets,  L.-ite  Ilelladic  I 

Two  Steliiliied  Cihiets,  Late  Ilelladic  1  " 

I'liiminted  (Johlet,  Late  Helladic  1,  Class  H  ...  " 

Cohlet,  Hlack  Monochroiiie  Ware    Late  Hellatlie  I,  Cinni])  C  " 

Two  Cohlets,  I{ed  and  Hlack  .Monochrome  Ware,  L.  H.  I,  Gronj)  C 

Seven  Sherds  Illustrating  Spirals,  Late  Ilelladic  II,  Class  .\    .  " 

Twelve  Sherds  from  Cups  of  tlu^  \'aj)hio  Shape,  L.  H.  II  " 

Fourteen  Sherds  with  Ty|)ical  Patterns,  Late  Helladic  11  .  " 

Part  of  Large  Deep  Howl,  Late  Ilelladic  II  .      . 

Fragmentary  Deep  Howl,  Late  Ilelladic  II   .      .  " 

Stemmed  (iohlet  and  .lug  with  Cut-away  Neck,  Late  Ilelladic  11 

■lug  with  Stippled  Decoration,  Late  Ilc^llailie  II       ... 

.lug  with  Decoration  of  Horizontal  Hands,  Late  Ilelladic  II 

Fwer,  Showing  Hihhon  Ornament  Helow  Handle,  Late  Helladic 

Two  S(|Uat  Howls,  Late  HiUadic  II  

Two  S(i\iat  .lugs,  Late  Helhulie  11 

Two  Shallow  Satiecrs,  Late  Helladic  II 

Three  ,>>niall  \'ases  from  (!rave  I,  Late  Ilelladic  11 

Two  Small  Vases  fnuu  (irave  I,  Late  Ilellailic  II 

Seven  Sherds  of  Ejjhyraean  Ware,  Late  Helladic  II 

I'ive  Sherds  I-;i)hyrae;in  Ware  with  Nautilus  Design,  L.  II.  II 

F|)hyraean  (iohlet  with  Design  of  Lilies,  Laic  Ilelladic  II 

I'npaintcd  Goblet  with  One  Handle,  Late  Hellailic  II 

Two  Viises  frojn  Crave  II,  L.-ite  Helladic  II.       . 

I'npaintcd  .lug.  Late  Ilelladic  II 

Three  rni)ainted  Shallow  Cujis  or  Dishes,  Late  Helladic  II 

Profiles  of  Hiins,  Late  Helladic  II  and  Late  Helladi.' Ill   .  Dniwing    . 

Deep  Howl,  Late  Helladic  III I'liotognii)li 

I^nrge  Deep  Howl,  Late  Helladic  111 

Deep  Howls,  Ty|)ical  Decoration,  Late  Helladic  III 

Deep  Howl  Decorated  in  Close  Style,  Late  Ilelladic  III 

Shallow  Howl^with  Pinched-out  Handles,  Late  Helladic  III 

Large  Shallow  Howl,  Pinched-o\it  Handles,  I.ate  Helladic  ill 

Large  Shallow  Hasin,  Late  Helladic  III 

SjKrtiteil  Howl,  Heil  Monochrojiie  Ware,  Late  Helladic  III 
Crater  on  Short  .Stem,  Late  Helladic  III       .... 


II 


LIST  OF  FIGURES 


XV 


92.  Bowl-shaped  Cup,  Late  Llelladic  III 

93.  Two  Cupts  with  Profile  of  Two  Ciirve.s,  Late  Helladic  III 

94.  Ciroup  of  Five  Cyli.xes  from  House  P,  Late  Ilelladie  III 

95.  Two  ("jli.ws  from  House  H,  Late  Helladie  III  . 

96.  ("ylix  with  Hinli  Handles  and  Small  Juk,  Late  Helladie  111 

97.  Jug  with  Basket  Handle  and  A.skos,  Late  Hellailic  HI 

98.  .Jar  with  Four  Handles,  Late  Helladie  III     . 

99.  Stirrui)  Vase,  Late  Helladic  III     .      .      . 
1(1(1.  Two  Larpe  Water-jars,  Late  Helladic  111  ... 

101.  Two-handled  Jar,  Late  Helladie  III 

102.  Two  Cylixes,  One  Painted,  One  Unpainted,  Late  Hella<lic 
!():{.  Two  Deep  Bowls,  Monochrome  Ware,  Late  Helladie  III 

104.  Two  Domestic  Pots,  Late  Helladic  III 

10.5.  Sjnall  Storage  Jar,  Late  Helladic  III 

l()(i.  Large  Pithos  from  House  L,  Late  Helladic  III 

107.  Smaller  Pithos  from  House  L,  Late  Helladic  III      . 

108.  Hounded  Corner  of  Wall,  Early  Helladic  Period      . 

109.  X'ertical  Section  of  Bothros,  I'^arly  Helladic  Period 

I  10.  Plan  of  House  B  and  House  F,  Middle  Helladic  Period 

I I  L  ( ieneral  \'iew  of  House  F  from  the  South  .... 
112.  J'laii  of  House  L,  Third  Late  Helladic  Period  .  .  . 
1  i;i.  (ieneral  \'iew  of  House  L  from  the  South      ... 

1 14.  Plan  of  House  P,  Third  Late  Helladic  Period     .      . 

115.  Wash-tid)  or  Watering  Trimgh  (hit.side  House  P 
IKi.  fieneral  \'iew  of  House  P  from  the  Southwest    . 
117.  \'icw  of  Megaron  of  House  P  from  the  Southeast    . 
I  IS.  Cohunn-base  and  "Altar"  in  JMegaron  of  House  P  . 

1 19.  Plan  of  House  M,  Third  Late  Helladic  Period   .      . 

120.  \'iew  of  Megaron  of  House  yi,  Showing  Pillar-hases 

121.  Plan  of  House  II,  Third  Late  Helladic  Period    .      .      . 

122.  Megaron  of  House  H  \'iewed  from  the  Northwest  . 
12:J.  Plan  of  IIou.se  O,  Third  Late  Helladic  Period    .      .      . 

124.  General  View  of  Area  South  of  House  0 

125.  Stone  Threshold  with  Sill  and  Pivot-hole      .... 

126.  North  Edge  of  the  Hill  of  Korakou 

127.  Pithos-hurial  of  Two  Small  Infants,  M.  H.  Period  .      . 

128.  Intramural  liiuial  of  an  Infant,  Middle  Helladic  Period 

129.  Three  Spintlle  Whorls,  Two  Loom  Weights,  Early  Helladic  Perio 
I'M).  Miscellaneous  Finds,  Miildle  and  Late  Helladic  Period 

131.  Terracotta  Figurines,  Tliird  Lat(!  Helladic  Period    . 

132.  Terracotta  Figures  of  Animals,  Late  Helladic  III    . 
1.33.  Miscellaneous  ()l)j(>(ds  of  Bronze  and  Stone,  L.  H.  III. 
131.  Stratification  of  West  Siile  of  Pit  V.  A.  ( l'"ast  Alley 
135.  Plan  of  the  So-called  Teinple  of  Hera  at  Tiryns 


P.\GE 

Photofcraph 

65 

(• 

66 

it 

66 

tt 

66 

07 

it 

67 

K 

68 

it 

68 

n 

69 

li 

70 

a 

71 

ti 

71 

11 

71 

K 

72 

tl 

73 

li 

74 

ti 

75 

Drawing    . 

76 

It 

77 

Photograph 

78 

Drawing    . 

81 

Photograph 

82 

Drawing 

84 

Photograph 

85 

n 

86 

it 

87 

it 

88 

Drawing    . 

90 

Photograph 

91 

Drawing    . 

92 

Photograph 

93 

Drawing    . 

94 

Photograph 

95 

ii 

96 

*' 

97 

" 

.    1(30 

!• 

.    101 

'• 

.    104 

H 

.    105 

n 

.    IOC. 

>i 

.    107 

li 

.    lOS 

Drawing 

.    12S 

•  i 

.    131 

KORAKOU 

A  PKKHISTOKIC  SKTTLKMKNT  NEAR   COlUNTII 

ClIAPTKU  1 

INTRODUCTION 

At  a  point  cmHciI  Korakoii,  not  (luitc  tlircc  kilometres  west  of  New  ("orinth  and  about  one 
kilometre  east  of  1  he  liarhor  of  Leeliaeuni,  t  lie  lower  Corinthian  j)lateaii,  which  here  ends  in  a  bluff, 
forms  a  shaip  aiifilc  witliin  a  stone's  throw  (jf  tiic  sea.  A  consincuous  moninl  rises  on  this  angle 
35  in.  abov(!  the  sea  and  ca.  15  m.  over  the  level  of  the  plateau  to  the  south.  The  mound  (Figs.  1 
and  2),  roufihly  oval  in  shai)e,  measures  2f)0  ni.  in  ienp;th  from  east  to  west  by  115  m.  in  wiiitli  at 


the  widest  ]ioint.  ivxeavations  were  maile  here  by  the  .-Vmeriean  School  for  a  fortnight  in  the 
spring  of  1915  and  again  for  six  weeks  in  the  summer  of  1916.  A  detailed  account  of  the  results 
of  these  excavations  is  presented  in  this  report,'  including  a  description  of  the  objects  found,  as 
well  as  a  statement  of  t  he  f(ini-hisi<ins  which  it  sccnicd  in  nic  niitiiil  lie  ih'aw  n  from  I  hem.- 

A  inimber  of  test  pits  tlug  in  a  line  across  the  mound  of  Korakou  showed  that  its  core  is  composed 
of  soft  conglomerate  on  which  lies  a  deposit  4  to  5  m.  deep.     Tliis  deposit  is  formed  by  the  gradual 

''I'lic  iimriii.s('iipt  of  lliis  report  \va.s  prcscnle<l  ii.s  a  (lis.scrlali<)ii  to  llii'  Kai'iilly  of  the  (irndiiato  School  of  Yale 
liiiivcrsity  iu  caiidiiliicv  for  the  dcurco  of  Doctor  of  IMiilosophy. 

'  Mr.  .\.  J.  U.  Waco,  Director  of  tlie  Uritish  .School  at  .Mlicns,  wius  prc.-icnt  a  lar^c  part  of  (he  time  liuriiiK  both  enm- 
pai({iis,  and  his  invaluable  a.s8istance  both  in  the  field  and  afterward  iti  the  study  of  the  |)Ottcry,  as  well  jis  in  reading 
tlic  nianus<Tipt  of  the  pre.ient  pa|«'r,  i.s  (jnitefully  acknowleilned.  Mr.  Ralph  Scoll.  Kellow  of  the  .Vnierican  School, 
M'^sistcd  nie  diiriiiK  the  second  I'unipaiKn.  1  am  further  (jrcally  imicbtcd  to  .Mr.  W.  H.  Dinsmoor,  .Vrchilect  of  the 
.'\mericiin  .School,  who  measured  the  archileclural  remains  anil  ilrew  the  plan.  1'latk  \'I1I  ;  to  Dr.  .\.  K.  Orlandos,  of  the 
(ireek  Ministry  of  IMucalion,  who  mailc  some  aildilions  to  the  plan,  drew  I  lie  separate  plans  of  the  several  hou.ses  (Kiip*. 
1 10,  1 12,  1  If,  I  I'.t,  rjl,  rj.il,  and  also  provided  the  drawings  for  Ki(ts.  7,  V.i,  'S.i,  '.il,  39,  40,  41,  42,  43,  S2,  IIH);  and  to 
\\\r  (ircck  archaeolo({ical  authorities  for  Iheir  unfailinn  courtesy  and  a.s.sistance  -especially  to  Mr.  K.  Kourouniotis, 
who  put  a  competent  va.s)"-meiuler  at  my  disposal  and  also  secureil  two  photographs  of  va.ses  for  nie.  I  wish  likewise 
lo  thank  I'rofessor  I'Mward  Capps  for  his  can'ful  readini;  of  the  manuscript  ami  his  m.any  Kood  sUKRestions;  and  my 
J  I  ' 


2  KORAKOU 

accumuliition  of  tlt''bris  aiul  niins  of  siicrossivo  pri'liistoric  soltKincnls  mikI  cxhiljils  clear,  uiulis- 
turbed  stratification.  Xiiinorous  foundation  walls  of  stono  laid  in  day,  sovi-ral  layers  of  decom- 
posed erudi-  l)rick,  and  eleven  succes.sive  levels  of  liahitatidii  aiipeared.  Three  main  strata  arc 
readily  distiiiRuishable. 

The  first,  to  which  belong  six  of  the  above-mentioned  surface-levels,  rests  on  rock  and  has  an 
average  thickness  of  crt.  2  m.  It  is  separated  from  the  second  by  a  well-marked  layer  of  ash  which, 
from  the  evidence  of  the  trial  pits,  seems  to  extend  over  tlie  whole  site.  The  last  settlement  of 
the  first  stratmn  (period)  thus  apparently  camo  to  an  abrupt  end  in  a  general  conllagration.  The 
characteristic  and  exclusive  pottery  of  the  first  period  is  the  ware  hitherto  called  "urfirnis"  (of. 
below  p.  4). 

The  second  stratum,  directlj' overlying  the  fir.st,  varies  in  depth  from  1  m.to  1.40m.  Itincludes 
three  of  the  levels  of  habitation  referred  to  .above.     Its  uppi'r  limit  is  no)  so  sharply  defined  as 


FincuE  2.     Tiih  .\l<>i  M'  111    KiiiiAKou  from  thk  Wkst  (from  tiik  Sand  1Iili,s  of  I,i-<iiai:um). 

was  the  case  with  the  first  stratmn;  there  is  no  general  layer  of  ash  to  indicate  a  sudden  deslruetion. 
Though  thi>  transition  to  the  third  jx'riod  is,  in  fact,  a  gradual  one,  it  may  nevertheless  be  easily 
discerned  in  the  character  of  the  objects,  especially  the  jrottery,  obtained  from  the  excavations. 
The  characteri.sti(^  fabrics  of  the  sc^j-ond  .stratum  are  Minyan  and  Mailpainled  wares  (cf. 
b('low  J).  15). 

The  third  and  uiijiermost  stratum  averages  1.20  m.  in  (le])tli,  but  its  thickness  is  far  from  uni- 
form, ranging  from  0.40ra.  to2.1()m.  in  ditTerent  i)arts  of  the  hill.  It  is  deej)est  toward  the  eastern 
(!nd  of  the  crest  of  the  moimd,  inidcr  and  e.asi  of  ihnise  L  ((^f.  jjlaii,  I'i.,\tk  Mil),  and  in  this  icgion 
the  yield  of  potsherds  was  also  extremely  ri<'li.  'i'iiey  show,  as  will  apjicar  from  the  description 
below,  three  successive  styles  which  fall  into  essential  agreement,  with  thr<'e  distinct  layers  sub- 
dividing the  stratum.  In  th('  ceid.n^  and  western  part  of  liu'  mound,  where  tlu;  stratmn  is  not  so 
deep,  a  i)roce.ss  of  telescoping  seems  to  hav<'  t.aken  place.     That  is,  the  earlier  dciposit  of  tlic  third 

thanks  are  due  also  to  Mr.  K.  H.  Scager,  Professor  James  M.  I'atoii,  .■iiid  I'lcifcssor  I'.  V.  C.  IJuur  for  similar  lielp. 
To  Professor  (ieofRC  II.  Clia.se  and  Professor  Harold  N.  Powlcr  1  owe  a  debt  of  Kialiliiilc  for  valuahlc  rriticism  on 
many  points  atid  generous  aid  in  prei)arinK  the  irianuscripl  for  the  printer,  as  well  as  in  reading  the  proof.  Finally 
I  desire  to  acknowledge  my  very  great  ohligatioii  to  Dr.  H.  H.  Hill,  Director  of  the  .\mcrican  ScIhmiI,  who  gave  me 
the  opportunity  to  excavate  at  Korakou  and  by  his  constant  aid  and  ('ncouragement  and  a  painstaking  revision  of 
the  manuscript  made  this  report  jwssible.  A  summary  of  some  of  the  conclusions  reached  in  this  roi>ort  has  .'drcady 
appeared  in  li.  S.  A.,  XXII,  pp.  175  IT. 


INTRODUCTION  :{ 

stratum  in  ^his  region  appears  to  have  l)een  removed  by  the  inhabitants  to  whom  the  later  de- 
posit of  that  period  is  duo.  The  characteristic  pottery  of  the  third  stratum  is  Mycenaean  ware 
(leconitcd  in  lustrous  paint  (cf.  below  p.  35). 

It  will  be  seen  that  each  of  the  three  strata  produces  distinct  and  characteristic  kinds  of  pottery. 
All  these  different  classes  of  wares — "urfirnis,"  Minyan,  Mattpainted  ware,  and  Mycenaean — 
have  been  found  at  other  sites, — in  the  Argolid,  in  Attica,  in  Boeotia,  in  Phocis,  and  as  far  north 
as  Lianokladi  in  the  valk>y  of  the  Sperchcius  near  Lamia.  They  are  typically  mainland  fabrics. 
Their  exact  relation  to  one  another,  however,  has  not  hitherto  been  accurately  ascertained.' 
The  importance  of  the  site  at  Korakou  lies  in  the  fact  that,  supplying  the  evidence  which  was  lack- 
ing at  Tiryns  ami  Mycenae,  it  now  definitely  establishes  the  sequence  of  these  prehistoric  wares. 
On  the  southeastern  Greek  mainland,  therefore,  the  prehi.'storic  age — subsequent  to  the  neolithic — 
may  now  be  recognized  as  falling  into  three  great  periods.  With  the  object  of  giving  them  a  name 
which  will  emphasize  their  essentially  mainland  character,  in  contrast  to  the  contemporary 
civilization  of  Crete  and  the  Cyclades,  it  is  propo.sed  in  this  report  to  call  these  periods  respectively 
Early,  Middle,  and  Late  Helladic.  Each  of  these  may  in  turn  be  subdivided  in  accordance  with 
llie  evidence  of  the  excavations  as  set  forth  l)elow. 

In  the  following  report  the  discussion  of  the  first  or  Early  Helladic  Period  ilepends  almost 
entirely  on  the  evidence  supplied  bj'  the  deep  pits  which  were  sunk  down  to  rock  (pits  C,  E,  G, 
J,  IvA.,  L,  P,  S).  Eor  the  second  or  Middle  Helladic  Period  the  evidence  comes  in  part  from  the 
pits  (J,  E.A.,  L,  M,  N,  P,  R,  S),  in  part  from  a  larger  space  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  hill,  where 
the  foundations  of  a  house  containing  Minyan  pottery  were  uncovered.  Finally,  the  account  of 
t he  third  or  Late  Helladic  Period  is  based  for  the  earlier  stages  on  the  material  proiluced  by  the 
pits  (J,  K.\„  L,  M,  K,  S,  P,  R),  and  for  the  later  stages  on  a  more  general  excavation  of  the  whole 
central  aica  of  the  mound. 

'Cf.  />".  N.  .1.,  .\ Nil,  pp.  IT.iir. 


CILVrTKlt   II 

THE  POTTERY 
In  tlie  course  of  the  excavations  particular  attention  was  given  to  the  pottery,  of  wliirh  a  great 
(juantity  (not  far  short  of  100,000  sherds)  was  found.  All  shcids  were  gathered  up  and  kept 
separate  in  trays  according  to  level.  Everything  was  washed  and  nothing  was  thrown  away 
without  first  having  been  examined  and  judged  to  be  valueless.  A  large  amount  of  work  was 
devoted  to  tlie  cleaning  and  cla.ssifying  of  the  pottery  after  it  had  l)een  removed  to  tiie  museum. 
With  the  help  of  the  vase-menders,  J.  Katsarakis  in  the  suniincr  of  IIH."),  1'.  Diniakopoulos  in 
liUti,  and  (1.  Kontogeorgis  in  1918,  it  was  possible  to  put  together  and  restore  from  fi'agments 
more  than  1.50  vases,  which  form  a  valuable  and  representative  collection  of  the  jHchistoric  ])ot- 
tery  of  Corinth.     The.se  vases  are  now  in  the  museum  at  Old  Corinth. 

FIRST  STRATUM— EARLY   HELLADIC   PERIOD 

During  the  whole  of  this  period  a  hand-made  pottery  was  in  use;  there  is  no  indication  that  the 
potter's  wheel  was  known.  In  consequence  the  potter,  recognizing  his  limitations — or  perhaps 
rather  compelled  l)y  his  limitations — has  to  a  large  extent  avoided  shapes  that  call  for  symmetry 
and  exactness.  Round  saucers  or  shallow  bowls  are,  indeed,  extremely  common,  but  their  perim- 
eter rarely,  if  ever,  forms  a  perfect  circle;  it  is  often  drawn  out  into  an  irregular  ellipse.  In  com- 
parison with  the  great  mass  of  later  (chiefly  Mycenaean  or  Late  Helladic)  sherds  produced  by  the 
excavations,  the  amount  of  Early  Helladic  ware,  owing  to  the  limited  area  of  the  pits,  was  natu- 
rallj'  not  large.  These  finds  were  nevertheless  significant  and  sufficiently  numerous  to  give  the 
basis  for  classification  into  the  following  groups: 

A.     Hand-Pollshed  Ware 

I.  Unslipped}  The  fabric,  though  sometimes  thin,  is  not  very  good.  The  clay,  usually 
reddish,  is  somewhat  coarse  and  contains  numerous  gritty  particles,  while  the  baking  is  far  from 
perfect.  The  surface  of  the  vase  is  buff,  red,  or  black,  or  some  shade  varying  between  red  and 
black,  and  is  very  smoothly  polished.  Marks  of  the  burnishing  instrument  are  distinctly  visible. 
The  material  is  very  fragmentary  and  no  whole  vases  were  found.  Shapes  that  couUl  lie  recog- 
nized are  shallow,  round  bowls  or  saucers;  <leep,  wide  jars;  and  askoid  pots.  No  vessel  with  a 
raised  base  was  found.  In  some  cases  the  bottom  of  the  vase  was  merely  flattened  out;  in  others 
after  the  bottom  was  flattened  its  centre  was  pushed  upward  a  little,  forming  thereby  a  slight  hol- 
low under  the  pot.  In  this  latter  form  we  may  have  an  early  stage  in  the  development  of  the 
raised  base. 

Some  of  this  ware  was  decorated  with  incised  patterns  as  shown  in  Figure  3  (Nos.  2,  3,  and  5). 
These  patterns  consist  of  stamped  double  sj)irals  connected  by  tangents,  arranged  in  Itelts  around 

'  Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  176,  group  I  (a). 

4 


THH   POTTKHV  5 

fhc  upper  ^art  of  I  lie  vase,  and  separated  by  a  band  of  parallel  lines  or  hatched  triangles  from  the 
lower  part  of  the  vase,  which  is  undecorated.  Sometimes  the  incisions  are  fairly  broad  and  deep 
and  may  have  been  filled  in  with  white;  in  other  cases  they  are  narrow  and  shallow,  and  apparently 
contained  no  pigment.  So  far  as  could  be  recognized,  the  shape  resembles  that  of  certain  Early 
Cycladic  jars.'  A  small  jar  with  similar  decoration  was  found  in  ISdC.  in  a  rock-cut  tomb  at 
Old  Corinth.2 

The  best  of  this  ware  appeared  just  above  native  rock  at  the  bottom  of  pits  G  and  L.  Red  was 
at  first  more  frequent  than  black,  and  the  rod-faced  ware  is  in  general  superior  in  fabric  to  the 
lilack.      Ihis  |)ottery  as  a  whole  has  a  primitive  appearance:  note  particularly  the  simplicity  of 


FiouHE  ',i.    Sherds  of  Eaiily  Helladic  Wake  (2,  3  and  .5  ok  Class  A  I;  1  ok  Cl.\s.s  A  II;  7  ok  C'la.ss  B  II;  ti  ok 

CiHOUI>   D:     t    OK   CiRQUP   E). 

>ha|)('  and  the  lack  of  a  raised  ba.sc.     The  higlil>-  polished  surface  may  well  be  an  inheritance  or  a 

survival  of  the  burnished  techni(iue  characterislic  of  the  neolithic  jjcriod.      Pottery  of  the  same 

character  has  been  found  in  considcnibli'  (|uanlilies  in  the  Cyclades,  especially  at  Pliylakopi  in 

Melos.' 

II.     Slipped  Ware*     N'ases  of  this  group  arc  finely  made  and  well  baked.     The  surface  is 

covered  with  a  smooth,  polished  slip,  reddish  brown,  bulT,  yellowish  bulT.orgray  in  tone.    Marks  of 

the  polishing  implement  may  generally  be  seen.     The  slip  is  Ihin  and  hard  but  often  peels  off  readily 

(cf.  Fig.  :i,  No.  1).     The  shapes  include  small  saucers  and  shallow  bowls,  sauce-boats,  askoi,  and 

jugs  with  a  wide  mouth.     One  jug  of  this  class  had  a  line  of  wedge-shaped  incisions  round  the  ba.se 

of  the  neck  (cf.  Fig.  3,  No.  1).     The  sauce-boat  shown  in  Figure  4  is  typical  in  its  shape  save  for 

the  vertical  han(ll(>,  the  ordinary  handle  of  this  kind  of  vase  being  horizontal.     In  some  of  the 

earli(>r  specimens  of  this  ware  the  base  is  formed  as  in  group  I,  by  flattening  out  the  bottom  of  the 

base.     In  later  examples,  however,  there  is  a  raised  base.     Apart  from  the  application  of  a  slip, 

'  Cf.  'K^.'Apx.,  1R98,  PI.  9,  34  or  22,  or  perhaiw  1  or  2. 

*A.J.  A.,  I,  1897,  p.  :521,  II.  2. 

>  Cf.  I'hylakopi,  §§  2-J. 

•Cf.  «.  .S-.  .1.,  \XII,  p.  177,  uroup  I  (b). 


KORAKOU 


FiFURE  4.    Sauce-boat,  Early  Helladic  Period, 
Class  A  II. 


the  raised  base  and  tlic  ik^w  shape  {i.e.,  the  sauce- 
lioat)  are  indications  that  this  group  marks  an 
advance  on  group  I. 

H.     Glazed   Wake  ' 

This  ware  is  ciiaractcrizcd  liy  its  partial  or 
complete  coating  of  glaze-paint.  It  was  first 
found  by  Kurtwiingler  at  Orchomenos  and  named 
by  him  "  urfirnis"  ware.  It  may  be  divided  into 
the  following  two  classes: 

1.  Partly  Coated.^  The  clay  is  generally  buff 
or  yellowish  green  in  color  and  is  sometimes 
rather  gritty.  The  vases  are  not  always  carefully 
made,  the  shajic  being  often  distorted  in  baking. 
There  is  no  slip  and  no  polish,  but  thin,  glaze- 
like  paint  is  applied  in  a  careless  V)and  of  varying 
width  along  the  rim,  either  inside  or  outside  or 
both.  The  fine  marks  of  the  l)rush  may  be  easily 
seen,  a  characteristic  detail  of  this  whole  group 
of  pottery  (group  B).  The  color  of  the  glaze  is 
generally  reddish  Ijrown,  though  in  a  few  cases  it 
approaches  more  nearly  brick  red.  The  commonest  shape  of  this  class  is  a  round  saucer  or  bowl, 
sometimes  shallow,  sometimes  deep,  and  often^  but  not  always,  with  an  incurving  rim.  A  typical 
example  is  shown  in  Figure  5,  No.  2.  In  a  few  cases  the  brush-line  does  not  follow  the  rim,  but 
two  lines  of  paint  are  applied  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  extending  from  rim  to  rim  and 
forming  a  large  cross  on  the  interior  or  exterior  of  the  saucer  (cf.  Fig.  5,  No.  3).  Other  shapes 
include  the  askos  and  the 
sauce-boat. 

II.  Completely  Coated.^ 
This  is  the  commonest  class 
of  Early  Helladic  ware,  "ur- 
firnis" par  excellence.  The 
fabric  is  like  that  of  class 
B  I.  In  this  case,  however, 
the  entire  vase  is  coated  with 
more  or  less  lustrous  thin 
glaze-paint  in  which  the 
marks  of  the  brush  are 
generally  conspicuous.     The 

'Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  177, 
group  II. 

'Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  177, 
group  II  (a). 

'Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  177, 
group  II  (b). 


Figure  5.    Sherds  of  Early  Hell.\dic  Ware,  Class  B  I,  Partly  Coated. 


THE   POTTERY  7 

colors  are  ^^)rick  ic.l  aiid  rcdilisli  lnown  shading  to  l)lack.  Both  arc  oci-asionally  found  on  ili.- 
same  vase,  and  the  variation  may  in  many  cases  Im  (juitc  unpremeditated.  Several  examples, 
however,  in  wiiicii  the  two  colors  occur  in  alternate,  though  irregular,  bands  (cf.  Plate  I,  No.  1 1 
imply  that  the  mottled  etTect  is  intentional  and  recall  the  mottled  ware  discovered  by  Scager  at 
Vasiliki.'     The  following  shapes  of  vases  belonging  to  this  class  were  recognizable  at  Korakou: 

1 .  Flat  round  saucers  without  handles,  similar  to  those  of  class  I.  These  saucers  may  be  shal- 
low or  fairly  deep,  and  the  rim  may  be  sharply  recurved  inward  or  show  merely  a  slight  curve  (cf. 
I'ig.  13).     Many  of  these  saucers  have  no  raised 

base;  the  later  specimens,  however,  arc  usually 
provided  with  one.  Sometimes  these  vessels 
are  oval  instead  of  round,  forniiny;  a  middle  step 
between  the  saucer  type  and  the  sauce-boat  type. 

2.  Sauce-boats.  This  shape,  which  is  very 
common  and  characteristic  of  the  Early  Helladic 
Period,  is  probably  a  development  of  the  oval 
bowl  through  the  aildition  of  a  spout  rising  from 
one  side  and  a  handle  set  on  the  other  o])positc 
it ,  the  height  of  the  sides  being  slightly  increased. 
The  spout  varies  considerably  in  elevation  and 
almost  always  ends  in  a  lip  curving  sharply  out- 
ward. The  handle  is  usually  horizontal,  l)ut 
vertical  exaini)les  likewi.sc  occur.  These  vases  are  frequently  of  very  good  fabric.  .\  small 
sauce-boat  of  this  type  is  shown  in  Figure  6.  The  larger  specimen  given  in  Plate  I,  No.  1,  is  not 
from  Korakou  Init  from  the  neighboring  site  of  Gonia.     It  is  reproduced  here  as  the  best  available 

example  of  the  "mottled"  ware  described  above. 

3.  Beaked  jugs  or  ewers.     No  whole  specimen  of 

u  ={t^tsa^^^^^''^'''*^^^^itei^'5v  ^^^^  shape  was  found  at  Korakou,  but   some    sherds 

appear  to  belong  to  vessels  of  approximately  the  same 
form  as  certain  jugs  from  the  rock-cut  tombs  exca- 
vated at  Old  Corinth  in  18!)(i.= 

4.  Askoi.     The  askos  is  one  of  the  favorite  shapes 

,  „  ,,  ,,  of  the  Earlv  Helladic  Period.     The  pit.s  at  Korakou 

Askos   Handle,   Kakly   Helladii-  •  ' 

Period,  Class  B  II.  yielded  recognizable  fragments,  including  a  number  of 


Figure  G.     Sauce-boat,   Eauly   Helladic   Pekioo, 
Class  H   II. 


Figure  7. 


'  Cf.  Transaclions,  Dept.  of  Archaeology,  Univ.  of  Penn.,  Vol.  I,  100.'),  I'urt  III.  IMs.  ,34  and  35.  I  am  indebted  to 
Mis.";  C.  M.  A.  Hirhtcr  and  to  Professor  Charles  F.  Biiins  for  a  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  method  by  wliieh  this 
variation  in  colorinR  ini^lit  have  been  obtained.  Profes.sor  Hinns  st«tes  that  the  variety  of  coloring  in  the  mottled  ware 
is  not  due  to  variation  of  heat,  but  is  simply  a  matter  of  oxi<lation  or  reduetion.  .\n  abiuidanee  of  oxym-n  in  the  kiln 
produces  the  red  eolor;  the  presence  of  carbon  or  the  absence  of  oxygen  (or  both)  produces  the  black  color.  In  the 
case  of  mottled  ware,  where  the  effect  is  intentional,  it  could  have  been  produee<I  by  putlinK  a  carbonaceous  pigment 
like  tar  on  the  part.s  which  were  to  be  black,  since  the  carbon  would  be  absorbed  and  the  iron  reduced, 
thereby  forminK  bhu'k.  Mr.  Scager,  in  the  article  referred  to  above,  suRgcst^  that  the  mottled  elTect  on  the  Va-siliki 
ware  was  obtained  by  differences  in  the  intensity  of  firing,  the  viuses  being  perhaps  put  into  a  l>cd  of  coals  which  were 
lieaped  over  them.  The  black  patches  would  then  be  the  elTect  in  each  case  of  a  live  coal  lying  actually  against  the 
surface  of  the  viuse.  Professor  Hinns  thinks  this  explanation  iloubtful,  however,  since  the  patteriw  arc  too  distinctive 
to  have  been  produ(U'd  by  the  accidental  piling  together  of  glowing  coals. 

'.I.,/.  .1.,  I,  1897,  pp.  310  f. 


8 


KOKAKOU 


characti'ristically  loiifj,  flat.  cuivimI  liaiullos  (ef.  Fig.  7),  Imt  no  whole  i-xaniplcs;  several  were  found 
at  the  iicigliboring  sites  of  Yiiiza  and  Goiiia. 

.').  Water-jars.  The.so  are  mueh  lii^e  the  later  hydriae.  tlioiigli  rather  stuiat  and  more  nearly 
spherical  in  shape,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  typical  example  of  Figure  S.  There  are  two  small,  hori- 
zontal, loop  handles  on  opposite  sides  of  the  shoulder.  Tlie  neck,  unfoil  un:itely  missing,  has  Irmmi 
restored  in  plaster.  The  black  paint  which  once  covered  the  vessel  has  almost  all  Haked  ofl. 
.\not her  well-made  water-jar  from  pit  1'  is  coated  with  reddish  brown  paint. 

The  glazed  ware  descriljcd  above  makes  its  appearance  in  the  stratification  a  little  later  than 
polished  ware  of  group  A;  but  once  introduced  it  continues  in  use  througlu)Ul  the  whole  of  the 


:..,^S^ 


\     - 


I 

•V 


FiGUUE  S.      \VaTEK-.I.\R,   EaKLV    HkLL.VDIC    PeKIOD.   (.'l.\SS    H    11.      ('I'hE    Nei  1\    is    Ke.stoued.) 

Early  Ilelladic  Period.  It  shows  surprisingly  little  cluuifie  during  this  long  time.  .\  certain 
improvement  in  fabric  may,  indeed,  be  observinl,  but  on  the  other  Imnd  the  glaze-paint  seems  to 
deteriorate  in  quality.  In  conseciueiu'c,  many  of  the  later  vases  which  were  oiigiiially  covered 
with  paint  have  largely  lost  their  coating  and  now  present  a  more  primitive  appearance  than  earlier 
vessels  of  the  same  class. 

('.     Patterned  \\'are' 
I .     Dark-on-Light 

(a)  Clay  and  fabric  are  similar  to  those  of  group  R.     The  vase  is  covered  with  paint  as  in  class 
B  II,  except  for  a  reseivcd  zone  somewhere  about  the  middle  of  the  i)()t.     Hei-e  on  a  prepared 

1  Cf.  B.  6.  A.,  XXll,  p.  177,  group  111. 


THIC    I'OTTKRY  9 

surface  is^aiiitcd  a  linear  pallcni  in  ulaze-paint  siinilar  to  tliat  covcrinn  llic  \vs{  of  llic  va.-t-. 
The  colors  used  aic  lnick  red.  reddish  brown,  or  black.  The  pattern  is  simple,  consisting  Hfnt'ndly 
of  parallel  lines  often  connected  by  cross  lines.  It  may  be  ob.served  that,  inasnuich  as  the  whole 
va.se  is  dark  save  for  the  decorated  zone,  the  contrast  of  the  latter  with  the  rest  of  the  va.se  gives 
the  decoration  theefiect  of  lifcht-on-dark.  This  is  .seen  in  the  partially  restored  tankard  of  this 
type  shown  on  Plate  I,  No.  2. 


KiouHE  9     SiiEiiDs  OF  P.\TTKHNEi)  \\  AUK,  Eahly  Hkllaiih    I'KKhii..  Gnorr  C. 

Sliajies  that  have  b(>en  recofinized  are  askoi.  I wo-haiidle(|  tankards,  and  small  bowls  with  nne 
handle. 

(b)  Clay  an<l  fai)ric  same  as  preceding.  The  surface  of  the  vase  is  prejiared  with  a  creamy 
while.  (II-  liulT.  or  yellowish  trrceii  slip,  which  is  usually  lightly  polished.  <  >n  this  are  painted 
linear  i)atterns.  almost  always  in  belts,  in  paint  similar  to  that  of  class  (a).  The  patterns  com- 
monly used  are  bands  of  parallel  lines,  hatched  triangles,  lozenges,  or  zigzags  (cf.  PL.\rK  I, ;};  also 
I'ig.  '.)).  The  colors  include  brick  red.  reddish  brown,  and  black.  Hrick  red  is  apparently  used 
only  on  bidT-colored  clay  and  slip,  while  iilack  and  brownish  black  occur  on  the  yellowish  green 
variety  a.s  well.  This  ilistinction  is  regularly  present  in  the  Mycena<'an  wares  of  the  Late  Helladic 
Period  also;  whether  if  is  intentional  or  merely  due  to  the  accidents  of  tiring  I  do  not  know,  .\mong 
I  he  recognizable  shajM-s  are: 

1.  T.ankards.  The  usual  shape  is  tli;il  shown  in  Kigure  10.  Provided  with  a  Hal  liase.  rather 
wide,  the  tankard  has  fairly  straight  sides  narrowing  gradually  toward  the  lop.  while  the  rim  splays 


10  KORAKOU 

outward  anain.  Two  tliick  rihlmii  handles  are  set  vcrtit^ally,  fairly  low  down  on  opposite  sides  of 
the  l)ody.  'I'lie  surf  ace  is  covered  \\  illi  a  slip,  sliglilly  |)olislu'd.  lionnd  I  lie  vessel  lun  llireo  zones 
of  <ii'e()ralion,  one  level  with  the  lower  end  of  the  handles,  one  al)out  tiie  middle  of  the  vase,  and 
the  third  just  lielow  the  rim.  The  patterns  arc  purely  linear,  eonsisting  of  belts  of  parallel  lines, 
from  two  to  six  in  number.  In  eases  where  there  are  four  or  more  the  midille  lines  are  connected 
in  pairs  by  cross  lines  at  intervals.  The  upper  line  of  the  paltern  in  the  lowest  and  the  highest  of 
the  three  zones  is  regularly  (HITerentiated  by  slanting  rays  which  project  on  the  iipixu'  side.  In 
some  cases,  between  l)ordcrs  of  jiarallel  lines  thei'c  is  a  band  of  zigzags  oi-  hatched  triangles  or 


FiGCKE  10.     Tankakds,  Early  Helladic  I'kkiod,  Class  C  I  (b). 

lozenges  (cf.  Fig.  i),  Nos.  4,  14,  19  and  Plate  I,  No.  2).  The  inside  of  tFie  rim  is  decorated 
with  a  sinular  linear  pattern.  It  has  been  suggested  that  these  patterns  may  l)e  derived  from 
basket  work.^ 

Other  tankards  exactly  like  the  preceding  in  sliajie,  but  of  smaller  size,  have  one  handle  only. 
The  decoration  is  the  same  as  that  just  described. 

2.  Wide  cups  or  bowls  with  one  handle.  These  are  generally  fairly  deep,  have  a  flat  base, 
rounded  body,  and  sharply  splaying  rim.  In  some  cases  the  decoration  consists  of  one  or  more 
zones  as  described  above.  In  other  cases  the  whole  exterior  of  the  vessel  is  coated  with  paint, 
while  the  pattern  is  limited  to  a  narrow  band  round  the  inside  of  the  rim. 

3.  ^auce-boats.  No  whole  example  was  found  like  that  from  Naxos  in  the  National  Museum 
at  Athens;-  but  there  arc  fragments  of  spouts  with  a  pattern  of  hatched  triangles  along  the  rim. 

4.  Straight-sided  cups  and  small  jugs,  as  well  as  askoi,  have  been  found  at  other  sites  in  the 
neighborhood,  but  could  not  be  definitely  recognized  at  Korakou. 

II.  Light-on-Dark.  Clay  and  fabric  are  identical  with  those  of  class  B  II.  These  vases  are 
coateil  with  rather  dull  black  or  brick  red  paint,  flaking  off  easily,  which  serves  as  the  ground 
for  patterns  similar  to  those  of  the  preceding  grou])  but  executetl  in  thin  lines  in  white  or  creamy 
whit(>  ijaint.     This  white  is  not  very  durable  and  has  in  some  cases  almost  entirely  disappeared, 

1  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  178. 

'  No.  6107;  cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  PI.  VII,  2. 


THE   POTTERY 


11 


Icaviiifi  Inil  faiiil  traces.  Nut  very  many  sliiTils 
of  tliis  tyju'  were  I'ouml  at  Korakou  (l-ig.  9,  Nos. 
15,  It),  20-22)  and  no  sliapcs  cuulil  Ix-  certainly 
idi'iitified.  The  large  t  wo-liandled  jug  shown  in 
Eifiure  11,  wliieli  is  published  here  to  illustrate 
the  type,  is  i'loni  (Ionia.  It  is  similar  lo  the 
l.iiik.irds  jiisi  described,  hut  considerably  larger. 
.\  Hat  base  from  Korakou,  on  which  two  pairs 
of  parallel  lines  form  a  cross  (white  on  brick 
red),  may  be  from  a  jug  of  the  same  shape 
(Fig.  9,  No.  22). 

Liglit-oii-dark  ware  similar  to  this  has  been 
found  at  other  sites,  especially  at  Oichomenos 
and  at  Hagia  JMarina  in  Phocis.' 

Patterned  ware   of  grouj)  C  appears  only  in 
the  highest  levels  of  the  first  stratum  and  only  in  small  (luantitie: 
ingly  to  the  end  of  the  I'^arly  Helladic  Period. 

I^.       l'.NI'.\l\TKD    W  .VliK 

.Vlong  with  the  ])()lished  and  painted  wares  described  in  the  jucceding  ])aragraplis  there  was  found 
a  considerable  quantity  of  pottery  of  the  .same  fabric  but  without  slip,  or  paint,  or  polishing  of  the 
surface.  These  vessels  arc  also  in  general  less  carefully  made.  The  buff  or  yellowish  green  day^ 
which  is  usually  somewhat  coarse,  is  rather  porous,  anil  the  vases  are  conse<|uently  not  aiiajited  to 
hold  liquids  for  any  length  of  time.     C'onnnon  shapes  are: 

1.  Round  saxicers  or  bowls  similar  to  those  already  described.  These  are  fairly  numerous  and, 
in  spite  of  their  primitive  appearance  and  frequent  distortion  as  the  result  of  careless  baking,  are  not 


KlCURE    11. 


Lakck    Ta.n'kako,    Eakly    Hklladii- 
I'kkidi),  Class  C  II. 


It  seems  to  belong  aecorii- 


FiooKE  12.     Kou.NU  Sauceks,  Eakly  Helladic  Tekiod,  (Juour  U. 

limited  to  the  earlier  jiart  of  the  jieriod.     Typical  examples  are  shown  in  Figure  12;  lunlin  Figure  13 

may  be  seen  a  numl>er  of  characteristic  profiles  of  rims.     Occasionally  a  pot  tor's  mark  is  impressed 

on  the  base  or  on  the  outside  of  the  vessel,  as  is  tlic  case  on  the  sheril  seen  in  Figure  .J,  No.  0. 

2.     Beaked  jugs.     These  are  of  the  same  general  type  as  those  found  in  tiic  rock-cut  tombs 

excavated  at  Old  Corinth  in  189(i.=     No  whole  .specimen  is  available  from  Korakou,  but  .several 

spouts  were  fotmd. 

>  Cf.  liciK  lit.  dr.,  .X.KV,  I'.tlJ,  pp.  271  IT. 
'A.J.  A.,  I,  1897,  pp.  31'J  Cf. 


12 


Kol.'AKOU 


3.     Askoi  arc,  as  in  the  iircwdiiif;  t;r<.)iii)s.  icpicsciilcd  cliiclly  liy  frafiiiiciits  of  cliaractcristic 
hantllcs. 

K.     Domestic  Pots  and  Pithoi 

FrafjiiuMits  of  household  cookiiifi  vessels  wore  found  in  all  levels  of  the  l!]arly  Ilelhidic  Period. 
Some  of  tliese  with  a  highly  polished  surface  arc  coarse  specimens  of  the  technique  of  group  A, 


I'lCiiKK  V.i.     I'hofilks  (IF  Kims  of  iSaiicf;ks,  Kaiilv  IIkll.muc  I'khiod.     {'riii:  Insidk  of  Tin;  V'ksskl  is  in  Kach 

Case  to  tiik  Lki'T.) 

while  others,  coated  witli  a  careless  wash  of  jilaze  or  cnlircly  iiii]>aintiMl,  licloiiii  to  tlie  style  of 
groups  H  and  1).  All  show  a  thick,  liand-niadc  laluic  of  gritty,  unsifted  el;iy,  and  their  hlackeiied 
exterior  makes  it  clear  that  they  were  used  for  culinary  i)uip<ises  over  an  open  fire. 

1.  Deep  liowls  with  splaying  rim  and  two  rihhon  handles.  In  some  cases  the  handle,  start- 
ing from  the  rim,  forms  a  rounded  loo])  down  to  the  l)0(ly.  In  other  cases  the  handle  is  set  low  on 
the  hody  of  the  vase.  The  bottom  is  flattened  to  i'orin  the  base.  Pots  of  t  his  shape  are  usually 
polished. 

2.  Larger  howls — also  deej) — with  straight  or  incurving  rim.  Some  iiave  one  (Fig.  11)  or  more 
small  lihljon  handles;  others  have  none:  while  occasionally  two  lugs  set  well  down  the  side  take  the 


Sj 


Figure  14.     Deep  Bowl,  Early  Helladic  Period,  Group  E.     (Domestic  Ware.) 

place  of  luindles.'  The  bottom  is  commonly  flattened,  raised  bases  being  rare.  Vessels  of  this 
shape  are  almost  always  unpolished.  A  raised  rope  band  frequently  runs  round  the  liowl  just 
below  the  rim. 

'  Cf.  -E*.  'Apx-,  1898,  PI-  9,  No.  17. 


THE  POTTERY 


13 


3.  Shallow  howls  01-  basins,  generally  with  a  thickened  rim,  flat  on  toj).  These  basins  have 
either  round  looj)  iiandles  set  horizontally  or  pinched-out  horizontal  ribljon  handles. 

4.  Pans.  These  are  very  curious  circular  vessels  (Fig.  15)  of  rather  large  dimensions  (diameter 
ca.  0.40  ni.  to  ()..'>()  ni.).  The  bottom  is  slightly  roinidc<i  and  very  thin.  From  this  ri.sc  splaying 
sides  to  a  height  of  only  a  few  centimetres  (0.(J4  m.  to  0.08  ni.).  The  rim,  however,  is  not  level 
but  slopes  gradually  downwanl  until,  when  almost  opposite  its  highest  point,  it  makes  an  angle 
and  descends  rai)idly  to  the  level  of  the  bottom.  .\t  this  point  the  fabric  is  considerably  thick- 
ened, suggesting  that  there  was  here  a  sturdy  projecting  handle  somewhat  like  that  on  a  modern 
frying-));!!!.     The  fabric  is  coarse  and  the  poitnis  clay  unpainted  and  mipolishcii.     The  vessel 


Fiotmi'  1.").     B.\KiN(:-i>AN,  Kaki.y  nKi,i,.M)ie  I'ekiou,  Ghoui'  10.     ^Domkctk-  Ware.) 

ii!ay  lie  a  p!iniit  i\-e  soil  of  bakii!g-i)an,  foi'  t  he  liotldin  is  iilackci!ed  as  thoujih  fioni  use  over  a  fiiT. 
Similar  ware  has  been  fou!id  in  Tiiessal\-  i!i  levels  corresponding  ap])aicntly  to  the  Early  Helladic 
P(>riod  at  Korakou,  namely  the  so-called  rugose  dishes  at  Tsani.' 

5.  Jars.  Small  stoi-age  jars  ai'c  represented  by  a  numbei-  of  f!ag!nei!is.  This  shape  has  a  Hat 
base  and  s|)!cadi!ig  sides  which  e!id  i!i  a  wide  inuul  ii  wit  li  splayi!ig  !i!u.  The  fabric  is  coarse  and 
heavy.  There  aic  no  handles.  Paint  is  lacking  ami  theic  is  veiy  little  if  any  polish.  Decoration 
is  limited  to  a  raised  idpe  l)ai!il  j\ist  below  the  !i!ii,  or  is  omitteil  altogether.  .\  t\i)ical  example 
is  shown  in  Figm-e  IG. 

0.  Pithoi.  No  whole  ))ithoi  were  recovered,  lait  the  sherds  indicate  that  there  was  a  consider- 
:ible  rai!gc  in  size  as  well  as  in  sha])e.  Some  of  the  f!agments  belong  to  ve.ssels  of  very  great  di- 
mensions. One  such  sherd  from  the  upper  part  of  a  huge  pithos  shows  a  broad  flat  rim  decorated 
with  several  rows  of  wedge-shaped  incisions  or  impi'cssions;  while  below  the  short  neck  appears 
the  beginning  of  the  body  bioadeiiing  out  in  a  wide  curve.  The  ujiper  part  of  the  body,  at  least, 
was  encircled  by  !iume!<>us  raised  rope  bands  with  i!iipressions  made  by  some  blunt  instrument 
(Fig.  3,  No.  4).  No  base  was  found.  Smallci-  jiithoi  also  had  cuneifoi!ii  incisions  on  the  rim, 
and  raised  rope  bands  ran  about  the  body.  In  some  cases  the  space  between  certain  pairs  of 
bands  was  coated  with  brown-black  paint,  thus  ap|)areiilly  pieseiiting  alternate  bells  of  painted 
and  unpainted  .siuface  (Fig.  3,  No.  7). 


F.     ()tiii:h  W.vnrs 

There  remains  to  be  mentioned  the  small  va.se  shown  in  I'iguie  17,  a  fairly  well  mailc  cup  or  gob- 
let with  two  hai!dlcs  (both  missing  but  restored  in  jilastcr).  The  clay  is  dark  and  gritty.  The 
shape  has  Cycladic  ai!d  T!(ijaii  parallels;  but  the  |)olished  bidwii  surface  a!id  the  peculiar  inci.x«>d 
decoration,  which  consists  of  a  row  of  cimeifoii!!  impressions  between  twn  parallel  lines  running 

'  Cf .  Ware  utid  'riioiiipsoii,  Prehixtoric  Thensaty,  |i.  111. 


14 


KORAKOU 


round  tlic  lower  part  of  the  body,  finil  their  closest  analogy  in  the  prehistoric  pottery  of  Olympia.' 
This  vase  is  unique  at  Korakou  and  can  hardly  be  a  local  fabric.  I  reganl  it  as  an  importation 
from  the  west.  It  was  found  in  the  highest  layer  of  the  first  stratum  and  belongs  therefore  to 
the  end  of  the  Early  Helladic  Period  in  ilate. 

Although,  as  already  mentioned,  six  floor-levels  (or,  to  be  more  accurate,  levels  of  habitation) 
apjiear  in  the  side  of  the  pits  in  the  stratiun  belonging  to  the  Early  Helladic  Period,  it  was  not 
possible  in  the  limited  space  excavated  to  bring  them  into  connection  with  changes  in  the  style  of 
the  pottery.  The  potterj'  itself,  however,  according  to  its  sequence  in  the  stratum,  falls  roughly 
into  tiiree  chronological  stages,  and  in  accordance  W'ith  these.(and  without  laying  too  much  stress 
on  the  distinction)  the  period  may  be  provisionally  subdivided  into  three  .secondary  divisions. 


i 


J 


i 


Figure  17.  (Joislet  with  Incised  Decok.\- 
TioN  (Possibly  Impouted  from  OLyMPi.\), 
Eaui.y  IlELLADir  Peuioi),  Group  F. 


FiouRE  16.    Small  Stor.^ge  Jar,  Early  Helladic 
Period,  Group  E. 

Tyi)i(a]  of  the  earlic'st  is  the  polished  ware  of  group  A  with  its  .sub-neolithic  character,  while  glazed 
ware  is  only  just  beginning  to  appear.  This  might  be  called  Early  Helladic  I.  Glazed  ware  of 
group  B  is  characteristic  of  the  seconil  stage,  which  may  be  named  Early  Helladic  II.  This  stage 
is  much  longer  than  the  first  and  yields  a  much  larger  quantity  of  pottery.  In  the  last  stage,  or 
I'^.arly  Helladic  III,  glazed  ware  continues  to  maintain  its  predominant  position  and  includes  the 
bulk  (if  the  sherds  found,  but  a  new  departure  in  the  ceramic  art  is  seen  in  the  patterned  W'are  of 
group  ('.  Though  these  latter  sherds  were  comparati\-ely  few,  they  are  extremely  significant  in 
their  bearing  on  the  relations  of  the  settlement  at  Korakou  to  other  |)rehist<)ric  establishments  in 
the  Aegean  area  (cf.  below  p.  112).  Unpainted  ware  of  grouj)  D  and  domestic  vessels  of  grouj)  K 
occur  in  all  stages  of  the  period  without  perceptible  change. 


>  Cf.  Ath.  Mitt.,  XXXVl,  1!)11,  pp.  104  IT. 


THE  POTTERY  15 

SECOND   STRATUM— MIDDLE   HELLADK"    PERIOD 

The  pottery  of  the  Middle  Helladio  Period  falls  into  four  iiuiiii  classes:  Minyan  ware.  Matt- 
painted  ware,  unpaintcd  domestic  ware,  and  Mainland  ware  (-(jrrespondint;  to  fabrics  of  the  Third 
Middle  Minoan  Period,  each  of  which  may  be  further  subdividisd. 

A.     MiNYAN  Ware* 

T.  Craii  Minyan  {or  True  or  Northern  Minyan).  This  fine  potter>',  named  by  Schliemann,  who 
first  fuxnid  it  at  Orchonienos  and  Mycenae,  has  since  been  discovered  at  numerous  oilier  sites. 
It  has  been  fully  described  In'  Forsdyke,^  but  a  brief  summary  of  its  characteristics  may  be  (tiven 
here.  It  is  a  w  hccl-iiiaile  pottery  of  high  technical  excellence.  The  clay  is  extremely  fine  and  of 
a  characteristic  color  which  varies  in  different  vessels  from  a  veiy  light  to  a  veiy  dark  gray.  This 
color  is  in  most  cases  uiiifonn  quite  throtigh  the  biscxiit,  as  well  as  on  the  surface,  and  is  |)robably 
due  to  the  effect  of  some  ii.irticuhir  process  of  firing  on  the  mineral  elements  in  the  clay.  The  sur- 
face is  smoothly  polished  and  has  a  characteristic  soapy  feel.  The  fabric  is  usually  thin.  The 
shajjcs  of  the  vases  are  graceful  and  lia\c  the  unmistakable  appearance  of  imitations  of  metal 
prototyiK's.     The  great  bulk  of  this  (;ra>    Minyan  is  undccorated,  but  a  number  of  sherds  were 


< 


FlGURB    IS.       Ml.NYAN'    l!l)«l.,    MnHlI.i:    lIl.I.LADlr 

PeKIOI),    C'l.VS.S    a    1.  I'lGURE    1'.).       .\llNYAN   HoWL,   .\lM>l>Lf.   IIkI.I.AIHC 

Pkkiod,  Class  A  I. 

foiuid  wiiich  have  a  simple  incised  design  in  curved  or  wavy  lines.     The  incision  is  very  shallow 
and  no  white  filling  was  used.     Shapes  recognized  at  Korakou  are  the  following: 

1.  Deep  open  bowls  with  two  high-sw\ing,  ribbon  handles  and  sides  formed  with  a  sharply 
angular  profile  (Fig.  18).  The  rim  is  high  and  splays  outward.  In  some  cases  the  bottom  of  the 
bowl  is  merely  flattened  (Fig.  19);  in  others  there  is  a  low  raised  base  as  in  Figure  18. 

2.  Similar  bowls  with  the  same  angular  sides  but  with  two  small,  tial  lim))  handles  set  verti- 
cally below  the  liin.     .\gain  there  are  the  two  types  of  base:  flat  and  raise*!. 

'.i.  Similar  iiouls  iiut  cdnsiderably  shallower.  There  arc  two  round  bow  handles  set  vertically 
directly  on  the  rim. 

4.     Ooblets,  essentially  of  the  same  Inrni  as  sli.apc  2  aiiovc.  but  set  on  a  high,  ringed  stem 

(Fig.  20).     Sonu'  stems  have  only  one  or  two  rings     the  so-called  southern  (ypc;^  while  others 

have  as  uumy  as  six  or  seven     the  so-called  northern  type.*     The  stem  is  hollnw. 

'Cf.  «.  .S'.  A.,  X.XII,  pp.  180ff. 

» J.  //.  .S'.,  XXXI V,  l!lll,  pp.  12ti-l.'if.; if.  iil.soCliil.lc,. /.//,. s'.,  XXXV.  I'll.'.,  pp.  1!m;  2(17;  iiii.l  lUwkiiisiui.l  l)r<xip, 
Ji.  S.  A.,  XVII,  I'.llO-l'.Ml,  p.  l(i. 

'  Cf.  Kurtwiiiinlcr  mill  Liicschcke,  M ykriiisclie  Vitsni,  I'l.  .XI.IV,  Nu.  1". 

♦Cf.  1'rehi.sloric  Thessiily,  p.  187,  Vin.  135,  for  ii  .siiniliir  goMut  from  Ijunoklsiili. 


10 


KORAKOU 


Figure  20.  Minyan  Goblet,  Middle  IIelladic  Period,  Class  A  1.  (The  lower  i)ait  of  the  body  has  l>een 
restored  in  plaster.     The  stem  does  not  join  aiul  may.  indeed,  Ije   from  another  vessel  of  the  same  shape.) 

Tlic  shai])  angle  of  the  side,  tlic  Hat  haiullcs.  and  the  thin  flat  rim  in  all  the  preceding  shapes  are 
decidedly  metallic  in  their  et^'ect.  The  gray  color,  too,  may  hi'  due  to  an  attempt  to  imitate 
silver  or  lead. 

5.  Bowls  similar  to  shape  1  with  high  handles;  but  the  side  of  the  vessel  instead  of  being  angu- 
lar is  curved.     The  rim,  however,  splays  outward  as  in  the  preceding  shapes  (Fig.  21). 

6.  Bowls  similar  to  shape  2  with  small  flat  loop  handles  below  the  rim;  but  differing  in  that  the 
side  of  the  bowl  is  rounded,  there  being  no  angle  at  tlie  sliotdder  (Fig.  22). 


FiiiiRE  21.    MiNYAx    Bowl  with   Hounded 
Profile,  Middlk  Helladio  Period,  Class  A  1. 


V 


FuiURE  22.  MiNVAN  Bowl  with  Hounded 
Profile,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Cl.\ss  A  I. 
(Largely  restored.) 


THK   POTTERY  17 

7.     Siiia^ll  cups  witl.  one  iil.l)()ii  liaiidlc.     The  profile  up  tc  ll.c  lir.i  is  cuiv..,!;  tho  rim  splays 

outward. 

II.  "Argive  Minyan." '  This  seems  to  be  a  local  (po.ssibly  Peloponncsian)  imitation  of  Gray 
Miiiyan,  sonietiines  turned  on  the  wheel,  hut  more  often  hand-made.  The  elay  is  usually  not  very 
earefully  sifted.     The  hiseuit  is  hulT  or  reddish-hrown  at  thf  con'.  Imrned  darker  near  the  surface. 


FiGURK    2;?.       SllKItDS    OK    "AlKilVE    MiNY.Vn"    WaHE,    MlDDLE    11eLL.\I>IC    PeRIOD,    C'LASt-    A    11. 


The  surface  of  tlie  vase  both  inside  and  out  is  covered  with  a  heavy  slip,  grayish  green,  brown, 
brownish  black,  or  black,  wliicli  is  connnoncst.  in  color,  ll  is  highly  ])olished  and  hard,  lacking 
the  .soapy  feel. 

Much  of  this  "Argive  Minyan"  w.'ire  is  decorated  with  sinii)le  incised  curviliiu>ar  |)atlerns  and 
wilh  stanipc<l  coiicciil  lie  circles,  'riic  Litter  are  (lee|)er  than  tile  former  and  were  filled  with 
wliitc  ])igment ;  tiie  linear  patterns,  on  the  other  hand,  are  shallow  and  show  no  trace  of  filling. 

No  whole  vas(!  was  recovered.  The  sluM'ds  (I''ig.  2:?)  seem  to  belong  mostly  to  oi»en  bowls  witha 
sharp  angle  at  the  shotdder  and  wilh  a  sjjlaying  rim,  of  approximately  the  same  shape  as  the  (ir:»y 
Min\;iii  bow  Is  descrilied  abo\  c.  i'he  fabric  is,  however,  mnch  heavier  than  that  of  (!ray  Minyan. 
'I'lic  i|ii.intity  of  ''Aigive  Minyan"  was  small  in  comparison  wilh  that  of  liic  (Iray.  .\  whole 
(restoi-edl  vase  of  this  type  from  Aijios  may  be  seen  in  H.  <'.  II..  \XX,  HMKi.  p.  ]'A. 

'  Cf.  I'liliinloiir  Tlus.'i.thi,  |i.  22:5. 
3 


18 


KORAKOU 


Similar  to  this  "  Argivc  Minyan"  is  a  highly  polished  monochrome  fabric  generally  black  or  red 
in  color.  It  is  not  so  clearly  an  iinilalion  of  dray  Minyan  as  tlic  former.  Two  vessels  of  this 
techniqne  have  been  put  together. 

One  (Fig.  24)  is  a  deep  bowl.  Tlie  profile  of  the  side  is  a  curve  uj)  to  Ihe  rim,  w-hich  s])lays 
outward  at  an  angle.  M  the  jxjiiit  of  uircatcst  diameter — alicmt  h;df  way  down — arc  two  licavy 
horizontal  handles  resembling  enlarged  lugs  pierced  with  susi)ension  holes.  There  is  a  small 
raised  base.  The  clay  is  fairly  coarse,  but  the  vase  is  well  modelled.  The  suiface  is  covered  with 
a  smoothly  polished  i)lack  slij)  without  decoration. 

The  other  (Fig.  25)  is  a  wide  shallow  bowl.  Like  most  of  tlie  Minyan  vases  it  has  a  sharp  angle 
at  the  shoidder  and  a  s])laying  rim.  At  tlie  slioulder  is  one  thick  liorizoutal  handle  of  the  same 
shajie  as  the  handle  of  the  preceding  bowl.     In  day  and  fabric  t  lie  xcssel  is  ;dso  similar  to  tlie  bowl 


^ 


I 


FiotTRE  24.  Deep  Bowl  of  Black  Mono- 
chrome Ware,  Mn)i)i,i;  Hei.i.adic  Pkhiod, 
('lass  a  II. 


Figure  25.  Shallow  Bowl  of  Red  Mon- 
ochrome Ware,  Middi.f,  IIrli.adic  Pkrioii, 
Class  A  II. 


just,  described.  The  base  is  flat.  A  smoothly  jiolislied  red  or  reddish  brown  slip  covers  the  bowl 
both  inside  and  out.  This  vessel  served  as  the  cover  of  a  small  ])itlios  of  Mattpainted  ware  used 
for_an  infant  burial  (cf.  below  p.  100). 

III.  Yellow  ML7iyan.^  A  good  deal  was  foiuid  of  this  excellent  fabric  produced  from  a  finely 
levigated  buff  or  greenish  yellow  clay.  Though  many  of  these  vases  seem  to  be  hand-made,  a  large 
number  were  apparently  turned  on  the  wheel.  The  sm-face  has  a  fine  slip  of  the  same  color  as  the 
clay  and  is  usually  smoothly  polished,  sometimes  to  the  point  of  looking  almost  glazed.  The 
shapes  are  closely  modelled  on  those  of  Gray  Minyan. 

1.  Characteristic  is  a  deep  bowl  with  the  same  metallic  profile  as  that  seen  in  dray  Minyan, 
shape  1.  There  are  two  high-swimg  ribbon  handles.  The  base  is  often  flat,  but  raised  bases  also 
occur. 

2.  Eq\ially  characteristic  is  a  goblet  on  a  high  stem.  The  stem  is  sometimes  ringed  as  in  the 
case  of  Gray  Minyan  goblets,  and  there  are  examples  both  of  the  nortluirn  style  (with  many  rings) 
and  of  the  soiithern  style  (with  only  one  or  two  rings),  the  latter  moi'e  frequent  than  the  former. 
Far  more  common,  however,  is  a  rather  lower  plain  stem  without  rings.  There  are  generally  two 
vertical  ribbon  handles,  but  many  of  t  he  goblets  have  only  one.  These  vascis  are  snraller  t  ban  the 
Gray  Minyan  goblets. 

3.  In  a  further  development  of  shape  2  the  angle  at  the  shoulder  disappears  and  the  goblet  has 
a  curved  profile  \i\i  to  the  rim.     The  rim  splays  outward.     There  are  two — in  some  cases  only 


'  Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  181. 


THE  POTTERY  19 

one-flat  fibl)on  handles  representing  a  niidille  step  between  the  high-s^^■ung  handles  and  the  flat 
loop  handles  of  Gray  Minyan  ware.  This  graceful  goblet  is  an  important  shape  as  a  connecting 
link  between  Minyan  and  Mycenaean  ware;  for  it  continues  to  be  used  well  on  into  the  Late 
llelladio  Period,  where  it  appears  with  painted  decoration  in  the  Mycenaean  style  (for  example  see 
Ephyracan  Ware,  p.  54  below). 

4.  Another  shape  of  which  a  considerable  number  of  fragments  were  found  is  a  sort  of  ladle, 
a  shallow  open  cup  will,   flattened  base,  rounded  profile,  and  an  extremely  high  ribbon  handle 

(Fig.  26). 

B.     Mattpainted  Ware' 

The  following  three  classes  may  be  distinguished: 

I.  Coarse  Ware.  This  ware  is  usually  hand-made  and  the  fabric  is  generally  coarse.  The 
clay  varies  from  pinkish  Iniff  to  yellowish  green  in  color  and  is  not  well  levigated,  being  often  very 
unity.     Simple  geometric  patterns  are  painted  in  rather  broad  careless  lines  directly  on  the  sur- 


FioTjHE  26.    Ladles,  Yellow  Minyan  Wark,  Middlk  IIeli.adk-  rEiiiou,  C'LA.iis  .\  III. 

face  of  the  vase  without  the  intervention  of  a  tme  slip.  In  some  cases  the  surface  shows  no  refine- 
ment whatever,  but  sometimes  it  seems  to  be  to  a  certain  extent  prepared.  The  paint  is  perfectly 
matt,  occurring  in  black,  blackish  brown,  or  brick  red;  a  less  common  variety  is  i)uri)lisli  l)lack, 
and  white  seems  also  to  have  been  used,  though  very  rarely. 

The  patterns  on  the  earliest  vases  of  this  class  are  almost  exclusively  angular  (Fig.  27),  but  on 
later  specimens  curvilinear  designs  predominate.  Belts  of  lines,  hatched  triangles,  circles,  and 
ccjncentric  circles,  which  sometimes  enclose  a  cross,  are  among  the  favorite  patterns.  There  is  a 
marked  liking  for  decoration  in  zones  or  panels. 

1.  Pithoi.  There  were  many  fragments  of  small  pithoi  similar  to  those  found  by  Stais  at 
.\cgina  and  by  Vollgraf  at  Argos.-  In  Figine  28  is  shown  a  i)ithos  of  this  t>'pe  which  was  used  for 
I  he  bmial  of  two  small  infants.  Though  broken  into  many  pieces,  it  was  practically  complete  ami 
has  now  l)een  put  together.  It  illustrates  the  characteristic  shape  of  small  storage  jars  of  the 
|ii  ridd;  small  fiat  base,  low  belly  on  which  are  set  two  massive  horizontal  handles,  and  broad  flat 
rim.  Foiu'  string-holes  at.  rcgidar  intervals  in  the  rim  ajiparently  served  for  ftistcning  on  a  lid. 
The  decoration  is  also  characteristic;  it  covers  the  ujiper  two-thirds  of  the  vessel,  this  space  being 

'Cf.iJ..S.  ,4.,  XXII,  pp.  lS3ff. 

»  C'f.  -E^.  -Apx.,  lt<!t-),  PI.  X,  1,  2,  3,  4;  /?.  C.  II.,  XXX,  lOOf.,  p.  21,  Tin.  24.  Similar  pitlioi  were  found  by  (he 
German  excavators  at  Orchomenoa,  but  arc  still  unpublished. 


20 


KORAKOU 


divided  by  iloulilc  linos  into  oi}!;lit  vertical  panels.  These  panels  are  ucmiiicd  alternately  by  two 
crossed  circles,  one  above  the  other,  and  by  zigzag  lines.  The  ])anels  arc  not,  however,  syniniet- 
rieally  arranged. 

2.  Hpouted  bowls.  Another  common  shape  (Fig.  29)  is  a  deep  bowl  with  a  spout.  It  has  a 
flat  base  and  plain  rim.  No  handle  was  ))reserved.  So  far  as  eoulil  be  observed  this  tyi)e  of  bowl 
is  almost  invariably  decorated  in  a  uiiil'orni  style.  A  iiand  of  ])ainf  follows  the  rim.  Based  on 
this  band  on  each  side  between  I  he  s])ont  and  the  handle  are  two  or  t  liree  lar^c  chevrons  iiointing 


Figure  27.     JSherds  of  Early  Mattpainted  Ware,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Class  B  I. 

downward.     These  chevrons  are  drawn  with  a  broad  exterior  line,  while  within  are  one  or  more 

fine  lines  parallel  to  the  outer  line.     Around  the  base  of  thesjioiit  run  two  jiarallel  lines  of  which 

the  outer  sometimes  has  rays  at  intervals. 

3.     Basins.     A  fair  mnnber  of  sherds  belonged  to  shallow  basins  of  the  type  shown  in  Figure  30. 

From  a  flat  base  the  sides  of  the  basin  spread  widely  outward  to  the  shoulder,  wh(>r(>  there  is  an 

angle  or  a  short  curve.     Between  this  shoidder  and  the  plain  rim  are  two  thick  horizontal  handles 

opposite  each  other.     The  space  between  the  shoidder  and  the  rim,  marked  off  bj'  broad  lines, 

forms  the  decorated  zone.     The  pattern  is  very  simple,  consisting  merely  of  a  series  of  St.  Andrew's 

crosses  made  of  do\d)le  lines. ^ 

'  For  a  similar  hasiu  from  Aegina  see  'E<^.  'Apx-,  ISO.'),  PI.  X,  No.  7.     The  same  type  oeoiirs  also  at  Argos,  B.  C.  //., 
XXX,  1906,  pp.  22-2:J,  Figs.  29,  30,  and  wa.s  founcl  by  Wide  at  Aphidna,  Alh.  Milt,  XXI,  1896,  PI.  XV,  4-6. 


THK  POTTERY 


21 


KicuKK  28.     Small  I'itikis,  .Maiti-ainted  \\  auk,  Middu;  IIlllauu    I'tiiiui),  l'LA.•^.•^  II  1. 


\ 


KlUOKk;  'J'J.     Si'uini;!)   ISowi,,   M ai-ii'aintkI)   W  mu.,   Miiini.i.   Hi  i.i.aiiic  1'kiiiuu,  Claps  U  I. 


22 


KORAKOU 


k 


Figure  30.    Shallow  Basin,  Mattpainted  \\'aue,  Middle  IIelladic  Period,  Class  D  I. 

4.  Beaked  jugs.  No  whole  s])eciiiHUi  of  this  shape  was  recovered.  Fif^ure  'SI  shows  part  of  a 
beaked  jug  with  the  ui)])er  two-thirds  divided  off  into  a  zone  decorated  with  cross-hatching  and 
parallel  lines. 

5.  Water-jars.  The  upper  part  of  a  large  water-jar  was  found  (Fig.  32).  Tlie  body  is  not 
roiuid  in  section  Init  more  or  less  oval.  This  shape,  liowever,  seems  to  l)e  due  to  intent  rather 
than  to  the  accidents  of  firing.  There  is  a  long  neck  ending  in  a  fairly  wide  mouth.  Between 
the  neck  and  the  shoulder  are  two  small  flat  vertical  handl(>s  set  ojjposilc  each  other  at  the  ends, 


\ 


i 


Figure  ol.     Ulakku  Jug,  Mattpainted  Wake,  Middle  IIelladic  Period,  Class  B  I. 

roughly,  of  the  long  axis  of  the  jar,  while  lower  down,  about  the  middle  of  the  i:)ody,  are  two  larger 
round  horizontal  handles  at  the  ends  of  the  short  axis.  The  upper  half  onlj-  is  decorated  with  a 
careless  linear  pattern  in  faint  piu-plish  black  paint.  Around  the  neck  three  parallel  dashes  are 
repeated  five  times;  this  seems  to  be  a  careless  version  of  the  reversed  sigma,  5,  which,  as  will  be 
seen  below,  is  a  frequent  motive  on  the  ware  of  class  II.  This  jar  is  very  coarse  in  fabric,  made 
from  unsifted  clay,  and  exhibits  much  carelessness  of  finish.  The  surface,  though  extremely  im- 
even,  is  somewhat  polished. 


THK   POTTEIJY 


2:i 


l''iuuiiE  oL'.     \\  atlu-.Jah,   Maiti'aintkd  Wahi;,   .Mieium.   IIii.i.mih     I'i.kiod,  Ci.a.s;-  \i  I. 

I'lic  ((Miiuioiu'.sf  foiiii  of  \v:it('i-jar,  however,  is  round  in  cross-seetioii,  iiiut-li  like  the  same  type  of 
v.isc  ill  I  he  Late  Helhuhc  I'eriotl.  It  lias  a  high,  eoinijarativcly  narrow  iiecii,  often  witli  concave 
])rofii(',  which  meets  the  l)ody  iisuaiiy  at  a  sharp 
anslc-  The  hody  widens  out  sharjily  to  its  great- 
est diainetci-  t'aiil\-  liijih  U|i  and  then  gradually 
diminishes  to  ;i  rather  small  l)ase.  'i'here  arc  two 
tyjies:  in  one  there  is  one  larsje  roimd  vertical 
handle  cxtciidiii^i  l'i<iiii  llic  slKiiiidcr  to  the  rim 
or  just  Ik'Iow  it,  while  two  short,  Imt  relatively 
thick,  horizontal  handles,  one  on  each  side,  are 
set  lower  down  one  ([uarter  way  aromid  the  body 
from  tlie  vertical  handle:  in  the  second  type 
there  is  no  handle  extending  to  the  neck,  hut 
two  small  vertical  lian<lles  are  set  hijili  on  the 
shoidder  on  oi)i)osile  sides  f)f  the  jar,  and  lower 
down  on  the  body  are  two  horizontal  loop  handles 
in  the  other  axis  of  the  vessel.  The  decoration 
is  luactically  identical  with  that  of  the  small 
pit  hoi  describetl  above,  consislinn  of  triangles, 
circles  and  crossed  circles,  and  zigzags,  frecpiently 
arranged  in  alternating  panels.  There  is  gener- 
ally a  line  of  i)aiiit  around  the  rim,  two  or  three  Vi,ivm:  :W.  Nkck  ok  Wuki.-.Iak,  .M aiti-aintko 
around  the  bottom  of  the  neck,  and  a  heavj- band         W  m(k,  Mn>i>i.K  IIki.ladic  rKitioo,  Cla.-^s  H  1. 


24 


Kf^T^AKor 


or  two  alxnit  tlio  IxkIv  at  tlio  lovcl  of  (lie  lower  haiullcs.  Tlic  dec-oral  ion  is  liiniled  lo  I  he  space 
ahove  tliis  hand.  AHlioiigh  more  than  t  went  >•  necks  were  found  ( Fifi.  33).  il  was  nol  possihle 
to  reconstruct  coniplftcly  a  sinjtle  watcr-jai-. 

II.  Fine  Wdre.  This  ware  is  nmcli  linei'  Ihan  llie  precedinji.and  the  vases, often  \vheel-inaih\ 
are  generally  small.  The  clay  is  well  relined,  usually  ImfY  or  yellowish  fjreen  in  color.  There  is 
almost  always  a  slij)  of  the  same  tone  as  the  day.  In  some  eases  it  is  ])oor,  ijciufi  rather  soft  and 
powdery;  in  other  cases  it  is  harder  and  has  received  a  certain  aniovuit  of  polish. 

The  patterns  (Figs.  34,  35,  and  30;  also  Pi,.\te  II,  Xos.  1,  3,  o,  and  7;  Pl.\ti-;  111,  Nos.  1  to  4), 
in  a  i)erfectly  matt   Mack  or  |nui)lish  Mack,  are  for  the  most   part   curxilineai'.  and  apart   from 


m 

3    -^ 
8 

\ 


/J 


^^    4 


-■*'♦» 


\ 


13 


Figure  34.     Sherds  of  MattpAinted  W'ahe,  Cups,  Middle  Helladic  Peuiod,  Class  B  II. 

spirals,  concentric  circles  and  half-circles,  runnin<i  cpiirks,  wavy  lines,  etc.,  include  also  floral 
designs,  as  well  as  representations  of  birds  and  animals.  Minoan  influence  is  very  noticeable  in 
these  patterns.  Quite  un-Minoan,  however,  is  the  belt  of  reversed  sigmas,  5,  which  occurs  re- 
peatedly on  these  vases  (Pl.\tic  III,  No.  4,  Fig.  34,  No.  1). 

1.  Cups.  A  niuuber  of  fragments  of  cups  were  fouiul  (Fig.  34).  The.se  cups  occur  mainly  in 
three  shapes: 

(a)  Goblets  on  a  short  stem.  This  is  approximately  the  same  shape;  as  those  from  Mycenae  fig- 
ured in  Furtwangler  and  Loeschcke,  Mi/kcniftchc  Fo.sc/i  (PL  XXIV,  Figs.  17li  iind  177).  No  whole 
vase  was  found  at  Korakou,  but  a  number  of  fragments  were  easily  identifiable  (Fig.  34,  No.  13). 


THE   POTTERY  25 

(]>)  Dcpp  (lips  with  convex  sidcis  (as  tswii  from  llii'  uuisiiU-;  and  raist-d  liase.  Tin-  base  is  broader 
than  tliat  of  the  shape  just  described  and  there  is  no  real  stem.  This  is  approximately  the  same 
as  a  very  coiiinioii  shape  at  Phylakopi.'  Sherds  from  cups  of  this  type  found  at  Korakou  may  be 
seen  in  Figure  'M,  Nos.  2,  6,  11,  and  14. 

(c)  Cups  with  concave  sides  (as  seen  from  tlie  outside)  and  a  fiat  base  (Fig.  34,  Nos.  3,  7,  8,  9, 
and  12).  A  cup  of  this  type,  restored,  is  shown  in  Plate  III,  No.  4.  It  will  be  seen  that  this 
is  essentially  the  same  shape  as  that  of  the  gold  cups  from  Vaphio,  (jr  perhaps  more  nearly  the 
Keftiu  cup.- 

()n  cuy)s  of  shapes  (a)  and  (1))  the  decoration  is  apparently  always  arranned  in  two  panels.  One 
of  tiicse  is  usually  left  ])lain  or  has  only  tlie  simplest  |)attern;  the  other,  which  is  always  to  the  right 
of  the  hauille,  has  a  more  elaborate  ornaiuent.  The  more  ornamental  panel  is,  therefore,  on  the 
side  of  the  I  up  whieli  would  he  turned  away  from  the  person  drinking,  but  visible  to  spectators. 
In  the  case  of  shape  (c),  though  the  panelled  arrangement  is  fre(|ucnt,  there  is  often  a  pattern 
rumiing  entirely  round  the  cup.  The  latter  shape  suggests  prototypes  of  nu-tal.  Some  of  the 
sherds  also  show  a  metallic  looking  raised  band  around  the  middle  of  the  cup;  and  a  rivet-head 
formed  in  clay  is  often  present  at  the  ]ioint  wliere  llie  liandle  joins  the  rim. 

2.  Beaked  jugs.  Among  the  other  shapes  recognized  w'ere  beaked  jugs  re.send)linK  son>e\vliat 
the  jugs  found  at  Phylakopi  (Phijinkopi  §  0,  PI.  XIV).  No  wiiole  examples  were  recoveretl  at 
Korakou.  The  upper  part  of  a  jug  with  the  handle  and  a  portion  of  the  neck  was  put  together  us 
shown  in  Figtne  35,  No.  3.  This  pot  is  like  the  vases  from  Phylakojii  mentioned  above  also  in  the 
faetthat  it  had  two  raised  brcast-like  projections  just  below  the  neck  on  the  side  opposite  the  lian- 
dle. Spouts  of  these  jugs  were  usually  decorated  with  iiarallel  lines,  Bometimt>s  supplemented  liy  a 
|)air  of  dotted  circles  (Fig.  36,  Nos.  4  and  0). 

:>.  ( (pen  bowls  both  deep  and  shallow.  These,  judging  by  t  he  mnnber  of  fragments,  were  fairly 
common.  Some  have  the  angular  shoulder  eliaracteristic  of  Oray  Minyan  ware;  others  have  the 
rounded  profile  which  is  more  usual  in  Yellow  ■Minyan.  In  both  cases  the  shape  is  essentially  Min- 
yan (Fig.35,  Nos.  l,2,4;Fig.  30,  Nos.  3,9, 13,  17;  Pl.\tkII,  Nos.Sand  7;  Pl.\tk  III,  Nos.  land  2). 

The  most  frequently  used  i)atterns  are  comuH'ted  spirals — both  true  and  false  spirals— and  con- 
cent ric  half-circles  dotted  at  the  centre.  Both  of  these  patterns  are  familiar  from  Minoan  ware 
of  tlie  Middle  Minoan  Period  in  Crete.^  It  is  exactly  these  patterns  that  occur  in  the  light-on-dark 
style  on  the  earliest  sherds  of  Minoan  technique— though  certainly  of  Maiidand  fabric-  that  ap- 
liear  at  Korakou  (cf.  Class  D  I  below,  p.  32,  and  Pl.vtk  II,  Nos.  2,  4,  ti,  8).  In  these  Matt  painted 
vases,  accordingly,  which  exhibit  southern  or  Minoan  patterns  applied  in  local  (Mainland)  tech- 
ni<iue  to  northern  or  Minyan  shapes,  we  have  clearly  the  forerunners  of  Mycenaean  ware.  Mino- 
an influence  may  perhaps  be  surmised  also  in  a  few  sherds  which  sIkjw  floral  i)atterns  {V\Mv  III, 
No.  1).  There  are  a  number  of  badly  shattered  fragments  with  patterns  which  seem  to  ri-|)re.sent 
claws  of  what  were  probably  fantastic  animals  (  Fig.  3r),  No.  10),  ami  tails  of  bir.ls  ( Fig.  36,  No.  14). 
These  evidently  preserve  a  more  y,einiine  Maiidand  tradition  and  may  be  considered  as  jiarallel 
lo  the  bird-vases  of  Phylakopi.  liiforl  unalely  the  material  at  Korakou  is  too  shattered  to  lie  of 
much   \alue. 

'  I'hijUikoiH,  S  '.),  pp.  Ill  IT.,  Pis.  XVI-XVII. 

=  Cf.  li.  S.  A.,  XVI,  FroiilispiiTc. 

'  Chiefly  M.  M.  ill;  <f.  li.  S.  A..  \,  p.  I.'.,  I'in.  I,  v  atid  «. 


26 


KORAKOU 


Figure  35.     Sherds  of  MATTPA^^fTED  Ware,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Class  B  II. 


10 


/r 


14 


V. 


% 


FiGtTRE  36.    Sherds  of  Mattpainted  Wake,  Middle  Hell.vdic  Period,  Class  B  II. 


THIC   POITERY  j: 

4.  "rfolc-niouth"  jars.  Dcci)  jais  with  small  iiKjutli  almost  closed.  Only  a  lew  sll.■nl^  w.r.- 
found  (Fig.  35,  Nos.  8  and  14).  The  shape,  which  is  not  a  very  eomnion  one  at  Korakou  (tlieru 
were,  iiowever,  a  numli(  r  of  iiafiments  of  the  same  shape  in  the  eontemporary  Myeenaean  leeh- 
ni(iue;  see  below  p.  34),  seems  to  l)e  elosely  analogous  to  the  "h(jle-in»»uthed  jars"  of  Crete.'  A 
vase  of  a  derived  shape  in  Gray  Minyan  ware  was  found  in  the  sixth  shaft  jtrave  at  Myeena.', 
the  earliest  of  the  shaft  Ki':ives.- 

5.  Amphorae.  The  upper  part  of  a  lar^e  jar  with  narrow  neck  and  moutli  (jives  an  example 
of  the  so-ealled  amphora  shape  in  the  Mattpainted  style  (Fi«.  37).  It  is  maile  on  the  whi-ei,<if 
refined  elay,  lirick  rod  in  color,  and  the  surface  is  jjolishcd.     The  design  is  put  on  in  dull  purple 


KiGUHK  37.     .Vmi'houa,    M.nTi'AiNTKu  W'aui;,   Miuulk   1Ii:i,lai>ic   I'kkiod,   Cl.\.-s   H   II. 

l)aint.  On  the  shoulder  are  two  small  vertical  handles.  Between  these  on  each  side  are  two  somi-- 
what  fantastic  curvilinear  motives  filled  in  with  cross-hatching  (one  of  the  four,  perhajis  i)y  over- 
sight of  the  decorator,  shows  only  sim])le  hatching).' 

Two  types  of  vases,  which  are  comparatively  rare,  deserve  to  i>c  meiiiioned  here;  they  may 
form  a  connecting  link  between  wares  of  classes  I  and  II,  cond)ining  the  patterns  of  the  former 
with  the  fabric  of  the  latter. 

f).  Cups  of  fine  fabric  with  a  profile  of  two  opjrosite  ciu'ves.  The  clay,  which  is  pale,  of  a  green- 
ish tinge,  is  extremely  well  purified,  and  the  vases  are  carefidly  shaped  with  extraordinarily  thin 
walls.  There  is  a  flat  base,  antl  the  cup  has  one  or  two  vertical  ribbon  handles  which  extend  high 
above  the  rim.  The  .surface  is  coated  wit  h  a  fine  clay  slip,  sometimes  iiolished,  sometimes  powdery, 
on  which  is  painted  in  dull  purplish  black  paint  an  angular  linear  pattern  in  fine  sure  lines.  This 
sureness  and  delicacy  of  treatment,  in  striking  contrast  with  the  rather  careless  exec\ition  of  the 
bulk  of  Mattpainted  ware,  suggests  the  i)ossil)ility  that  the.se  cujjs  may  be  of  foreign  origin.  It 
may  be  remarked,  however,  that  the  clay  appears  to  be  local,  wiiiii-  the  general  arrangement  of 
the  decoration  is  practically  the  same  as  tiiat  found  in  the  shallow  basins  of  eliuss  I.  No  whole 
example  was  obtained  at  Korakou.  Figiue  38,  however,  shows  a  cup  part ially  restored  from  frag- 
ments that  came  to  light  at  Gonia.     Ware  similar  to  this  was  found  by  \ollgraf  at  Argos.* 

'  Cf.  li.  S.  A.,  IX,  p.  30(),  FiK.  0. 

'  Cf.  FurtwJiiiulor  and  f^oesclicke,  M i/keiiLiclit  Tlmuijefiissc,  PI.  X,  No.  .'lO. 

» In  tccluiique  and  fiuish  tliis  viisc  scenis  cXoavU  nliidd  Ici  tlii>  iKilyilironie  fiil)rics  dimu.-M'd  uiiJir  C'lrn*  III  Ulow. 

*  B.  C.  II.,  XXX,  V.m\,  p.  28,  Figs.  50-53. 


28 


K()1!AK()[T 


7.  Wi'll-inadr  sliallow  huwls  of  a  type  found  also  at  Ar^os.'  \'('iv  few  slicids  were  (lisc(i\('i('(l 
at  Korakoii.  Tlicy  show  a  fiin'  fabric  of  well  purified  day,  covorcd  with  a  siuootii  slip.  Around 
the  up])er  i)art  of  the  howl  runs  a  hand  of  decoration  in  dull  pinpie  iiaint.  The  i)attern,  eonsistin;; 
of  a  belt  of  lozenges  arranged  in  pairs,  point  to  point ,  is  carefully  executed.  The  lower  part  of  the 
vessel  Ijelow  tiie  angle  of  tlie  profile  seems  to  carry  a  number  of  rays  radiating  from  the  base.  In 
shape  these  vases  may  be  parallel  to  the  later  exami)li's  in  the  scries  of  bowls  from  IMiylakopi.- 
A  sample  sherd  is  given  in  Figure  30. 

III.  Poh/chioiiU'  MaUpainlcd  Ware.''  A  third  class  of  Mat  I  paint  e(l  ware  is  shaijily  distinguished 
from  the  two  just  deseribeil  b\-  I  he  fact  that  its  decoi'ation  is  carried  out  in  nolvchrome.     As 


FiciUKE  38.  Cup  of  Fine  F.\buic,  Matt- 
painted  Ware,  Middle  Helladic  Peiuod, 
Class  B  II. 


Fiuuke  39.     Fracme.nt  of  .Shallow    Howl,   Matt- 
'.UNTED  Wahe,  Middle  Helladic  Peuiod,  Cla.-;s  B  II. 


compared  with  the  other  two  styles,  sherds  of  this  type  were  relatively  few.  The  best  of  them 
belong  to  wheel-made  vases  of  excellent  fabric.  The  biscuit  is  brick  red  or  reddish  buff  in  color, 
while  the  surface  is  covered  with  a  smooth  sli])  of  the  same  tone.  The  i)atterns  are  chiefly  linear 
(Figs.  40  and  41),  such  as  bands  of  lines  in  ret!  with  black  edging;  broad  wavy  lines  in  red  with 
irregular  edging  of  white  or  purple  (Fig.  40,  No.  1);  tri- 
angles or  lozenges  outlined  in  black  with  red  filling  (Fig. 
41,  No.  3),  etc.  In  many  cases,  however,  the  upper  part 
of  the  vase  was  apparently  divided  into  panels,  each 
containing  a  bird  or  some  fantastic  animal  of  which  the 
outline  is  painted  in  black  and  the  body  is  filled  in  with 
red.  In  all  cases  the  paint  is  perfectly  matt,  and  its  lack 
of  lustre  is  emphasized  by  contrast  with  the  polished 
slip.  Shapes  that  could  be  recognized  are  the  following: 
1.  Beaked  jugs.  Fragments  of  five  or  six  beaks  were 
found  (Fig.  42).  The  jugs  to  which  they  belonged  were 
similar  to  the  well-known  jugs  from  the  sixth  shaft  grave 


'  B.  C.  //.,  XXX,  1900,  p.  28,  Figs.  47^9. 
2  Cf.  Phylakopi,  §  1.5  and  PI.  33. 
'Cf.B.S..-l.,XXII,p.  185f. 


Figure  42.  Neck  of  Beaked  .Iug,  M.\tt- 
PAiNTED  Ware,  Middle  Helladic  Period, 
Class  B  III. 


THE  potti-:ry 


29 


^ 


-X} 


/ 


FioURF.  40.     Sherds  of  Polyi'iikomi:  Matti'aintki)  Wauk.   Miudi.k  IIki.i.xdic  I'kuioo,  Class  H  111. 


^^/«*  "^•Tvvvv^^yw- 


FlOUElK    tl.      SlIKIlKS    OK    I'ol.VilinoMi:    MaTT1'AINTK.I>    WmIK,    MikDI.K    IIkIJ.MUC    I'KKIiID,   fUA»!*    H    III. 


30 


KORAKOU 


at  Mycenae.'     There  is  also  a  similar  jug  from  Phylakopi  in  the  National  Museum  at  Athens;''  and 
a  related  (Cyeladic)  type  is  represented  among  the  finds  from  the  Tem[)le  Repositories  at  Cnossns.' 

2.  Large  jars  with  fairly  narrow  mouth,  similar  to  a  jar  from  the  sixth  shaft  grave  at  Mycenae.'' 

3.  Deep  bowls  with  wide  opening  and  he:iv>-  Hal  lini  (Fig.  40,  No.  1). 

4.  Shallow  howls  with  angidar  shoidder,  splaying  rim,  and  vcitiral  rililioii  handles.  A 
fragment  of  n  rim  of  this  type  is  ilhist  rated  in  FigtU'e  43;  the  pidlile  sccins  clcarlN'  takcMi  from 
Minyan  ware. 

In   atldition   to  this   fine  polyehrome  ware  there   is   also   ;i   poorer  faluic    represented   liy  an 

equal  mnnber  of  siierds.  These  arc  of  varying 
quality,  ranging  from  good  wheel-made  specimens  to 
very  coarse  examples  made  by  hand.  The  clay  is 
generally  lighter  than  in  the  finer  ware  and  is  not  so 
well  purified.  The  polished  slip  characteristic  of  the 
fine  ware  is  lacking,  and  the  surface  is  not  so  smooth. 
The  ])aticrns  are  linear,  prodiicccl  in  two  colors,  black 
and  red,  the  outline  being  most  frequently  done  in 
black  with  rcMl  as  the  accessory  for  filling.  ,\  few 
sherds  are  nnich  like  the  black  and  reil  waic  of  Mclos.''  Tlic  material  at  Korakou  is  too  frag- 
ment a  i'\'  III  allow  t  lie  rest oi'at ion  of  any  shapes.    Shallow  bowls  wit  h  I  hick,  (lat  rims  seem  coniinon. 


Figure  43.     Rim  of  Shallow  Bowl,  Poly- 

riinOMK    M.VTTP.MNTED   WaRE,    MIDDLE    HeI-- 

LADic  Period,  Class  R  III. 


FiouRE  44.     DoMEsTir  Vessel  Suggestive  of  Mintan  Origin,  Middle  Helladic  Period,  Group  C. 


C.     Coarse  Unpainted  Domestic  Ware 

Along  with  the  Mitiyan  and  Mattpainted  fabrics  described  abfive  there  were  manj'  sherds  be- 
longing to  coarse  unpainted  vessels  used  for  domestic  purposes.     These  for  the  most  jiail.  do  not 

'  Cf.  Furtwiingler  and  Loesclicke,  Mykenische  Thoru/efdsse,  Pl.  VIII. 

2  Cf.  Phylakopi,  p.  159. 

3  Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  IX,  p.  150,  Fig.  26,  g. 

*  Cf.  Furtwiingler  and  Loeschcke,  Mykenische  Thnngefdsse,  PL  IX. 
^  Phylakopi,^  10,  p.  118. 


THE   POTTERY 


31 


(liffer  iiuiteii;illy  liom  the  household  pots  of  the  prcfcdiiiK  or  of  the  foUowmt:  prn.«ls  and  their 
datiiiR,  therefore,  depends  chiefly  upon  their  plaee  in  tlu-  stralificiition.  Primitive  c<M>kint:  over 
an  f)ii(ii  fire  does  not  tend  to  produce  Rreat  variety  and  specialization  in  forms.  In  the  followiiifc 
shapes  which  were  rcM-ognized  from  the  second  stratum  at  Korakou  the  clay  is  extremely  coarse 
and  the  biscuit  usually  shows  a  brick  red  color: 

1.  Cooking  pots  of  simple  types,  (lenerally  the  vessel  is  a  fairly  deep  bowl  with  wide. 
splaying  rim.  Specimens  of  both  hiKh  and  low  handles  were  found.  The  ve.s.sel  shown  in  Figure 
44,  made  of  coarse  grayish  buff  clay,  by  its  profile  .suggests  the  influence  of  Minyan  ware  in  its 
origin.  In  some  cases  the  pot  apparently  stood  on  three  short  legs  which  allowed  it  U)  be  set 
down  over  the  fire. 

2.  Strainers.  Three  small  strainers  were  foimd,  all  of  coarse  thick  fabric  (Fig.  45).  One 
(Fig.  45,  No.  1)  has  a  flat  base,  curved  side,  and  splaying  rim,  while  a  thick  loop  handle  extending 


I 


Figure  4.5.     Stuaineiis.  Domestic  Wahe.  Middi.k  IIki.i.mik:  Pkuiod,  C'iHoup  C. 

vertically  high  above  tlic  rim  is  attached  at  one  end  to  the  rim  and  at  the  other  to  the  shoulder  of 
the  vessel.  The  base  is  perforated,  and  there  is  also  one  row  of  holes  around  the  side  of  the  pot 
just  ab()\-e  the  base. 

The  other  two  strainers  are  smaller  but  of  equally  coarse  fabric.  They  have  a  flat  base,  straight 
sides,  and  a  heavy  loop  handle,  both  ends  of  which  spring  from  the  rim.  The  base  is  perforated. 
Strainers  may  be  a  misleading  liamc  for  these  pots.  Larg<!  ones  were  j)erhai)s  used  as  braziers  for 
small  charcoal  fires. 

3.  Jars.  Small  storage  jars  of  pithos-shape  were  common  (Fig.  4(>).  They  staml  on  n  flat 
base  and  their  spreading  sides  curve  inward  again  to  form  a  short  neck,  from  which  rises  a  splaying 
rim.  There  is  no  decoration  save,  perhaiis,  the  three  or  four  iirojecling  knobs  .set  at  intervals 
:ii(iiiiiil  I  he  shoulder  and  taking  the  place  of  handles. 

4.  i'iilidi.  I.;iige  pilliiii  of  llie  same  cnaise  fabric  were  in  use.  They  have  a  very  small— 
sometimes  pointed — base  and  were  apparently  intended  to  stand  at  least  partially  buried  in  the 
earthen  floor  of  the  room  in  which  they  w(>re  kept.  Raised  rope  bands  running  aboni  il..'  b.-.K  ..f 
the  i)il  hos  are  the  oidy  form  of  decoration.     Some  of  these  i)ithoi  are  of  huge  size. 


32 


KORAKOTT 


D.     Mainland  Waiu:  Corresponding  to  Fabrics  ok  tiii;  Tiiini>  Middle 

MiNOAN   Pkuiod 

The  i)ottci>-  iiu'huli'd  in  this  section  belongs  teelinically  with  the  ware  of  the  Late  llelladie 
Poriod:  in  the  stratified  deposit,  however,  it  is  found  together  with  the  hitor  Minyan  and  Matt- 
painted  wai'<>s  and  nnisl  aecordin;il>'  lie  eonsiderecl  alonii  with  t  hem  in  t  he  discussion  ol'  the  Middle 
llelladie  Period.  Though  not  very  numerous  these  sherils  are  imijortant  as  re])resenting  the 
earliest  "  Mycenaean  "  vases  in  use  at  Korakou.  These  vases  iTitroduced  a  iw\\  ti^'lmicjue,  namely 
the  employment  of  lustrous  paint  as  the  decorative  medium.  The  new  teihni(|ue  after  its  adoji- 
tion  rapidly  forged  ahead  of  the  <ild  methoil  of  <lecoration  in  matt  paint  an<l,  having  lieen  <arri(nl 
to  a  high  degree  of  ]ierfection,  eventually  |>ro(luced  the  fiiiishecl   Mycenaean  wares  of  llie  L:ile 


FiGDRE  40.     Small  Stohahi-;  .Iar.s,  (.'oaksk  Ware,  .Muidlk  IIei.lauk    rKuioi),  (Iroiti'  C. 

Helladic  Period.     The  sherds  in  ciuestion  represent  a  Mainland  version  corresponding  to  both  the 
light-on-dark  and  the  dark-on-light  styles  of  the  Third  Middle  Minoan  Period  in  Crete. 

I.  LigM-on-Dark .  A  number  of  typical  sherds  are  show'u  in  Figure  47,  four  of  which  are  re- 
peated on  Platj;  II.  These  vases  are  wheel-made  from  carefully  prepared  buff  or  yellowish  green 
clay.  The  biscuit  often  shows  pink  at  the  core^  shading  to  buff  at  the  surface.  The  surface  is 
covered  with  a  coat  of  smooth  lustrous  paint,  red  or  brownish  black  in  color,  on  which  are  painted 
curvilinear,  geometric  patterns  in  dull  white.  The  patterns  are  commonly  rumiing  spirals  or 
double  spirals,  crossed  circles,  concentric  half-circles,  and  belts  of  lines.  A  comparison  of  Figure 
47  with  Figures  35  and  36  will  show  the  essential  identity  of  these  patterns  with  those  on  the  Matt- 
painted  ware  of  class  II;  and  on  Plate  II  certain  typical  patterns  of  this  group  are  shown  side  by 
side  in  the  two  different  technifiiies.  The  origin  of  these  patterns  is  uiuloubtedly  to  be  sought  in 
Crete  (cf.  above  p.  25).  Among  the  sherds  there  are  a  few  which  stand  out  by  the  excellence 
of  their  fabric  and  paint.  They  are  not,  howevcu-,  identical  with  the  M.  M.  Ill  fabrics  of  Crete  and 
are  probably  to  be  explained  not  as  importations  but  as  the  best  product  of  the  best  mainland 
potters.  Other  sherds,  of  somewhat  poorer  fabric,  made  of  yellowish  green  clay  of  the  Corinthian 
variety,  are  certainlj'  of  local  niaiuifactiu'e.     Quite  without  parallel,  so  far  as  I  know,  are  a  few 


THE   POTTERY 


33 


odd  sherdte  vvhicli  on  a  ])ii.kisl,  icI  Kionnd  sIk.w  liiu'ar  patterns  in  white  and  l>lack-l.kek  being 
the  accessory  color,  tised  for  laiKc  loujid  dots  on  the  white  lines  (Platk  III,  No.  8). 
The  following  shapes  could  he  recognized: 

1.  Small  roiind-l.odi.'d  jii^rs  will,  fairly  high  necks  and  only  one  handle  (cf.  Figs.  47,  No.  3;  48 

No.  1). 

2.  Small  rouMd-lKMliiMJ  jars  with  narrow  opening,  resemi)ling  the  holc-nioutiied  jars  of  Crete 
(Fig.  47,  No.  2). 

3.  Round  howls  with  splaying  rim.     In  some  cases  the  side  is  rounded,  in  others  angular 
(Fig.  47,  Nos.  5,  8,  <J). 

4.  Small  cups  with  straight  or  concave  sides,  of  the  general  ty|)e  of  the  gold  cujjs  from  the 
hccliivc  tonih  at  \';ipliii)  (the  small  sherd,  Fig.  47,  No.  14.  helongs  to  this  shape). 


FniuiiB  47.     Shkkds  with  Luarr  Decok.\tion'  on  1).\uk  CiRocs'i),  Minni.r  IIki.i.a»ic  I'kuiod,  ("l.\.ss  D  1. 

1 1.  l)nrl;-()it-Liii)il}  ( 'la\-  and  rai)ric  arc  like  the  preceding,  while  the  surface  is  slipi)ed.  'I"he 
patterns,  executed  in  hlack  or  l)iack-hrown  against  the  light  groiuid  of  the  slip,  are  remarkahly 
different  from  tiic  preceding.  Douhle  spirals  of  the  form  so  typical  in  the  liglit-on-dark  style  do 
not  occur,  and  concentric  half-circles  are  also  um-cprcscntcd  on  these  sherds.  Instead  we  have 
h;in<ls  of  round  dots,  small  circh'S,  dashes — or  conventional  leaves — and  conventionalized  olijecis 
pcrliaps  inraiii  Inr  sea-shells  (Pi.\ii;  111.  Nos.  .">  and  (i).  There  is  also  the  net  pattern  (Fig.  4«.>, 
Nos.  3,  8,  and  !t)  wiiich  hccomcs  familiar  on  Late  Ilclladi<'  1  vases  and  later;  and  .some  sherds  have 
'  Figs.  48,  No.  2;  4!). 


34  KORAKOU 

a  purely  linear  design  not  arranged  in  bands.  One  sherd,  unfovtuuately  rather  small,  seems  to 
have  a  fragiiu-nt  of  the  nuining-ciuirk  jKittern:  and  this,  apart  from  two  sherds  decorated  witli  an 
ordinary  spiral  (Fig.  40,  Nos.  I  and  2),  is,  among  the  material  available  u])  to  the  present  time, 
the  only  connecting  link  in  j)atteriis  with  tlie  IJKht-on-dark  style.  .V  small  stemmed  ^olilct  (I'^ig. 
48,  No.  2)  is  covered  with  pdorly  drawn  dimhle  ax<'s,  anil  a  similar,  liut  V('r\-  well  drawn,  design 
recurs  on  another  va.se,  possibly  a  hole-mouthed  jar  (Pl.\tk  III,  No.  7). 

Some  of  these  sherds,  namely  those  with  bands  of  conventional  sea-shells  (Pl.\te  III,  Nos.  5 
and  ())  and  with  the  net  pattern  (Fig.  49,  Nos.  3,  8,  and  9),  are  remarkable  for  their  shiny  glazed 
sm'face.  (piite  difTerent  from  anything  else  found  :i1    l\(ii;ik(iu.      Apart  fnim  a  few  similar  sh(>rds 


Figure  4S.     Part  of  HiGH-XErKED  Jnc.  with  Light  DEroR.'iTioN  on  D.\nK  Ghotjkd,  and  Fragment  of  Stemmkd 
Goblet  in  Dark-on- Light,  Middle  Helladit  Period,  (!lass  D  I  and  D  IL 

discovered  at  Tiryns,  I  know  of  examples  from  no  other  site.     It  may  not  be  a  local  fabric  in  cil  her 
place,  and  is  certainly  not  like  any  known  Cretan  variety. 
The  shapes,  so  far  as  they  could  be  recognized,  include: 

1.  Small  jugs  with  squat  body  and  fairly  wide  neck  (Fig.  49,  Xo.  3). 

2.  Small  goblets  on  a  stem  (Fig.  48,  No.  2). 

3.  Hole-mouthed  jars  (Fig.  49,  Nos.  1  and  2). 

4.  Cups  of  the  Vaphio  or  Keftiu  shape  (Pl.\te  III,  No.  6). 

It  will  be  seen  that  although  the  patterns  are  almost  entirely  different,  the  shapes  are  inactically 
identical  with  those  of  the  light-on-dark  style.  The  difference  in  pattern  may,  of  course,  l)e  due 
merely  to  chance;  not  a  very  large  number  of  these  sherds  was  found. 

Gray  Minyan  ware  predominates  in  tlie  lower  levels  of  the  second  stratinn  and  seems,  tlierefore, 
to  have  been  in  general  use  during  api)rf)ximately  the  first  half  of  the  period.  Along  with  it  occurs 
Mattpainted  wai'e  of  class  I,  and  particularly  of  the  angular  linear  style.  Minyan  is  the  fine  pot- 
tery of  this  time,  while  the  coarser  vessels  are  produced  in  the  Mattpaintetl  style.  This  period 
might  be  called  Middle  Helladic  I. 

In  the  upper  levels  of  the  stratum,  corresponding  to  the  second  half  of  the  period,  Gray  Minyan 
still  occurs,  but  in  diminishing  quantities,  while  the  amoinit  of  Yellow  Minyan  has  grown  to  a 
large  proportion  of  the  whole.     Mattpainted  ware  of  class  I  continues  to  be  represented  by  numer- 


THE   POTTERY  35 

ous  coarse  pots,  hut  the  pattonis  are  now  ahiiost  entirely  curvilinear.  .Mutipau.ted  ware  of  class 
II  has  likewise  come  into  general  use,  and  the  vases  of  class  III  also  belong  here;  while  the  "  Myce- 
naean" ware  described  above  in  p;rou|)  D  has  made  its  initial  appearance..  Thus  in  the  second 
half  of  the  period  the  fine  pottery  is  chiefly  Yellow  Minyan,  Mattpainte.i  ware  of  style  II,  and  the 
earliest  Mycenaean  ware;  while  the  coarse  pottery  is  Mattpainte.i  ware  of  style  I.  Unpaintinl 
domestic  pots  naturally  occur  at  all  times  throughout  the  period.  The  name  Middle  Helladic  II 
may  be  used  to  designate  this  latter  lialf  of  the  .second  period. 

TlilliD   STH.ATr.M-  L.\TK    HET.T.ADIf    PERIOD 
Mycenaean  pottery  is  so  familiar  from  the  cxcavaiions  at  Mycenae  and  Tiryns  an.l  jmmerous 
other  sites  on  the  Mainland  that  it  might  seem  supertiuous  at  this  time  to  offer  a  rletaile.l  account 
of  tlic  Mycenaean  ware  found  at  Korakou.     Since  the  pioneer  work  of  cla.ssification  by  Furt- 


FiGDKE  49.     Shkuds  with  D.MiK  DEron.\TioN  ON  Light  t!nocxi>.  Middi.k  Hkllaoic  I'F.nion,  C'i.as»  I)  II. 

wiiriglcr  and  l.oeschcke  nH)re  than  thirty  years  ago,'  however,  no  re-exainination  of  Mycenaean 
l>(illciv  as  a  whiih'  lias  liiilicriii  appeared.  .\iid  yet,  during  this  same  period,  fresh  mat I'rial  for 
such  an  investigation  has  come  to  light  in  increasing  fiuanlities  from  almost  all  parts  of  the  (Jreek 
.Mainland,  and  the  great  discoveries  in  Crete  have  changed  the  whole  basis  of  cla.-isificalion.  The 
Cretan  system  of  il.issificat inn  elaborated  by  Sir  .\rlhur  ICvan.s  lia.s  be«'n  extended  by  many 
aichaeologisls  (o  iin  hide  t  lie  lIcJL-idii'  .Mainland  as  well. 
'  MykenUche  Thoiigvfdxne,  lS7n,  iind  MykenUchr  Vasen,  18SG. 


36 


KORAKOU 


But  at  practically  all  the  Mainland  sites  which  have  up  to  the  present  been  excavated,  the  series 
was  not  found  to  be  complete.  Either  no  stratification  was  preserved  al  all,  or  a  break  in  the 
stratification  caused  sonic  stage  in  the  process  of  development  to  beiuirepreseiited.  Consequently 
no  attenipt  lias  yet  been  made,  nor  was  i1  hitherto,  indeed,  an  easy  unckutakint!;,  to  trace  the  evolu- 
tion of  Mycenaean  potteiy  on  the  Mainland,  revise  its  classification,  and  establish  more  closely  its 
relation  to  the  wares  of  Crete.  Now,  however,  simi'  the  stratificil  sequence  at  Korakou  was  un- 
liroken  and  the  com-se  of  develojiment  of  Mycenaean  jiottery  heie  ajipears  cl(>ar,  it  has  sihuihvI 
worth  while,  instead  of  stating  merely  that  "a  great  deal  of  Mycenaean  pottery  of  the  well  known 
Late  Minoan  I,  Late  Minoan  II,  and  Late  Minoan  III  types  was  foiinfl,"  to  give  as  complete  a 
description  and  classification  as  possible  of  the  pottery-  that  actually  came  to  light. 

It  has  already  been  stated  that  the  third  stratum  in  certain  of  the  pits  exhibits  three  well- 
marked  layers  which  yield  three  styles  of  Mainland  Mycenaean  jiottery.      Tt  must  be  borne  in 


—  «irn«w*««r 


Figure  50.    Sherds  with  Patterns  of  Spir.\ls,  Late  Helladic  I. 

mind  that  there  is  no  sharp  break  in  continuity  from  one  of  these  stages  to  another.  The  whole 
Late  Helladic  Period  presents  one  continuous  development.  Each  stage  shades  gradually  and 
spontaneously  into  the  succeeding  stage,  and  there  are  naturally  manj'  vases  showing  a  transi- 
tional character  which  it  would  be  difficult  to  classify  on  one  side  or  the  other  of  a  hard  and  fast 
line.     The  three  stages  will  be  called  Late  Hellatlic  I,  II,  and  III,  and  are  as  follows: 


L.\TE    HELLADIC    I 

A.     Painted  Pottery 

These  vases  are  all  wheel-made,  in  most  cases,  however,  with  a  slight  touch  of  carelessness  in 

the  execution.     The  fabric  is  excellent.     The  clay  is  finely  sifted  and  free  from  gritty  particles.     In 

color  it  is  almost  always  either  yellowish  green,  of  the  kind  typical  in  Corinthian  vases  of  all  periods, 

or  ]iinkish  bufT;  and  in  both  cases  the  biscuit  often  appears  pink  at  the  core.     The  baking  is  well 


THE   POTTERY 


37 


iloiif.  The  s\iif;Hc  nl  ilic  va«'  is  covered  with  a  smooth  shp  similar  to  the  elay  in  color.  The 
p.iiiil  is  lustrous  and  <>t  (iood  (luality.  In  a  consideralde  nuinlier  of  cases  the  paint  has  partly 
linked  <ili ;  this  occuis  aliimst  cxchisively  on  vases  made  of  yellowish  green  clay  and  is  no  doul>t 
dtie  to  something  in  the  nature  of  that  clay  which  does  not  allow  the  paint  to  adhere  with  al>solnte 
l)ermanency.  Black  paint,  varying  to  l)rownish  black,  is  always  used  on  vases  of  yellowish  (jreen 
clay,  while  on  vases  of  Iniff  clay  a  good  red  is  almost  as  freejuent  as  black.  This  distinction, 
already  noticed  in  tlic  discussion  of  patterned  ware  of  the  Early  Helladic  Period  (ef.  above  p.  9), 
is  so  regular  as  to  suggest  the  conclusion  that  it  is  due  rather  to  .some  technical  limitation  imposetl 


MHH      4^^ 


FlGURK    ")1.      SlIBRDS    WITH    Si'UtALlFOUM    I'ATrEUNS,    L.\TE    HkLLADIC    1. 

I)y  (lie  yellowi.sh  green  clay  than  to  deliberate  desi^rn.  Whatever  the  cause,  it  is  no  doulil  con- 
nected with  the  other  circumstance  alluded  to  above,  namely,  that  the  black  paint  on  yellowish 
green  vases  easily  Hakes  off.  In  some  instances  fin  buff  clay)  the  patterns  apjiear  in  black  on  one 
side  of  the  vase,  graihially  changing  to  red  on  the  other.  This  gradation  of  colors,  though  gener- 
ally irregidarly  carried  out,  may  in  some  cases  be  intentional.  On  the  earlier  vasrs  sui>sidiary 
(litails  are  often  adiled  in  white.  The  patterns  are  largely,  but  not  cxclu.sively,  linear.  In  the 
linear  group  the  most  freciuent  are  the  spiral,  a  belt  of  ([uirks,  groui)s  of  straight  or  wavy  parallel 
lines,  and  festoons. 

This  is  the  great  period  of  the  spiral.  The  spiral  is  usually  fairly  well  drawn  in  a  rather  fine 
line  wliiili,  start  ini;  Iroiii  a  large  central  eye,  makes  five,  six,  or  seven  or  more  revohitions  In'fore  it 
lerniinates  in  the  lirii.id  line  forming  the  circumference  (cf.   Fig.  .'jO.   Nos.  2,  3,  -J,  and  5).     In 


38  KORAKOU 

later  examples  the  drawing  is  less  careful  and  the  central  cj'e  is  often  lacking,  hut  the  miiulier  of 
revolutions  remains  aboiit  the  same  (cf.  Figs.  50,  No.  1;  51,  No.  6).  Tlie  spirals  arc  arranginl 
in  most  cases  in  a  hell  filling  a  scone  around  the  upper  half  of  the  vase.  They  arc  conncctcil  l)y 
tangents  or  wavy  lines,  singly  or  in  pairs,  wliicli  usually  rise  from  near  the  base  of  one  spiral  and 
extend  to  the  top  of  (he  next  (Fig.  51).  Quite  typical  nf  Late  Heliailic  1  \ascs  arc  tlic  Iwn  large 
roimd  dots  placed  one  above  and  one  below  the  tangent  connecting  each  i)air  of  spirals  ( I'ig.  56, 
No.  2).  These  dots  and  the  central  eyes  arc  freciucntly  pointed  with  wiiite  and  a  row  of  small  white 
dots  is  also  often  super-added  to  the  tangents  or  wavy  lines  connecting  the  spirals  (Figs.  50, 
No.  5;  51,  No.  2). 

Derived  from  the  spiral  is  the  pattern  shown  in  Figure  51,  No.  4.  Here  we  have  a  series  .of 
pear-shaped  objects,  filled  in  witli  cross-hatching,  which  arc  connected  by  enclosing  lines  into  a 
spiraliforni  system. 

The  running  (|uirk  i)attcrn,  which,  as  wc  haxc  seen,  occurs  on  Matti)aiulcd  ware  of  class  11, 
and  on  tlark-on-light  as  well  as  light-qn-dark  Mainland  wave  corresponding  to  Middle  Mi- 
noan  III,  continues  to  ap])car  in  Late  Helladic  L  In  its  simjjlest  form  it  consists  of  a  series  of 
unconnected,  doubly  curved  lines  or  {piirks,  each  one  overlapping  the  next,  forming  a  belt  around 
the  vase.  In  a  more  developed  form  the  quirks  are  elaborated  into  simple  tailed  spirals,  overlap- 
ping but  not  coimected  (Fig.  57,  No.  1).  In  a  further  stage,  finally,  the  tail  of  each  spiral  joins  a 
wavy  line  which  encircles  the  vase  and  thus  imites  all  the  spirals  into  a  connected  system.'  The 
(piirk  pattern  regularly  occurs  in  a  belt  around  the  uj^per  part  of  the  vase,  which  is  sejiaratcd 
from  the  lower  part  by  one  or  more  plain  bands  of  paint  (Fig.  57,  No.  1). 

Groups  of  parallel  lines  are  frequently  the  only  ornament,  nnniing  either  in  a  veitical  or  a  hori- 
zontal direction.  The  latter  is  the  more  common  variety.  The  great  nnijority  of  the  vases  of 
this  period  carry  their  main  decoration  in  a  zone  around  the  upper  part  of  the  vessel,  while  the 
lower  part  is  marked  off,  and  often  occupied,  by  broad  bands  of  paint,  which  varj'  in  number  from 
one  to  five  or  .six.  In  most  cases  these  bands  are  rather  careless  free-hand  productions;  in  only  a 
few  instances  do  they  seem  to  have  been  ])aintcil  carefully  while  thc'vasc  was  revolving  on  tlu^ 
wheel.  Cups  of  the  Vaphio  or  Keftiu  shape  have  a  typical  pattern  of  this  type  (Plate  IV, 
No.  3;  Figs.  53,  No.  1,  4,  5,  and  G;  54).  About  the  U])iier  ]iart  of  the  cup  nm  two  or  three  jiarallcl 
horizontal  lines.  Above  and  below  this  group  is  a  row  of  rather  shapeless  dashes,  which  in  some  of 
the  better  executed  examples  have  roughly  a  crescent  form  and  look  as  if  they  might  be  a  conven- 
tional rendering  of  lanceolate  leaves.  The  whole  pattern  might  then  be  a  degenerate  version 
of  the  foliate  sprays  familiar  on  Minoan  vases. 

Parallel  lines  running  vertically  are  arranged  in  a  variety  of  ways.     In  some  cases  they  are  short, 

filling  a  zone  around  the  upper  part  of  the  vase,  while  the  lower  portion  has  the  usual  horizontal 

bands  (Fig.  56,  No.  1).     In  another  type  the  lines  are  longer  and  \isually  wavy,  antl  occur  I'ithcr 

in  groups  of  four,  five,  or  six — in  which  case  the  groups  are  repeated  at  intervals  around  the  body 

of  the  vase  (Fig.  57,  No.  2) — or  consecutively,  filling  the  whole  space  available.     Ornamentation 

of  this  type  is  probably  connected  with  the  so-called  ripple  motive,-  which  on  the  Mainland 

reaches  its  finest  development  in  the  tortoise-shell  cups  of  the'Second  Late  Helladic  Period  (cf . 

below  p.  47). 

'  Cf.  Hall,  The  Di-rorativc  Arl'oJ  Crete  in  the  Bronze  Age,  Fig.  4.5,  p.  30. 
2  Cf.  Mackenzie,  J.  H.  S.,  XXIII,  1903,  p.  160  and  PI.  IV,  1-5. 


( 


■1 


FuiCRE  52.     Sherds  of  Late  Hell.vdk    I  Ware. 


r.Oul    ox       1KA,.MKN.-S    ,.K   CU.-S   OK   T.-K    Va.-M.O   .U    KkKV.U    SHV-E,    I.AXE    HeUU^U..    I. 


40  KORAKOU 

Festoons  soinotinics  oecur  in  conjinu-tion  with  parallel  lines,  a  row  of  festoons  being  inserted 
between  pairs  of  lines.  In  other  cases  a  network  of  festoons  fills  the  upper  part  of  the  vase  (Fig. 
53,  No.  2). 

Naturalistie  designs  arc  eonsiilcrably  rarer  than  the  linear  patterns  described  above.  Floral 
motives  are  the  most  frequent  types  of  this  class  and  include  very  naturalistic  iv_\-  leaves  O'ig-  o-^> 
No.  10),  grasses  (Fig.  52,  No.  2),  ami  a  variety  of  flowers;  while  sea  motives  are  also  represeiitt'd. 
Ratiier  noteworthy  is  a  sort  of  conventionalized  double  axe  with  curved  blades.  In  the  lioUow 
between  the  blades,  above  and  below,  are  two  vertical  dashes.  This  pattern  seems  to  have  been 
repeated  seviM-al  times  around  the  vase,  the  space  between  the  axes  being  occupieil  in  one  case  by 
the  handle,  and  i«  the  others  by  three  vertical  parallel  lines  (Fig.  52,  Nos.  1  and  4). 

The  most  important  shapes  of  vases  of  this  First  Late  Helladic  P(M-iod  at  Korakon  are  the 
following: 

1.  Cups.  Cups  of  the  Vaphio  or  Keftiu  shape,'  which  began  to  ajjpear  in  the  Second  Middle 
Helladic  Period  among  the  Mattpainted  wares  of  class  II  and  in  both  styles  of  Mainland  ware 


Figure  54.    Cns  m   nii:  \  aimuo  or  Kefti0  Sh.'Vpe,  Late  Helladic  I. 

corresponding  to  Middle  Minoan  III  (light-on-dark  and  dark-on-light),  have  now  Ix'come  very 
numerous.  The  shape  is  strongly  suggestive  of  a  metallic  prototype.  The  sharp  angle  of  the 
flat  base  with  the  side  of  the  cup  resembles  work  in  metal.  Furthermore,  the  raised  ridge  encircling 
the  midille  of  the  cup  seems  a  survival  in  clay  of  the  joint  where  two  thin  plates  of  metal  over- 
lapped. There  is,  moreover,  in  a  large  number  of  these  cups,  at  the  point  where  the  lower  end  of 
the  handle  joins  the  body  of  the  vase,  a  raised  knob  reminiscent  of  a  metal  rivet.  Actual  originals 
in  metal  of  this  shape  are  of  course  well  known,  including  the  two  famous  gold  cups  from  Vaphio,^ 
though  these  are  probably  somewhat  later  in  date. 

The  commonest  form  of  decoration  consists  of  the  linear  pattern  which,  as  mentioned  above, 
suggests  a  highly  conventional,  foliate  spray  (Figs.  53,  Nos.  1,4,  5,  and  6;  54,  Nos.  1  and  2).  Run- 
ning spirals  also  occur  frequently  (Fig.  53,  Nos.  7,  8,  and  9),  while  festoons  (Fig.  53,  No.  2)  and 
the  ripple  pattern  (Fig.  53,  No.  3)  are  somewhat  less  common.     From  the  end  of  the  First  Late 

'  For  the  sake  of  convenience  the  cups  described  above  are  referred  to  as  "cups  of  tlie  Vaphio  sliape."  It  must 
be  admitted,  however,  that  the  sliapes  are  not  absolutely  identical.  In  tlie  gold  cups  the  concavity  of  the  side,  which 
is  so  pronounced  in  the  clay  specimens,  is  very  slight,  but  tliis  maj'  be  due  in  part  at  least  to  their  decoration  in  relief. 
Essentially  the  shape  seems  to  me  to  be  the  same. 

'  ■E<i,.  'Apx.,  1889,  PI.  9. 


THE   POTTKHV 


41 


llilladii'  Pcridil  nunc  1  hu  cii|)  sliowii  in  Figure  oo, 
witli  a  i)iii('ly  linear  decoration,  and  the  fragment 
illustialcd  ill  Fif^ure  ol5,  No.  10.  which  <-arries  a  zone 
of  iiatnrahstic  ivy  leaves.  One  fragment  shows  at 
least  two  rows  of  rosettes.  The  bottom  of  these 
eiipsis  often  adorned  eitlier  with  a  eirele,  a  crossed 
i-iicle,  or  a  spiral. 

2.  Siialliiw  spreading  teacups  of  fine  fabric  occur. 
( 'oiiiparatively  flat  and  wide,  they  stand  on  a  low 
raised  base.  The  rim  splays  outward,  forming  a 
sharp  angle  with  the  side.  The  flat  iooj)  handle  has 
a  iiietallic-lookinji'  knob  at  its  base.  The  regular 
decora  lion  is  a  series  of  wcll-draw'n  spirals  connect  e<l 
by  loops,  or  tnngcnts,  or  both.  The  eyes  of  the 
spirals  arc  frequently,  dotted  with  white,  and  a  row 
of  while  (lots  may  be  added  on  the  connecting  loops. 
but  a  few  representative  sherds  are  shown  in  Figure  51,  Xos.  2,  ',i,  7,  and  8. 

'.i.     Deeper  cups,  or  small  bowls,  with  one  handle  are  innnerous.     Tiiey  have  inuncied  sicle.-  and 
an  angular,  splaying  rim.     The  decoration  is  usually  spiraliform  or  floral  (Fig.  ol,  Nos.  4  and  (i). 

4.     Stemmed  goblets.    Numerous  sherds  were  found  belonging  to  small  gol)lets  on  a  low,  rounti 
stem.     It  will  be  clearly  seen  that  this  graceful  shape  is  taken  over  directly  from  Minyan  ware. 


Kii;uiiE  .55.     Ci'i'  WITH   I.im.mi    I  )i.i  uuation, 
L.VFK  IIkll.vuk;  I. 

There  is  no  complete  example  availuljle. 


.  c 


l'"iuuKE  .50.    .Stemmed  Goblets,  Laii.  IIi.llaimi    1. 

The  fmu-  goblets  which  have  been  ])ut  together  as  shown  in  Figmrs  .')l)  and  'tl  are  in  elTect  vases 
of  Yellow  Minyan  decorated  in  Mycenaean  style.  Some  examples  have  the  angular  protilc  cliar- 
acteristic  of  Gray  Minyan;  but  a  roiinde<l  |>iuiile  is  far  more  euiiimnn,  and  i  he  latter  becomes  one 
of  the  favorite  shape.-  of  the  First  as  well  as  the  Second  Laic  ilelladic  I'erio.i.     Tiie  decoration 

includes  ahnost  all  of  the  varieties  menti '.I  above,  alihniigh  linear  molives  arc  nnu-li  more 

numerously  represented  than  floral. 

.").     .lugs.     A  large  ntmiber  of  fragments  lu-long  to  small  jugs  with  •' cutaway  "  necks,  tliat  is, 
the  rear  part  of  lheiie<k  is  cut  down  a(  the  point  where  t  he  handle  i.s  attached;  or  periiaps  it  would 


42 


KOKAKOU 


1)1^  more  exact  to  say  that  tlu-  tOrwaid  part  of  t  lie  neck  is  pnilon.urd  t  n  t'oiiii  a  vertical  spinit .  'J'lie 
luidy  ami  t  lie  neck  are  made  separately  and  afterwards  joined  tojiel  lier  liy  hand.  In  consetiuence 
i>f  this,  the  fal)rie  is  considerably  thickened  about  the  base  of  the  neck  and  presents  a  very  rou^jh 
surface  on  the  inside.  As  regards  the  decoration,  the  \ipper  ])art  of  the  body  is  usually  embellished 
with  a  l)elt  of  spirals,  while  the  lower  j)art  remains  un|)ainted.  The  siierds  illustrated  in  Figure 
50,  Nos.  1  and  ."),  and  Figure  51,  No.  1,  are  from  jugs  of  this  shape.  The  pattern  of  a  double 
axe  with  curved  blades  also  occurs  (Fig.  52,  No.  4). 

6.     Hole-mouthed  jars.     This  shape  is  an  inheritance  from  the  preceding  period,  where  it  is 
found  in  Mattjiainted  fabrics,  as  well  as  in  light-on-dark  Mycenaean  ware.     Here  there  are  very 


FiGUHE  57.     Ste.mmkd  ('■(iblets.  Late  Hellauic  I. 


few  sherds,  barely  enough  in  fact  to  establish  the  occiu'rence  of  the  shape,  whicii  a|)i)arenliy  lUed 
out  in  lliis  ])eriod;  at  least  no  example  of  a  later  date  was  found. 

7.  Scpiat  bowls.'  To  the  First  Late  Helladic  Period  belong  the  earliest  examples  of  thesf|uat 
bowl,  which  becomes  a  much  favored  shape  in  the  following  ])erioil  and,  iiuii'ed,  in  Late  Helladic 
III  as  well.  Two  types  are  here  representeil.  One  has  a  wide  liase,  straight  sides,  and  an  angular 
shoulder.  The  mouth  is  narrow  and  ha>  a  iiroad  li]).  while  on  the  sloi)ing  sjjace  bclwcen  the 
shoulder  and  the  neck  are  three  small  horizontal  loop  handles.  The  decoration  is  of  various  kinds. 
Thus,  in  one  example,  the  field  above  and  l)elow  the  shoukler  is  merely  filled  in  with  small  dots 
(Fig.  52,  No.  5);  in  another,  the  sloping  upper  part  carries  a  belt  of  connected  loops,  while  the 
lower  part  (now  broken  away)  apparently  was  ornamented  with  nothing  more  than  a  group 
of  parallel  horizontal  bands.  These  vases  are  very  nicely  made,  with  fine  regular  wheel-marks 
showing  on  the  inside. 

The  second  type,  of  which  not  many  examples  were  found,  is  the  ordinary  squat  bowl  which 
becomes  very  common  in  the  succeeding  period  (Late  Helladic  II).  It  has  a  curving  side  proceed- 
ing from  a  broad  Ijase  to  a  narrow  neck.  One  of  these  vases  is  decorated  with  heart-shaped  leaves 
and  five-petalled  flowers. 

8.  Two  examples  of  a  low  vase  resembling  the  squat  bowl,  but  with  only  one  vertical  handle 

— described  under  number  9  of  the  Second  Late  Helladic  Period — were  recognized.     One  is 

'  This  is  the  shape  usually  called  "alabastron"  by  excavators:  see  Sir  Arthur  Evans,  The  Tomb  of  the  Double  Axes 
and  Associated  Group  (Archaeologia,  LXV,  1914),  p.  16  and  PI.  II. 


THE  POTTERY  4:{ 

(iin,iiii(ntp4  Willi  ivy  loaves  (FIk-  o'-',  No.  3),  tiie  otluT  has  a  liii.-ar  (lc.-...ui,..n  .uiimmihh  ..i  wavy 
liiimls. 

'.).  In  addition  lo  the  above,  liicii-  wore  a  iiuiiiImt  of  fragiiK-iits  of  larger  vases  of  wliii-li  tlie 
shapes  coulil  not  easily  l.e  made  (jiit.  ( )ne  of  these  shapes,  however,  seems  (o  be  a  deep  ImjwI  with 
large  side-spoilt. 

B.       U.N'P.M.NTKO    \\  AKi; 

Along  with  the  painted  pottery  deserii)ed  above,  a  great  (luaiitity  of  uiipaiiited  slierds  of  good 
quality  was  found.  A  large  proportion  of  the.se  sherds  belong  to  va.<es  which  are  praitically  identi- 
cal with  Yellow  ^linyan  (cf.  p.  18  al)ove).     The  fabric  ai)pears.  however,  to  be  growing  finer  and 


I'lGUUE    oH.       I'.NrAl.NTKI)    (lolll.KT,     LaTK     IIkL- 
l.ADIC    I,    ('l,A.-iS    U. 


I'UiDKK    .VJ.       SlK.MMKll    (ioHl.KT,     Hl.A<  K     .\1<IM> 
('inil)MK  W  AKK.    l.ATK    Ib.l.l.MMi     I.  ('ilnil  I'  C 


thill  MIT.  and  the  slip  still  snioollier  and  more  like  glaze.  Turning  lo  I  he  >liape>,  we  liiid  lliai  ilie 
stemmed  goblet  with  rounded  profile  has  almost  entirely  .s\ipplaiited  that  with  angular  profile.  A 
typical  examjjle  is  shown  in  I'igtire  08.  Other  shapes  well  represented  among  lhe.se  slienis  are 
the  j-U!i  with  (III -away  neck:  a  dippcicn  ladle  wit  h  one  high  ribbon  handle:  a  deep  bowl  with  small 
side-sjjout ;  and  a  liaiidleless  cu|)  wit  li  Hat  bottom. 


(".       Mo.VOCHKOMK    W.\KK 

Sherds  of  red  and  black  moiiochidme  ware,  which  had  begmi  to  ai)pear,  ihougli  in  i-xtreniely 
small  (|uaii(iiies.  tow^ird  I  he  end  of  the  .Middle  Helladic  Period,  increase  rai)idly  in  the  early  part 
of  the  First  Late  Helladic  straluiii  until  they  become  very  immeroiis.  The  fabric  is  the  same  as 
that  of  Yellow  Minyan.  Instead,  however,  of  being  finished  with  a  fine  slip,  these  vases  are  com- 
pletely covered  with  a  smooth  coal  of  black  or  red  i)aint  of  good  <|Uality.  In  many  casi-s  uneven 
firing  has  caused  the  red  paint  to  tui  11  black  in  patches,  thus  i)roducing  a  mottled  efTecJ.  Shupwi 
recognizecl  were  the  following: 


44 


KORAKOU 


1.  StcimiH'd  fiuhlcts.  Tlicse  have  oil luM- nmiidcd  or  aiiguhir  profile  of  side.  Tlu'  larger  ex- 
aiiii)les  have  two  ril>l)oii  handles  (Fig.  5'J).  the  smaller  only  one  (Fig.  (JO). 

2.  Dee])  bowls  with  two  Hat  loo])  handles  jilaced  vertically. 

3.  Large  bowls  of  heavier  fabric  with  a  s])()ii(  on  one  side  liclwien  the  two  handles. 

D.     (;l{A^    .Miw.w 

Cray  Minyan  occurs,  but  has  become  extri'mely  rare;  only  slightly  more  than  two  per  cent  of 
the  total  number  of  sherds  found  belong  here. 

E.     Matti'aintki)  Wahi-; 

Mattpaiuted  ware  of  class  II  is  foiuid,l)Ut  is  very  rare.  Sherds  of  class  I,  however,  are  niimerous. 
They  are,  of  course,  of  the  ciu'vilinear  style  and  belong  chiefly  to  coarse  vessels  such  as  water- 
jars  and  spouted  bowls.     They  form  about  fifteen  per  cent  ol  the  total  number  of  fragments. 

1'.     DoMKSTic  Pots 

These  include  a  variety  of  large,  coarse  vessels  usually  made  of  uiu'etined  buff,  yellowish  green^ 
or  brick  nvl  clay.     Among  the  shapes  may  be  noted  high-necked  water-jars,  tleep  bowls,  \u-ns  on 


1 


FiouRE  IJl).     Stemmku  Goulhts,  Red  Moinochhome  \\'.\he  (li,  Black  Mij.nochko.mk  Wake  (2),  Late  Helladic  I, 

Ghoup  C. 

a  heavy  stem,  small  jars  or  crocks  on  a  small  I'aised  base,  shallow  basins,  and  sundry  cooking  i)ots 
with  one  or  two  handles.  Many  of  these  vessels  have  a  potter's  mark  stampeil  or  scratched  in  the 
base,  in  a  few  cases  on  the  handles.  The  marks  consist  of  one,  two,  three,  or  more  parallel  dashes, 
across  (-ForX),  or  one  ormore  dots. 


LATE  HELLADIC  II 

This  period  marks  the  highest  development  of  ceramic  art  at  Korakou.  Here  we  reach  the 
culmination  of  a  process  that  had  been  going  on  since  the  second  stage  of  the  Middle  Helladic 
Period,  the  process  of  fusion  of  "Minyan"  with  Mycenaean  art ;  and  the  completion  of  that  process 
gives  lis  the  finest  results  ever  achieved  by  oin-  local  potters  of  KorakoTi.  Graceful  shapes  and 
naturalistic  designs  are  here  seen  at  their  best,  particidarly  in  "Ephyrean  ware,"  described  in 
section  B  below.     Before  the  period  ends,  however,  it  shows  us  the  potter's  art  well  started  on  its 


THE   POTTERY  45 

decline.  Shortly  after  its  highest  stage  of  perfection  was  attained  a  pradual  deterioration  set  in, 
affecting  both  fabric  and  decoration;  and,  degenerating  steadily,  Mycenaean  potter>-  finally  ter- 
minated in  the  poorly  made  vases  with  lifeless,  conventionalizerl  designs  of  the  end  of  the  Thir.l 
Late  Helladic  (  =  Latc  Minoan  III)  Period. 

.\.     P.\iNTED  Pottery 
The  fabric  is  identical  with  that  found  in  the  First  Late  Helladic  stage  and  the  paint  is  also  of 
the  same  good  quality  and  of  the  same  colors.     The  use  of  white,  however,  as  an  aeces.sorv  color 


Figure  01.     Smiud^  Illdsthatini;  .■^piu.m.s,  Latk  IIki.ladic  II,  Cl.vvs  .\. 

is  nowvery  uncommon.  In  t  lie  decoration  a  still  more  noticeable  change  is  evident  in  that  natural- 
istic designs  liave  become  very  much  more  common,  wiiile  linear  patterns  take  a  sccctmlary  place. 
ATMong  the  linear  patterns  the  spiral  still  holds  its  own.  The  Late  lleiladir  II  spiral,  however. 
is  not  so  well  mailc  as  thai  of  I  he  preceding  period.  The  iciii  r.il  eye  is  fre(|Ucnlly  lacking,  and  I  hi-re 
is  a  tendency  to  draw  with  a  broader  line  wiiiih.  making  a  smaller  munber  of  revolutions,  producer 
a  coarser  effect  (Eig.  (il).  On  the  otiicr  hand  there  is  sometimes  a  more  artistic  condiinalion  of 
spirals,  .s\nh,  for  exanijjle,  as  that  in  Kiginc  til.  No.  '2,  where  p.airs  of  spirals  are  joined  together 
by  .1  broad  line  with  a  ])rojecting  point,  so  as  to  form  lieart-shaped  leaves;  or  as  that  in  Pi.atk  V, 
whcica  iiioic  comjilicated  design  is  managed. 


46 


KORAKOU 


At  least  one  exaini)li' of  the  niniiin^  (luirk  iiattcrn  rnu  he  shown  (Via.  78,  Xo.  1),  and  two  or 
three  more  were  recorded. 

Along  with  the  traditional  system  of  decoration  in  zones,  from  wliich  the  Corinthian  artist  was 
only  for  a  hrief  time  (Mnancii)ated,  liorizontal  hands,  siiifily  or  in  f!;roiips,  continue  to  occur  with 
great  fretiucncy,  and  when  the  spirit  of  naturalism  has  spent  itself,  to  lie  succeeded  hy  a  general 
decline,  t  he  old  zonal  i)rinciple  st  ill  survives  and  asserts  itself  again.  But  whereas  in  t  heir  better 
(lavs  horizontal  hands  ser\-cd  nierel>-  to  mark  off  and  emph.asizi'  I  he  zone  of  main  deeor.-il  ion,  they 


Figure  62.     Fragments  of  (.'rps  of  the  Vaphio  Shape,  Late  Hei.i.auk    II. 

sometimes  become,  in  the  degenerate  vases  introdru'ing  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period,  them- 
selves the  main  and,  indeed,  the  only  decoration. 

The  linear  pattern  on  cujis  of  the  \'a|)luo  shape  characteristic  in  Late  Helladic  I  is  still  em|)loyed 
hut  has  become  somewhat  more  conventional.  In  the  carli(>st  examples,  it  will  be  renuMubei'cdi 
the  dashes  branch  off  directly  from  the  horizontal  lines  and  suggest  that  the  design  is  derived  from 
a  foliate  spray.  In  th(>  case  of  Late  Helladic  II  cups,  however,  the  dashes  are  unattached,  stand- 
ing free  in  the  middle  of  the  zone  between  the  groups  of  parallel  horizontal  lines  (Plate  IV, 
No.  2). 

The  ripple  motive  finds  its  best  expression  in  this  period.'     So  far  as  could  be  noted  at  Korakou 

'  The  best  examples  of  this  rippled  ware  in  Crete  are  practically  a  full  period  earlier  than  the  cup.s  of  Late  Ilelladio  II 
described  above.  The  deep  pits  at  Zakro  yielded  the  finest  Minoan  specimens.  \o  adequate  illustration  of  lliese  has 
yet  been  jniblished.  but  an  idea  of  their  appearance  may  be  gained  from  ./.  U.S.,  X.\ll,  1(102,  PI.  XII,  Nos.  2  and  3. 


THE   POTTERY  ,- 

il  seems  to  he  limilcl  U,  lups  of  the  \apliio  shape  with  very  metallic  i)rofile.  Sume  ..i  iu,-i- 
are  extraordinarily  well  made  of  gray  or  terraeotta  clay,  and  have  their  surface  painted  so  a-s 
to  imitate  tortoise  shell  or  K'aiiied  wof)d.  An  example  in  color  is  given  in  Platk  IV.  No.  6: 
another  in  Figure  62,  No.  10. 

Festoons  in  narrow  zones  defineil  hy  horizontal  lines  sometim«>s  occur  on  i\ip^  oi  me  \  apinu 
shape  (Fig.  62,  No.  8). 

A  nunilK  I  of  sherds  sliow  a  scale  or  net  pattern  in  which  each  section  is  Kenerallv  emheliished 


Figure  0.3.    Sherds  Illustrating  P.atterns,  L.\te  Helladic  II. 

with  a  stalk  (Fig.  (i;5,  No.  II).  This  pattern,  usually  without  the  stalks,  lieconiea  a  favorite 
motive  for  filling  in  background  in  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period. 

'I'hr  liiiest  vases  of  this  period  :ire  dcrorali-il  willi  ii:ilur;disl  ic  designs  of  which  the  great  <'r  part 
.UT  (il  hci  floral  or  taken  from  marine  life.  Among  floral  designs  the  most  fretnient  representations 
are  the  iris,  the  lily,  the  crocus,  ivy  leaves,  daisies,  and  other  jilants  not  so  easily  identified.  Sea- 
weed, the  octoi)us,  and  the  nautilus  ;ire  tlie  chief  eienu'iits  in  the  marine  designs.  l{o.<elt»»s,  the 
(louMe  axe,  and  a  Inillerlly  |)ain'ra  may  also  lie  mentioned.  In  some  ca.ses  the  entire  .s\irfaee  of 
I  lie  vase  is  stippled  so  as  to  produce  a  speckled  ctTect  in  reddish  luown  or  brownish  black,  a  result 
which  might  be  called  t lie  "  thrush's  egg"  pattern.  A  conventional  rock  pattern  or  a  field  of  dots 
fre(iuently  serves  as  background. 

The  shapes  are  essentially  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  period  with,  however,  some  .slight  difTer- 
ences. 


4S 


KORAKOU 


1.  Cups  of  tin-  Viipliio  shiipi'.  A  (■liaractoristic  exaiiiple  is  shown  in  Platk  IV,  No.  2,  whore 
the  .loconitioii  is  the  or.linary  Hnoar  i.attorn.  Tlio  shenls  in  Figure  G2  give  specimens  of  other 
(Irsinns.  si>inils,  festoons,  tortoise  shell,  ivy  leaves,  a  lily-like  flower,  ete.  Except  in  the  case  of  the 
slierils  with  tortoise  shell  decoration,  the  sungeslion  of  prototypes  in  metal  is  not  so  pronounced 
as  it  was  in  cups  of  the  First  iMc  Helladic  Period. 

2.  Small  howls.  Wide  shallow  teacups  such  as  those  which  occurred  in  the  preceding  period 
are  no  longer  found.  Instead  there  is  a  dc-epi-r  cup,  like  a  small  howl  in  shajie,  with  one  flat  rihhon 
handle.     The  shertl  seen  in  Figure  (i:i.  No.  '),  with  1  he  chnihle  axe  i)atterii.  belongs  to  a  cup  of  this 

kind. 

;{.  Deep  howls.  Deep  howls  with  two  handles  are  of  frequent  occurrence.  Tin  y  are  often  of 
coiisiderahl(>  size,  larger  than  in  the  I'irsi   l.ate  Helladic  Period.     Two  good  examples  arc  shown 


FiGUUE  tH.     Fr.\g.\ilm   or  Laju.i.    rwo-ii.\.\DLKD  Howl,   \.\ii.  Ui.llauu    U. 


in  Figures  64  and  65.     The  pattern  of  gracefully  curving  streamers  is  known  from  C'ret(\'  from 
Melos,^  atid  from  other  sites  on  the  Mainland.^ 

4.  Stemmed  goblets.  Stenuned  goblets  with  one  or  two  handles  are  numerous.  The  finest 
of  these  goblets  belong  to  a  special  class  which  is  described  iu  detail  in  section  B  below;  but  ex- 
amples of  the  ordinary  variety  both  with  one  and  with  two  handles  may  be  given  here  (Figs.  (Ki, 
No.  1 ;  74,  No.  2:  70,  No.  1).  The  careless, conventionalized  patterns  indicate  that  these  exami)les 
fall  into  the  later  part  of  the  period,  when  arti.stic  feeling  was  on  the  decline. 

5.  Jugs  with  cut-away  neck.     This  type,  occurring  first  in  Late  Helladic  I,  is  now  still  more 


I  U.S.A..  IX.  p.  2S.5.  FiR.  .i. 
■li.S.A..\\ll.  PI.  XI.  l(;:i. 
'  E.  g.  Vapliio;  "K.^.  'Apx  •  I"^*^'-'.  I'l. 


\...  1!). 


THE   POTTERY  49 

prevalent.  Figure  GO,  X„.  2,  gives  an  example  on  whieh,  in  a  zone  aWe  a  band  of  fonnalized 
roek  pattern,  is  painted  a  conventional  niiuiiiiK  plant.  Another  similar  jug,  re=.torcd  as  shown  in 
Figure  G7,  is  irregularly  speokled  in  reddish  or  re.ldiM.  I.rown  paint  over  the  entire  surface  l)etween 
the  base  an<l  th,-  ne.k.  Two  or  three  hold  lines  in  blaek  trail  off  rarelesslv  from  near  the  base  of 
the  handle.  This  jug  pn..luees  a  rather  fine  effect,  to  which  the  illustration  .loes  not  do  jitstice. 
\  larjr..  nuinlur  nt  ,„.,ks  or  fragments  of  ne.-ks  were  found,  as  well  a.s  many  pieces  from  the  body 
of  jugs.  Tliese  latter  can  easily  be  recognize.l  by  the  thickening  r,f  the  fabric  and  the  rough  finish 
of  the  interior  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  neck. 

().  Plain  jugs.  These  are  similar  to  the  va.ses  just  described  but  have  a  high  neck  of  which 
th.'  rear  |..,rli,m  a.ljnming  1  Ur  han.jl,.  has  not  been  cut  away.  The  shape  is  not  rare,  though  most 
of  these  jugs  have  been  broken  ini..  small  fragments.     The  example  given  in  Figure  08.  ver>- siniplv 


FlOURK    (>.').       FnAflMKNT   OF   Two-IIANDLED    DeEP    IklWL,    L.\TE    IIeLI.ADIC    II. 


ornanirniiil  with  three  bmail  lian<ls  of  paint,  one  each  about  the  base,  junction  of  body  with  neck, 
and  the  rim,  is  typical.  Tiie  handle  is  usually  set  off  by  a  number  of  broad,  diagonal  dashes. 
Many  of  these  jugs  are  entirely  undccorated,  the  surface  being  covered  merely  with  a  smooth  slip. 
7.  Pitchers.  The  handsome  ewer  reproduced  in  color  in  Pl,\tk  \'  belongs  here.  It  is  of  iinich 
finer  fabric  than  the  two  foicgoing  shai)es,  being  very  thin  and  well  baked.  It  is  also  conspii-uous 
I'nr  the  gi'eat  refi\ilaiiiy  of  the  lines  on  the  interior  surface,  formed  as  the  vessel  revolve*!  on  the 
wheel  in  t  hi  process  of  manufacture.  .V  smooth  even  slip  covers  the  exterior.  The  lower  part  of 
the  |)it(her  is  encircled  by  a  broad  banif  with  a  narrower  one  above  it.  The  main  decoration 
around  I  he  body  of  1  he  vase  consists  of  a  design  repeated  three  times  but  not  symmetrically  spaced. 
The  design  is  made  up  of  two  spirals  side  by  side,  connected  by  a  broad  line,  al>ove  and  below 
whii  li  is  .111  iihjeei  resembling  a  conventional  lotus  blo.s.som.  Three  waving  streamers,  which 
S('em  to  ropres(!nt  the  en<ls  of  a  ribiiun  emerging  from  a  knot  below  the  handle,  llulter  downward 
toward  the  base  (Fig.  O'.i;. 

6 


no 


KORAKOU 


€. 


FiorBE  I'll' 


\i\ii  i>  (  iiii  I  II     \\ii  Jr..    u  rni   (   r 


\u  \i    \eck,  Latk  IIelladic  II. 


The  junctimi  of  tlic  Imdy  witli  I  lie  m-ck  is  marked  by  a  raised  ridge  of  sharp  profile,  below  whieh 
is  painted  a  foliate  bonier.  The  neck  itself  is  decorated  with  a  vertical  linear  pattern  composed 
of  much  elongated  festoons  down  the  centre  of  which  r\ins  a  l)road  stem.  Opposite  the  handle  a 
sjiont  i)rojects  at  an  angle  of  approximately  45°.  A  band  of  jiaint  follows  the  rim  bolii  inside  and 
out, and  the  exterior  is  further  embellished  by  three  transverse  bands.  From  the  toj)  of  the  neck  a 
ridged  ribbon  h;indle  bends  down  to  the  shoulder.     The  handle  is  ]iainted  in  solid  color.     The 

paint  is  a  ricli  reddish  brown  which  in 
l)la('es  darkens  to  brownish  i)lnck.  It  is  of 
good  (|Uality,  tliougli  some  of  it  has  flakeil 
off,  and  was  carefully  aiijilicd. 

Tlie  sharp,  raised  ridge  between  the  neck 
and  the  body,  the  decoration  of  the  neck, 
which  suggests  relief  work,  and  the  rivet- 
like  knob  at  the  base  of  the  flat  ridged 
handle  point  strongly  to  a  metal  original  as 
the  model  from  which  our  vase  was  made. 
\'ases  of  similar  shape  have  been  found  in 
Attica*  and  also  at  Thebes.^ 

8.  Squat  bowls.  The  squat  bowl  has 
already  been  mentioned  as  making  its  first 
a])pearance  in  Late  Hclladi<'  I  (cf.  j).  42 
ajiove).  Examples  from  Late  llclladie  II 
are  much  more  mmiei'ous,  but  the  first 
type  with  straight  sides  is  represented  liy 
only   one   example.     This   exhibits   a   late 

'  .\Iarl«)|i()iil.),  'V.^.  'Apx.,  l.Vl'),  I'l.  X,  S. 
■  'Apx.  ^t\T.,  I'.IIT,  p.  83,  KifT.  ."><(;  p.  1.-).'),  Fig.  1  Hi, 
2;  and  p.  1!)!),  I''ig.  143,  1. 


I'KiUKE    li".      J 00    WITH    CCT-AW.W    Xec'K,    StIPPLEIi 

Decobation,  Late  IIeli.adr:  II. 


THE   POTTERY 


style  of  decoration  with  carelessly  drawn 
connected  spirals  both  above  and  below 
the  angle  of  the  shoulder,  and  is  not  far 
icnioved  from  the  typical  squat  bowl  of  i  he 
Third  Late  Helladic  Period.'  The  second 
type  is  now  the  normal  shape.  The  side 
rises  in  a  grad\ial  inward  cm'vc  which  begins 
uluKisI  (liiTctlv  at  I  he  wide  basr  anil  Icrnii- 
natcsal  the  narrow  neck.  The  ni'ck,  which 
ends  in  a  si)laying  rim,  is  very  short  and 
contributes  to  give  t  he  vase  its  squat  ajipear- 
imcc.  There  aie  three  horizontal,  round 
looj)  handles  symmetrically  placed  some- 
what above  the  middle  line  of  the  side. 

The  finest  of  tliese  bowls  were  unfortunately  too  badly  shattered  to  be  restored.     Fragme 
at  least  three  were  found,  whirh  have  as  their  main  decoration  a  life-like  octopus  with  a 


I 

i 


FiouRE  tw.     Plain  .Iug,  Late  Heli^dic  II. 


nts  of 
back- 


FlOURK    ()i).       KWKU,    SllDWINc.    KlIlllDN    tilts  \\II.mHh.ii\\     lUsi.l.l,     l.MI     lU.l.l.AI.I.      II. 

ground  of  naturalistic  seaweeil  and  rock  (two  sample  sherds  in  Fig.  ti:5,  Xos.  7  and  I'i).     .Vnoilur 
which  is  also  of  excelh-nt  fabric  was  put  together  from  a  great  number  of  fragments  a.s  shown  in 
FigiueTO,  Xo.  2.     This  is  decorated  with  a  lonvenlional  rock  pattern  against  a  background  IiIUhI 
'  Cf.  Furtwangler  and  Loosclickc,  Myk.  Vtistii,  I'l.  IX,  iw. 


52  KORAKOIT 

in  witli  tlots,  while. on  the  bottom  is  a  eomplicate.l  pattern  of  ciossinfi  lines.  .Ml  I  he  loiegoing 
are  extremely  well  mH<le  of  a  fine  Kiay  day,  with  jierfectly  regular  wheel-marks,  ami  1  he  iiaint  is  a 
elear  hlack  of  superior  quality.  Cretan  influcnee  is  certainly  strongly  marked  in  these  vases, 
I  hongli  t  In-  fabric  is  not  identical  with  the  wares  of  Cnossus  or  Eastern  ( 'rete.  These  vessels  may 
well  he  the  work  of  Cretan  i)otters  estahlisheil  on  the  mainland. 

A  snndler  howl  (Fig.  70,  No.  1)  has  a  difTcrent  kind  of  de.sign,  consisting  of  :i  large  coiivcnlioiial 
heart-shaped  leaf  on  a  stalk,  .set  in  the  middle  of  each  space  between  the  handles.  Around  the 
leaf,  in<licating  the  background,  are  circidar  clusters  of  dots.  TJelow  the  design  is  a  wavy  band 
reminiscent  of  rock  |)attern. 

A  very  small  squat  bo\^  foiuni^i  a  late  grave  of  the  Second  Late  Helhulic  Period  has  no  decora- 
tion save  a  band  of  the  familiar  rock  pattern  (Fig.  74,  No.  1).  The  black  paini  is  much  infiiidr  to 
that  used  on  the  preceding  examples. 

9.  Squat  jugs.  Differing  somewhat  from  the  squat  bowl  arc  the  two  vases  of  J'igurc  71. 
They  are  not  quite  so  sipiat  in  shaix-  and  they  have  Init  one  handle,  which  is  flat  and  set  vertically. 


Figure  70.     .'^qttat  Howls,  Late  Hei.laimc  II. 

Rising  from  a  rather  snuill  flat  l)ase,  the  side  of  the  vessel  spreads-outward  to  the  point  of  greatest 
diameter,  which  is  some  distance  above  the  base,  before  it  curves  inward  again  toward  the  narrow 
neck.     There  is  a  high  splaying  rim. 

The  running  design  of  ivj' leaves  above  a  border  of  rock  pattern  on  the  jug  in  Figure  71,  No. 
2,  is  done  in  brick  red  paint  shading  on  one  side  of  the  vase  to  black.  This  jug  is  strikingly  sim- 
ilar to  the  well  known  vase  from  the  Maket  tomb  at  Giu'ob  in  Egyjit.'  The  lily-like  flower 
repeated  several  times  on  the  other  vase  is  not  so  easy  to  i<lonl  ify.  The  curly  line  at  the  l)ase  of 
the  flower  may  perhaps  be  a  conventional  rendering  of  the  inols.  The  color  of  the  jiaint  on  (his 
second  vase  is  orange  red. 

10.  Among  the  shapes  of  which  not  many  fragments  were  fomid  arc  included  small  saucers 
with  floral  decoration  (Fig.  72);  a  diminutive  mug  ornamented  with  branches  of  leaves  (Fig.  73, 
No.  3);  a  little  bird-shaped  askos  on  which  arc  drawn  ])lants  rescml)lin.t;  Inidding  crocuses  (Fig.  73, 
No.  2);  and  a  small  spouted  bowl  with  a  basket  handle,  carryinga  nnuiinK  i|uirk  jiattern  around 

'I'ctrie,  nUihiin,  Kahun  and  Gurob,  PI.  XXVI,  44.     For  the  date  see  Hall,  K  S. /i.  i-l.,  XXXI.  j..  1  tl,  nnd /Ityean 
Archaeology,  p.  102. 


THE   POTTERY 


r,i 


Vu.vuK  71.     SiiUAT  .lixis,   Late  IIkllai.k    II. 


Figure  72.    Saucers,  L.\te  Helladic  II. 


Kiouui;  7:i.      riiiiKK  S.mm.i.  \  v~i  -  iii..\i    >  i.u^w.  •<>■■  tmk  Skcom)  Late  Hi:i,hi>h'  rriiinu. 


.VI  KnllAKor 

ils  shoultlcr  (FiK-  ":*.  N"-  1^'  'n>i''"f  wi-ro  also  si-vnal  fr:i;imciits  ..f  a  .Iccii  Ixiwl  willi  iiarmw  iic.k 
:iiul  a  stiinly  s|i«.mI  piojcflinn  on  oiu-  sidt-  jiisl  la-low  I  lie  rim.  A  /.oiii-  aioiiml  llic  upiur  i)ail  of 
tliis  Viist-  was  .Ifcoratc.i  wilii  a  tUiral  pattern.  A  larni-  imiiilicr  of  sIkt.Is  also  liuloiiMU'd  to  vcsscis 
of  which  tin-  shape  t-oiilil  not  lu'  niaiii.-  out  with  i-i-rlainty. 

IV       ICniVH.VK.W    \V.\KK-' 

A  niiniln-r  of  shenls  were  found— tht-y  form  two  ami  one-half  per  I'eiil  of  I  lie  total  which  fioni 
liifir  distinctive  character  in  fahric  and  decoration  deserve  to  be  coiisi.lcud  in  a  scparalc  urou]). 
This  new  kind  of  Mycenaean  pottery  was  first  distinnuished  at  Korakon  (which  may  ))erhaps  be 
the  Homeric  Kphyra)  and  has  for  the  sake  of  c<(nvenience  been  arbitrarily  christened  "  l^ijhyraean 
ware."     An  examination  of  the  material  in  the  National  Museum  at  Athens  has  shown  ihat  this 


KiCUKE   74.      Two   .S.M.\Ll.   V'aSE.S    KHOM    .\    Cilt.WE    OF  THE    SECOND    LaTE    HeLLADU'    I'eUIOI). 

ware  occurs  al  I'hylakopi,  Mjceaae,  and  the  Argive  lleraeuiu;  and  it  was  I'uund  also  in  a  rcci'nl, 
excavation  at  Tiryns. 

It  seems — from  the  finds  up  to  t  he  i)resen(  I  ime,  al  least — to  lie  limited  to  one  shai)e,  naniel\-  a 
deep  two-haniUed  goblet  on  a  low  stem.  Goblets  of  the  same  form  occurring  in  both  the  First 
and  Second  Late  Helladii'  Pcribds  have  alrea<ly  been  discussed  above  (shape  4,  i).41 ;  and  shape  4, 
p.  48j,  and  it  was  jiointed  out  that  they  are  imdoubteilly  direct  descendents  of  a  charac- 
teristic Minyan  shape.  Ephyracan  vases  are  thus  essentially  Minjan  ware  treated  in  Mycenaean 
technique. 

These  vases  are  made  on  the  wheel,  of  tine  clay  which  is  regidarly  some  shade  of  buff  or  of 
yellowish  green.  The  biscuit  frequently  appears  respectively  pink  or  gray  at  the  core.  The 
entire  surface,  interior  as  well  as  exterior,  is  coated  with  a  smooth  glaze-like  slip  of  the  same  tone 
as  the  clay.  This  slip  forms  the  groiuid  for  the  ajjplication  of  designs  in  good  histious  jjaint, 
which  in  the  case  of  vases  made  from  buff  clay  is  red,  a  rich  reddish  brown,  or  purple  in  color;  in 
the  case  of  vases  made  from  greenish  yellow  clay,  brown,  brownish  black,  or  Vilack.  The  black 
paint  seems  to  be  subject  to  flaking  off  much  more  easily  than  the  other  colors. 

'  Tlip  three  la.st  named  diminutive  vase.s  wer^ found  together  with  two  others  (Fig.  74)  in  a  late  grave  of  the  Second 
Laic  Hflla.lic  Period.     (Cf.  p.  102  below.) 
'Cf.fi..S..l.,XXn,  pp.  l.S2f. 


THi;    I'dTTKIJV 


fiGUKK  75.     Shekus  of  ICphyuakan  Wauk,  Latk  Hklladu-  U. 


KltiUKE    70.      SlIKltDS   UK    Kl-IIYKAKA.S    W  AKK    WITH    .NaUTILU.S    1)E.-*10N,    LaTE    IIkIX.\1>U    II. 


56  KoKAKOU 

ThouKli  i.lluT  iiii.tivi-s  omir,  Hoiiil  dosifjiis  arc  tlu'  iik.sI  frc<iUfii(.  Tlic  l:ivi)iitc  How.t  is  a  lily 
of  !«.iiio  sort,  wlii.li  usually  consists  of  a  pair  of  spiialifonu  petals  with  three  or  four  slaineiis 
spriimiiiR  lip  hctwocn  tiioi.i  (Platks  VI,  No.  4  and  VII,  No.  1;  also  Fij-.  77).  In  sonic  eases  per- 
haps the  iris  inay  he  meant.  .\t  the  hottoni  of  the  stalk  from  which  it  rises,  roots  are  convention- 
ally reiMcsenlcd.  often  heinn  carried  njiward  in  ^racoful  curves  on  each  side  of  the  Howcr,  generally 
in  two  or  three  strands  (Fig.  75,  No.  1,  and  Pi..\te  VII,  No.  1).  .\nother  flower  (Platk  VII,  No. 
2)  bears  a  strong  rcsemhlance  to  a  luiildinn  crocus.  Its  centre  is  formed  by  a  massive,  swelling 
bud,  while  on  eitlu-r  side  grow  five  narrow  leaves,  itoots  are  indicated  by  two  short,  wavy  lines 
on  each  side  at  the  bottom  of  the  i)lant.  .\  similar  flower  (Vig.  7."),  Xo.  3)  is  complicated  by  the 
addition  of  a  broad  leaf  extended  into  a  spiral  below  the  narrow  leaves.  The  large  rosettes  in 
Figure  75,  Nos.  2,  4,  5,  and  7  (the  last  al.<o  in  colur.  Pi.atk  VI.  No.  2)  may  i)i)ssibly  be  intended  to 


FiGDRE   77.      ."^MALL   OobLET   OF   EpHYUAEAN    WaRE,    LaTE    HeLLADIC    II    (LARGELY    HESTORATIOn). 

rei)roiiuce  daisies,  although  in  this  case  there  is  no  stalk  to  juake  the  iilentity  certain.  All  these 
flowers  are  rendered  naturalistically,  with  a  sufficient  t(juch  of  conventionality,  however,  to  make 
an  exact  identification  of  theii  species  imi)ossible. 

Another  favorite  design  is  the  nautilus,  of  which  the  sherds  in  1*l.\tk  \'I,  No.  I  anil  Figure  70 
give  examples.*  In  the.se  cases  it  may  be  remarked  that  on  the  early  sherds  (Fig.  76,  Nos.  2  and  4) 
the  spiraliform  arms  of  the  nautilus  are  turned  toward  the  right,  while  on  the  later  fragments 
the  arms  uniformly  turn  toward  the  left.  If  this  difference  is  due  merely  to  chance,  the  same 
chance  has  deprived  us  of  all  sherds  portraying  the  shell  of  the  nautilus. 

Chronologically  latest  in  the  series  is  the  sherd  (Plate  VI,  No.  3)  on  which  is  painted  a 
group  of  three  connected  spirals  with  free  ends  extended  in  wavy  curves.  This  pattern  may 
be  derived  from  the  nautilus  design. 

The  arrangement  of  the  decoration  is  characteristically  simi)le  and  tasteful.  The  painter  has 
set  himself  free  from  the  limitations  of  a  zone  and  disposes  his  motives  in  the  most  effective  way. 
There  are  no  horizontal  bands  to  confine  his  fancy.     One  large  flower  or  rosette  or  nautilus  is 

'  For  similar  representations  of  the  nautilus,  which  is  a  well  known  Mycenaean  motive,  see  Furtwangler  and  Loesch- 
cke,  Mykenisclie  Vasen,  p.  80;  also  'Apx-  AeXr.,  l'.)17,  pj).  S.3,  l.w,  anil  199. 


Tin;    I'OITKUV 


placcil  iiiidwiiy  Ijulwucn  the  liaiidlcs  on  cacli  side  of  the  goblet.  The  stalk  ■.!  the  i>hiiit  reaehes 
down  almost  to  the  stem  of  the  goblet,  while  the  fanciful  roots  curve  upward  and  outward  toward 
the  liaiidlcs.  \\\wiv  tiiis  main  design  was  not  felt  to  be  quite  sufficient  in  proportion  to  the  field, 
a  small  rosette  was  adihid  in  the  space  between  the  flower  and  the  handle  (Fig.  75,  No.  3).  In  a 
few  cases,  however,  instead  of  one  large  flower,  two  or  three  smaller  blossoms  ornanientetl  the 
side  of  the  goblet.  .\n  examitle  of  this  method  may  be  seen  in  Figure  77.  Under  each  handle 
tiiere  is  a  characteristic  (luirk  or  flourish.  Often  it  consists  of  three  short,  wavy  lines  springing 
from  a  <'oiuiii()n  point  ;  i)ut  frequently  these  lines  are  divided  each  inln  two  branches,  thus  form- 
ing three  chevrons,  one  above  the  other  (Fig.  75,  Nos.  1  and 
()).  There  is  no  further  decoration.  One  of  the  striking 
features  of  this  ware  is  that  the  rim  is  (piitc  unpainted;  and 
tiic  iiasc  likewise  has  no  ])aiiit  added  to  its  glaze-like  slip. 

These  goblets  were  in  a  liadly  shattered  condition,  anil  in 
spite  of  much  effort  it  wa.s  not  possible  to  put  together  more 
t  ban  three,  and  they  hail  in  part  to  be  restored  in  [)laster  (Fig. 
77;  1'l.\te  VII,  Nos.  I  and  2).  Nevertheless,  they  serve  to 
give  an  adequate  idea  of  the  pleasing  ctTect  of  l\])hyraeaii 
va>e>,  an  ctfect  due  to  tiie  iiarnioniuus  cnmbiMation  of  gracefid 
.^lia])!'  and  a  decoiation  wliieii  unites  freedom  of  fancy  with 
simplicity  anil  moileration  of  execution. 


('.       FiN'K    I'.NPAIXTKU    W.VHi; 

Fine  \mj)ainted  jxittery  of  yellowish  bull' or  yellowish  green 


l"u;CI(K  7S.       I'nI'MSTKIi  (ioHl.KI   WITH 

Dm;  IIandlk.  I.,ate  11i:ll.\i>i<'  II. 

clay,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  was  very  conunon  in  the  first 

stage  of  the  Late  llelladic  Period,  continues  to  present  itself  in  large  (jinintities  in  the  second 
stage.  There  is  no  appreriaMc  dilTeninc  in  the  fabric.  Some  of  these  slierds,  however,  which 
show  an  extraordinarily  smooth,  glaze-Hke  sli]),  maybe  from  the  undecorated  parts  of  Kj)hyraean 
goblets.     This  ware  is,  of  course,  the  Late  IfelLidic  version  of  Yellow  Minyan. 


FiGURK  79.     Two  N'asks  khom  a  Latk  t;uAV»;,  I.^te  IIeulakk    II. 


KOHAKHU 


KlliUKK    >^ll.       I'l   \T\    rsi'MNTKl)    .lou,    LaTK    HeLLADU:    11 


liijuiu;  &1.     SHALLOW  Cui's  OK  UisHES,   UNTAivriiU  Wake.   Late  Heelauic  11. 


'I'lll';    I'OTTKKY  .Vj 

'I'lic  lOiniiKiii  f^lKipcs  aif  the  .<tciiiiiKMl  nolilct  witli  one  or  two  liuiidlcs  (l-ig.  7h,.,  lii.-  jnu  with 
iul-:iw;i.v  luck  (Fifi.  70,  No.  2),  or  a  plain  jiifj;  with  straiglit  neck  (Fij;.  80).  Anotlu-r  fn-.nu'nt 
.-^hape  is  a  small  liamllclcss  cup.  <ir  deep  dish,  with  .sliKhlly  convex  sides  (Fig.  81).  It  is  gener- 
ally  not  very  caniiilly  made  and  the  slip  is  not  veiy  smoothly  polished.  Tlie  bottom  is  almost 
always  niarke<l  by  the  lines  of  the  string  which  Severed  the  cup  from  the  wheel  on  which  it  was 
thrown.'     Fragments  of  a  few  ladles  or  cups  with  one  hi^li  rililion  handle  were  also  noted. 

1).       Mo.\OtHHO.MK    \V.\Kt 

l\((l  and  liiack  monochrome  wari!  is  somewhat  more  common  here  than  in  the  I'irst  Late 
llcUadic  Pciiiid,  and  the  (luantity  of  red  slightly  exceeds  that  <»f  black.  Fabrics  and  shapes  are  the 
same  as  Ijcfurc     Tiic  slcmiiicd  tinliiit  is,  however,  deeper  anil  narrower  than  the  iOphyrueaii  goblet. 

E.     Mi.w.w  Wahk 

(Jray  Minyan  has  almost  disapixared  in  the  Second  Late  Helladic  Period,  sujtplying  only  a 
trlHe  more  than  one  jM'r  cent  of  the  total  number  of  sherds  found. 

F.     M.vrri'Aixi  Ki)  Waki; 

Coarse  Mattpainlci!  ware;  still  pcisists,  bul  lis  pi(i|)orlioM  as  cdnipan-il  with  the  other  faliries 
has  I'allcii  ti)  ciglil  per  cent.     These  sherds  arc  piactically  all  trnm  large  jars. 

(I.     Domestic  Vessels 

Domestic  pots  are  of  the  same  sliapcs  as  those  noticed  in  the  I''irsl  Late  Helladic  Period.  No 
whole  vessel'was  obtained.     Some  of  the  cooking  pots  stood  on  three  legs. 


I'ltlUllE    SI'.       I'Kdl  lE.ls   (M     Kims  (  TIIK  tOUIlTO  THE    I.KIT  L.\TK  MeLL.MHi     II,  TIIK   KOUII  T«J  TIIK    llUillT    LaTK 

Helladic  IIli. 

L.VTE  IIKI.L.VDIC   HI 

A.     Painted  Pottehy 

Thr  painted  pottery  of  the  Third  Late  Helladic  stage  at  Korakou  is  the  familiar  .Mycenaean  or 
Laic  Minoan  111  ware,  well  known  from  mnnerous  other  sili's  on  the  Creek  Mainland  and  in 
Crete,  as  well  as  from  Tel  lil  .\marna  in  l':g>-l)t.  Ti-chmcally  this  ware  is  as  a  wholi-  ver>-  gtMMJ. 
riie  fabric  is  fine,  the  vases  are  well  formed  and  well  baked,  and  the  .surface  is  in  most  eiww  coHtwl 

K'f.  UawkiiLS,  J.  II.  N.,  .\.\III,  I'.HKi.  p.  -'f.t,  l-in-  -'. 


tiU 


KnKAKOU 


Figure  83.     Deep  Bowl,  Late  11i;i,lai)Ii    III. 


<^filh 


Figure  84.     Large  Deep  Bowl,  Late  Helladk:  III. 


THE   POTTERY  Gl 

with  a  gok,  even  slip.  It  must  be  admitted,  too,  that  there  is  still  a  certain  i;, a, •.■■,. ll,.•^^  i„  ...lue 
of  the  shapes,  sucli,  for  example,  as  that  of  the  higli-steinracd  cyUx.  Tiie  decoration,  however,  lias 
suffered  the  full  effects  of  the  artistic  decline  which  we  saw  beginning  in  the  Second  Ljitv  Helladic 
P(Mi()<i.  Freshness  and  freedom  of  naturalistic  design,  which  were  seen  at  their  best  in  Kphyraean 
ware,  have  now,  after  their  brief  juscenflancy,  completely  vanishe<l.  The  old  zoniil  system  of 
ornamentation  has  resumed  its  sway,  and  tlie  decoration  itself  has  for  th.-  most  part  ilegenerated 
into  hopelessly  conventionalized  geometrical  patterns. 

These  patterns  are  frequently  arranged  in  panels,  one  or  two  or  more  on  each  side  of  the  vase, 
separated  from  each  other,  or  bordered,  by  groups  of  verticjil  lines.  These  lines  are  often  fringed 
with  a  net  pattern,  while  within  them  is  in  many  ca.ses  a  vertical  si)ace  filled  with  an  upright  row 
of  zigzags,  lozenges,  circles,  or  other  geometrical  figiires.'  This  panelled  d(!coration  is  sojnetijnes 
known  as  the  '•metoi^e  style."     It  is  chiefly  associated  with  the  typical  crater  or  deep  Jm>wI 


Figure  So.     Dekp  Bowls  iLLUSTUATiNf;  Typkat.  Dkcoration,  Latk  IIkli.aiiic  III. 


(slinpc  1  below)  on  which  the  earliest  Late  Heliaijii'  III  rxM'iiple.s  occur;  ami  it  is  well  adajiteil  to 
the  surface  to  be  decorated  on  vases  of  this  form,  liut  the  panelled  system  of  decoration  was  also 
extended  to  vases  of  other  shapes,  such  as  the  jar  described  under  nund)cr  17  below,-  th(>  high- 
stemmed  cylix,  and  jugs  like  that  from  Thebes  fiiriniNl  b\-  K'cr.iMioponllos  in  ' A/i\ni(iXo->i*oi'  AtXrioi' 
III,  1917,  p.  103,  Fig.  121,  8. 

The  spiral,  along  with  its  derivatives,  be(^ojnes  again  the  l('a<ling  decorative  motive.  Floral 
and  marine  motives  do,  indeed,  still  ai)pear,  but  they  aio  usually  remlered  in  a  lifeless  manner, 
highly  formalized  and  debased.  Standing  out  in  consi)icui)Us  contra.st  with  the  onliiiary  ty])ical 
styles  are  a  few  vases  in  the  so-called  "clo.se"  style,  which  often  show  a  finer  toui-h.  Thesi'  may 
])erli;ii)s  have  been  iiroduced  umler  foreign  influence.  ))os.sibly  from  Kg>'pl.  Here  the  painter, 
insi)ir(il  by  luinor  racui,  has  set  himself  to  fill  all  available  space  with  complicated  geometric  pat- 
liMiis,  frecpiently  liuilt  uj)  of  rosettes;  and  Ik^  lias  also  a  noticeable  liking  for  strange  and  curious 
.•Kjuatic  birds  in  his  main  design.     \  greatiT  contnu-^t  thin  exists  bi-tween  vases  of  this  close  style 

'  Well  illustrated  In  Furtwiinglor  ami  I-cicsclicke,  Miikeninchc  Viincn,  I'Is.  X.XNIll,  \.\\1\  .  XX.XV,  rlr. 
»  'Apx-  At\T.,  Ill,  1<»17,  p.  192,  Fig.  i:{7,  a.  double  jar  from  'I'liflKis. 


(J2  KORAK(^U 

ami  ti.e  wmplt-.  tasteful  Kphyracan  p.blets  of  the  Sec-oiul  Late  Helhulic-  Poriod  cmuI.I  Iku.IIv  he 

iniagiiied. 

Ill  this  prri.ul  the  inlcii..!-  <.f  tl.c  vase  is  almost  always  painted,  usually  brownish  blaek  in  color. 
This  .lifters  from  the  custom  of  the  prece.linji  i.erio.ls,  wlu-n  1  he  inside  of  the  vases  was,  in  all  but 
the  rarest  eases,  left  unpainted. 

A  change  in  shape  is  also  noticeable.  Stenuued  poblt^ts,  jups  with  cut-away  necks,  and  eups  of 
the  Vajihi..  shape  are  no  lonKcr  foiuid.  On  the  other  hand,  n.-w  lyjies  are  seen  in  the  cylix  on  a 
hi^h  stem,  the  typical  Late  Hella<lic  III  bowl,  and  the  slirru))  vase.  The  form  of  the  rim  in  Late 
lirlla.iic  III  va.ses  is  characi eristic.  The  splaying.  Hat  rim  willi  metallic  profile  whicli  was  almost 
universal  in  the  First  ami  .•Second  l.al.'  iiclladic  Periods,  has  ciilinly  disappeared.     Instead,  in 


Fluiia.  .~^^).      I'lii'   Kiiwi.   I  )i.i'oii  m-i;|)   in    riii;  <'i.i)>i:   ,<tvm;.    I. mi;    I  Ipm.laihi'   III 


its  new  shape,  the  rim  is  no  longer  emphasized,  being  formed  simi)ly  by  a  continuation  of  the  side 
of  the  vase  in  a  slight  outward  cinve.  In  Figure  82  are  shown  the  profiles  of  a  few  typical  ex- 
amples. The  fom-  to  the  left  are  from  Late  Helladie  II  vases,  the  four  to  the  right  from  Late 
Helladir  lU.  Larger  vases  have  a  thicker  rim  with  fi.it leiiecl  t(i|).  btit  its  projection  beyond  the 
wall  of  the  vessel  is  compaiali\i'l\'  slight.  The  wide.  Hal,  lililmn  handle,  likewise,  which  was  so 
often  employed  in  the  jtrevious  periods,  now  rarely,  if  ever,  iiresents  itself,  having  been  supplanted 
largely  by  a  small  loop  handle.  Late  Helladie  III  jiottery  seems  much  farther  removed  from 
originals  in  metal  than  was  the  ca.se  in  Late  Helladie  II  and  earlier. 

The  following  list  inqludes  the  ])iincipal  shapes  foniid  at  Korakou: 

1 .  Deep  bowls  or  craters.  A  deep  bowl  with  two  round  horizontal  handles,  of  the  type  shown 
in  Figure  8.3,  is  one  of  the  conunonest  aiul  most  characteristic  vases  of  the  Third  Late  Helladie 
Period.  Though  usually  not  very  large,  it  is  in  some  ctises  of  considerable  size  (Fig.  84;  the  War- 


TTIE   POTTERY 


oa 


rior  vase  ^oin  Myicnac  is  also  of  this  shape).  The  upper  half  or  two-lhinls  of  the  va«e,  within 
a  zone  (l(>liinited  by  a  hand  or  l»ands,  carries  the  (k-coration,  whieh  is  most  coinmonly  a  linear 
pattern,  such  as  the  spiral  or  some  motive  derived  from  the  spiral  (Fig.  85). 

The  large  vessel  already  mentioned  (Fig.  84)  has  a  more  elahorate  design,  consisting  of  a  net- 
work pattern  which  is  enlivened  by  the  in.sertion  of  two  concentric  half-circles  in  each  section. 
This  vase  lulmifis  to  the  earlier  part  of  the  Third  l.ai.'  Ilclladic  Period.  Broken  up  into  small 
fragments,  it  was  used  to  pave  a  heart ii  in  a   house  which  dates  from  the  end  of  the  period. 

The  close  style  of  decoration  is  re]ircscnte(l  l.y 
tlic  howl  shown  in  Figure  Sti.  Here  two  carefully 
drawn,  though  cnm'cntioiial,  aijuatic  birds  in  sep- 
arated panels  face  each  other  on  each  side  of  the 
vessel  between  the  handles.  The  iiackground  i> 
partly  filled  in  with  a  net  pattern. 

2.  Shallow  bowls.  .\  shallower  type  of  bowl  is 
iiiusiiatcd  in  l''igurc  87,  and  a  large  example  of  the 
same  type  may  be  seen  in  Figiu-e  88.  The  two  flat 
loop  handles  set  horizontally,  with  their  centre 
l)in(hed  out  to  form  an  angU',  are  jiecidiar.  The 
dccoratiiin  consists  merely  of  a  few  bands  of  paint 
insiile.  as  well  as  on  the  exterior. 

;}.     Shallow  basins.     .\  shallow  basin  of   rather 
tliirk    f.iiirii-    is    shown    in    Figure   89.     It   has  a  heavy,  overhanging  rim,  and  there  an-  two 
lioiizontal,  niunii  loop  handles.     Three  broad  bands  of  paint,  which  have  now  almost  entirely 
ll:iki'il  ofV,  ;irc'  t  Ik' sole  oriianicnt . 

I.  Spouicd  liowls.  These  are  ilccj)  howls  resembling  shape  1,  but  with  heavy,  vertical  band 
liaiidles,  and  a  large  spout  in  the  middle  of  one  side.  No  conii)letc  decorated  examples  were  found, 
the  spcM'iinen  in  I''igure  '.10  iieing  of  red  monochrome  ware. 

.").  ( 'raters  on  a  stem.  The  large  crater  shown  in  Figure  91  is  sindlar  to  howls  of  type  1  above 
in  shape, .hut  h.is  two  vertical  ribbon  handles  and  slamls  on  a  low  stem  of  solid  proportions.  The 
li.indlcs  are  flattened  on  top,  iierhaps  to  form  a  tliumh-rcst.     The  decoration,  in  a  zone  aixnit 


Fi<;ciikS7.  .Small  •■^iiAi.unv  Uowl  with  1'is<hki>- 
oHT  Handlks,  Late  Helladic  III. 


Ficuui;  ss.     1,ai((m:  Shalldw  linwi.  wnii   I'incjiek-oct  11a.\i>u>,  Latk  Ib.i.i.MH'    111 


fil 


KORAKOU 


FiouRK  Mt.     Sn,vLi/OW  Basin,  Latk  Heli.adk    III. 

the  upper  part  of  the  vase,  consists  of  a  conventionalized  flower  or  plant  with  a  wavy  streanier  on 
either  side.' 

f).     Bowl-sliapod  cups.     In  Figure  02  is  shown  a  small  cup  of  the  typical  howl-shape,  with  one   .^ 
vertical  flat  loo])  handle.     The  decoration  is  limited  to  one  band  of  paint  alonf;  the  rim.  V 

7.     Cups  with  annular  i)rofile.     ("ups  w'ith  a  profile  of  two  opposite  curves,  the  lower  \Mvi  being         { 
convex.  I  he  iip|>cr  <'oncave,  as  seen  from  the  outside,  were  not  rare.     Some  of  I  licsc  ciijis  arc  liandic- 


"^rsB 


FinuRE  IK).     Spouted  Bowl.  IIkd  Monochkomk  Ware,  Late  Helladic  III. 

less;  others  have  a  vertical  flat  loop  handle  carried  uj)  high  above  the  rim  (Fig.  93).     In  some  cases 

the  upper  concave  zone  is  covered  with  paint,  while  the  lower  part  is  left  impainted.     Many  of 

these  cups,  however,  are  ('oated  all  over  with  red  or  brownish  black  jtaint.     There  is  no  further 

decoration. 

8.     Stenuueil  cylixes.     The  cylix  on  a  high  stem  is  one  of  the  most  characteristic  vases  of  the 

Third  Late  Helladic  Period.     The  examjiles  offered  in  Figiu'es  94  and  95  give  a  good  idea  of  the 

shape.     In  the  ordinary  lyi)c  the  stem  is  slender  and  (all,  while  the  cu]i  is  rather  shallow ;  a  certain 

'A  similar  crater  from   Sphet.tos  in  .\tlica  is  sliowii  in  >>.  Wpx-,  189.5,  PI.  10,  0.     ('f.   also   Furtwiingler  and 
Loeschckc,  Mykenisfhe  ViLien,  PI.  XXXI,  No.  297. 


THE   POTTERY 


65 


variation*!!!  the  proportions  seems,  however,  to  be  per!nitted.  The  handles  are  thin  and  small, 
licndiiiji:  in  a  rather  narrow,  vortical  loop  from  the  rim  down  to  the  middle  of  the  body.  Many  of 
these  cylixcs  nio  cxtremch-  well  in;uli,  and  their  slender,  graceful  proportions  produce  a  pleasing 
effect. 

The  stcDi  is  very  fiequcuitly  ornamented  Ijy  a  number  of  painted  bands— a  fact  which  inri.uscs 
the  p()ssil)i]ity,  iiheady  suggested  by  general  similarity  in  shape,  that  the  Laic  Hclladic  III  cylix 
niiiy  be  (Iciivcd  iK.ni  the  Minyan  goblet;  for  the  painted  bands  are  a  graphic  ccpiivalent  of  the 


Figure  91.    Crater  on  Short  Stkm,  Latk  IlELLAPir  III. 


rings  executed  in  relief  on  the  stems  of  Alinyan  goblets.     At  the  same  lime  it  must  be  admitteil 
that  the  non-appearance  of  these  raised  rings,  as  well  as  of  the  painted  bands,  on  vases  of  Ihe  First 
and  Second  Late  Helladic  Periods,  and  the  infinitesimal  amount  of  genuine  Gray  Minyan  ware 
still  found  in   the   Tiiird    Late   Helladic  Period  present  a 
serious  difficulty  in  the  way  of  accepting  this  theorj'  with- 
out further  evidence. 

The  upper  part  of  the  cylix  is  iisiially  decoratetl  merely 
with  paralU'l  bands  of  paint.  Another  common  form  of 
decoration,  however,  is  a  degenerate  rendering  of  the  muivx 
or  triton-shell,  repeated  several  times  on  each  side  of  the 
vase.  Li  a  few  cases  the  entire  cylix  is  done  in  mono- 
chrome paint. 

9.  "Canthanis."  A  cylix  of  somewhat  dilTeient  shape, 
rcMiinding  one  of  the  classical  cantharus,  is  shown  in  Figure 
lit).  Here  the  stem  is  shorter,  and  the  handles  ai'e  carried 
!ip  in  a  loo])  high  above  the  rim.     This  cj'lix  is  nnpainted.' 


'  Kor  .a  similar  v.nso  finm  'Pliclir.'),  rf.  'Ap\.  ItXr.,  1917,  p.  l.')l,  I'ig.  1 15, 
5;  p.  182,  Fig.  VM),>. 


Figure  92.     Huxvl-shai-kd  Vvr,  l^m 
IIelladic  III. 


(i)> 


KORAKOU 


^^T^ 


FiocRE  4)3.    Cups  with  Thofile  of  Two  Opposite  Curves,  Latf.  Hki.i.auk    III. 


FianRE  94.    Group  of  Cyli.\es  from  IIousk  1',  Latk  IIklladic  III. 


y< 


L 


^ 


I 
I 
I 
I 

I 


Figurf,  9.').      I  wij  (  YLiXF.s  FiioM  HousE  H,  Latk  IIelladic  hi. 


THE   POTTERY 


67 


10.  Sftiall  jugs.  Tlic  small  jug  of  Figure  96,  No.  2,  is  verj"  mui-li  like  jugs  that  were  in  use  in 
the  preceding  perio.l.  Its  .sole  tlecoiatiou  consists  of  four  bands  of  paint,  one  each  around  the 
rim  and  the  base  of  the  neck  and  a  pair  ai)out  the  middle  of  the  body. 

11.  .lugs  with  basket  handles.  A  shape  represented  for  the  first  imic  ai  Korakou  in  the 
riiinl   Late  Helladic  Period  is  a  jug  with  a  basket  handle  and  with  a  spout    projcctiim  from 


Ficjuiii:  1)1).     CvLi.\  umi   llh.ii   llwi'i.i-   wu  .Small  .Iuu,  L.\te  IIell.vuic  111. 

one  side.  T^csides  the  ('xami)l('  given  in  Figiu'e  97,  No.  1,  another  (|uite  similar  specimen  was 
put  together.  Both  are  of  rather  thick  fabric,  though  fairly  well  made.  In  one  the  upper  half 
of  the  body  is  coated  with  brownish  black  paint,  the  lower  part  being  left  unpainted;  in  the 
other  three  bands  of  paint  about  the  body  and  one  around  the  neck  are  the  only  decoration. 


I 
I 
I 

I 
I 


FmUKK   97.      .Il>i    Willi    IVvsKKF    ll.\NDLE    AND    .\sKOS,    LaTK    IIkLLM'I'      111 


08 


KORAKOU 


FiaoRE  98.    Jar  with  Vovr  Handles,  Latk  Hellai>i('  III. 


Figure  99.     Stirrup  Vase,  Late  IIelladic  111. 


riii;  i*t)TTi;i{Y  69 

12.  Aflvoi.  A  small  askos,  restored  linm  miiiicrniis  fragiiieiits,  is  sliowii  in  l-'iRnre  y7,  No.  2. 
It  lias  a  rouiiilcl,  almost  spherical  l.o.ly.  One  handle,  wliicli  i.s  attadie.i  at  (hi- centre  of  the  top, 
forms  a  loop  toward  one  side,  wliile  in  line  with  the  htmdle  on  the  otiier  side  of  the  top  is  a  xniall 
spout.  Five  hroad  hundsof  paint  eneirele  tlie  iiody,  and  in  the  spaees  iietween  llieni  and  parallel 
to  them  are  several  fine  lines.  Aeross  the  top,  beside  th.-  jiaii.ll.-  anrl  ih.-  sjwut,  runs  a  line  of 
eonnected  lozenges. 

1:5.  Jars.  .V  somewhat  lar(i;er  ve.ssel  is  the  jar  with  four  haiidh's  illustrated  in  Figiire  'J8. 
They  are  all  round   loop  handles,  two  .set  horizontally  half   way  <lo\vn  the  side,  and  the  other 


-~™-^-"*''-'' 


tJi-Oifjujia 


FiGUiiE  100.     \V.\tkk-.Iahs,  Latk  IIkli-adh    III. 


two,  which  are  mui'li  smaller,  liut  also  horizontal,  placed  high  up  on  the  shoulder  syinnietrically 
hetween  the  first  two.  TIk;  decoration  consi.sts  of  the  familiar  hroad  hands  of  paint,  in  tlii.s 
case  arranged  in  three  i)airs.  Around  the  shoulder,  the  space  between  the  uppermost  pairs  is 
embellished  with  a  belt  of  connected  double  festoons,  which  is  interrupted  by  the  upper  handles. 

14.  Stirrup  vases.  The  stirrup  vase  is  also  represented  among  the  finds  at  Korakou,  although 
it  was  possible  to  restore  only  one  example  (Fig.  99).  This  has  a  linear  decoration  carried  out  in  a 
fine  style  and  consisting  of  horizontal  bands,  belts  of  dots,  dashes,  and  wavy  lines,  and  triangles  of 
network  pattern. 

15.  Water-jars.  .Vmong  the  hirger  vessels  a  connnon  shape  is  the  water-jar.  nuicii  like  the 
Liter  hydria.  It  has  a  large,  full  body  and  a  high,  narrow  neck.  One  large  vertical  haiuUe  pxUmuIs 
from  the  shoulder  to  the  neck,  while  two  smaller  ones  are  set  horizontally  below  the  slioulder,  one 


70  KOHAKOU 

on  ead.  si.l.-.  Di.ul.lr  or  Iriplf  l.amls  of  paint  nil.  inuii.l  I  !,.•  n.i.Mlr  niul  I  Ur  sl,..uM.r  ..f  1  lie  jar, 
an.laMi.KK-1'aiMlroiiii.ltl..'l.asi-of  tin-  iic.k  a.ul  a.i<.(lu'r  ruuiwl  ll,c  riiu  c.Mni.lct.'  tlu- (Uv.,i  at  i.m 
(Kijt.  UK)).     Somr  of  those  hyilriac  wliifli  arc  parliciilarly  well  iiiadi'  arc  <l(inc  in  Lrownisli  lilack 

iiioiiocliriiiiic. 

l(i.  The  squat  ImiwI  has  already  I'oeii  (loscrilu-d  above  (p.  50).  N-'t  a  ureal  many  sherds  l)c- 
lonKin^;  to  vases  of  this  shape  were  found  at  Korakmi,  The  Late  IhUadic  111  type  appears  to 
have  a  Hal  lm.se,  straijjht  sides,  and  an  angular  shoulder,  aWove  whieh  the  ves.sel  sl()])es  ujjward  to 
a  narrow  neek.  The  vase  is  hiuher  in  proijortion  to  its  width  than  the  squat  bowl  of  the  Second 
Late  Ilelladie  Period.  The  ordinary  decoration  consists  of  a  belt  of  carelessly  executed  spirals 
round  the  straight  side  as  well  as  round  the  U])])!'!  i)arl  al«ove  the  shoiililcr.' 

17.  I'wo-handled  jars.  Several  fragmentary  examples  of  a  larger  vase  of  practically  the  same 
form  as  the  foregoing  came  to  light.     It  is  essentially  a  straight-sided, scpiat  bowl  of  thick  fal)ric, 


1 


riClURE    101.      Two-HANDLEU   JaU,    LaTE    HeLLADIC    III. 


with  the  sides  rising  to  doul)lc  the  usual  height  (Fig.  101).  Instead  <it'  tlircc.  ii  lias  Imt  two  hori- 
zontal Idiip  iiandics  set  just  above  the  edge  of  the  shoulder.  The  decoration  consists  of  l)nja(l 
bands  enclosing  horizontal  or  vertical  groups  of  tine  lines,  wit  h  sometimes  a  row  of  festoons  around 
the  shoulder  and  the  base  of  the  neck. 

18.  Bottle-shaped  jugs.  A  few  fragments  were  fovuid  whiih  seem  to  belong  to  small,  round- 
bodied  jugs,  with  high,  slender  neek  and  one  handle,  somewhat  resembling  the  vase  figured  in 
Furtwangler  and  Loescheke,  Mijkenii<che  ]'asen,  PI.  XIII,  83. 

Naturally  there  were  many  sherds  belonging  to  vases  of  which  the  shape  could  not  definitely 
be  recognized.  The  above  list  does  not  profess  to  be  a  full  catalogue  of  the  shapes  of  the  Third 
Late  Helladic  Period.  It  is  merely  a  record  of  those  forms  of  vases  which  seem  to  have  been  most 
in  use  at  Korakou  at  the  end  of  the  Mycenaean  period  and  which  the  chance  of  discovery  has 
brought  to  light. 


Cf.  Furtwiingler  aud  L<jcsclickc,  M i/kcnische  V'asen,  I'l.  IX,  oo. 


THE   POTTERY 


71 


Fi(;iutio  102.     Two  Cylixks,   1   I'ainteu,  2  Unpainted,  Late  IIellauii:  III. 


Fkjukk   lUii.     Deei-  Howls  ok  Monociiiiome  Wake,  Late  Helladu'  ill. 


FlOUKE    KM.       DOMESTK-    I'lll-S,    LaII.    11.1.1    .11.      111. 


KOHAKor 


h 


I'iGUKK  ID.').     Small  JStoragk  .Un,   Late  Uelladic  HI. 


B.  UnPAINTKI)    I'OTl'KKY 

Ap])roxiiiialcly  oiic-foiirtli  of  th(>  slicrds  found  licldiiii;  t(i  un])ain(('(l  pottcr.N'  of  huff  or  ycllowisli 
green  flay.  It  is  inferior  both  in  fabric  and  baking  to  the  corresponding  ware  of  the  preceding 
ix'rind.  The  chiy  sHp  covering  the  .surface  is  often  powdery;  in  no  case  is  it  so  fine  or  so  sniootiily 
l)i)hslied  as  on  the  similar  ware  of  the  Second  Laic  Uelladic  Period.  The  conniioncst  shape  is  the 
high-stcniiMcd  cylix  described  above  (an  example  of  the  unpaintc^l  kind  is  given  in  Figure  102); 
the  cu|)  with  angular  profile  is  also  well  represented. 

C.  Monochrome  Wark 

About  sixteen  per  cent  of  the  sherds  found  belong  in  this  grouj).  The  colors  are  red,  reddish 
brown,  or  brownish  black,  a  true  black  being  extremely  rare.  The  commonest  shapes  are  the  deep 
bowl  with  two  hanilles  (Fig.  103).  and  the  cup  described  above  (P.  04,  Xo..  7;  Fig.  93,  No.  1). 
There  were  also  fragments  of  l\\-o  oi- 1  hree  black  cylixes,  as  well  as  of  several  large  water-jars. 

D.    .\XD    E.       MiNYAN    AM)    MaTTPAINTED    WaRES 

These  two  fabrics  have  almost  reached  the  vanishing  point.  In  pit  E.  A.,  for  example,  among 
804  sherils  of  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period,  only  ten  are  Minyan  (Gray  Minyan)  and  eleven 
of  the  Mattpainted  style.  These  are  very  likely  merely  stray  sherds,  and  it  seems  probable  that 
Gray  Minyan  and  Mattpainted  wares  had  quite  ceased  to  be  made  and  used  in  this  period. 


THE   POTTERY 


73 


FuiuitE  lot).     Large  Pithos  fhom  House  L.  Laik  Helladh'  III. 


F.     Domestic  Pots  a.mj  Piiiiui 
A  very  laif^c  nuiiilicr  of  slienis  licliiniriiifi  in  coarse  household  vessels  were  found,  ami  it  was 
possililc  to  i)ut  together  a  number  of  these.     They  are  generally  made  of  un|«nitied  hrick  red  i-lay 
and  are  fr<'(|Ucntly  very  thick  and  heavy.     There  is  no  painted  decoration. 

1.  In  I'igme  104,  2  is  shown  an  example  of  a  low,  wide  pot  with  Hat  hase  and  spreading  sides. 
The  rim  is  only  roughly  made  and  the  eireumfereiu-c  is  a  poor  attempt  at  a  circle.     There  are  two 

irregular  lugs  instead  of  handles.     The  ves.sci  i.<  clearly  hand-nuide. 

2.  A  slightly  better  made  pot  is  ilhistrateil  in  Figure  KM,  No.  1.     It  re.-^endiles  theprecednig 
in  shape,  but  has  a  thick,  ineiuving  rim — evidently  intended  to  prevent  the  contents  from  spilling 

.or  boiling  over — and  there  are  no  handles  or  lugs.  A  peculiar  decoration  is  fornu-d  by  raise<l 
strips  of  clay,  one  running  aroiuid  I  \\r  lini,  one  around  the  base,  and  others  forming  wavy  zigzags 
extending  from  the  base  to  the  rim.  This  pot,  like  the  foregoing,  is  hand-made.  Fragiiienta  of 
several  similai'  vessels  were  found. 

3.  Hou.sehold  jars  on  a  small  raised  base,  wliicti  wc  r.    numerous  in  the  preceding  period,  are 


74 


KORAKOr 


FlGUKK    11)7.      I'prKll    1'aKT   ok    PlTHOS    KKOM    lloUSK    h,    L.\TK    IIkLLADK     111. 


iio  longer  (uiiiiiioM,  lull  lomid-hoilii'd  cooking  pots  standing  on  tliicc;  logs  are  not  at  all  rare.  In 
s])iti'  of  tlio  fact  that  a  large  niiniber  of  these  legs  came  to  light,  no  whole  example  of  the  shape 
could  be  i)ut  together. 

4.  Storage  jars.  There  were  many  fragments  of  storage  jars  or  small  ])ithoi  of  coarse  fabric. 
They  have  a  flat  base  and  spreading  sides  whicii  end  in  a  wide  opening.  There  is  usually  a  raised 
rope  band  just  below  the  plain  rim.  No  liandles  were  fomid  on  these;  jars.  A  typical  specimen 
may  be  seen  in  Figure  10.5. 

5.  Pithoi.  Pithoi  are  well  exemplitied  by  the  greater  part  of  tW'O  large  specimens  found  in 
House  L.  In  both  cases  the  bottom,  which  apparently  narrowed  to  a  small  base,  is  missing.  One 
is  preserved  to  a  depth  of  0.94  m.  and  its  greatest  diameter  is  0.85  m.  (Fig.  106).  It  has  a  com- 
paratively high  narrow  neck  with  a  tliameter  of  0.45  m.  There  is  a  flat,  splaying  rim.  Decoration 
is  limited  to  three  raised  bands  about  the  body,  which  carry  parallel  imi)ressions  made  by  some 
blunt  instrument.  The  second  pithos  (Fig.  107)  is  of  heavier  fabric  (the  walls  are  0.02  m.  thick), 
though  smaller.  Its  preserved  depth  is  0.68  m.,  and  its  greatest  diameter  0.71  m.  There  is  a 
high  narrow  neck,  0.38  m.  in  diameter,  with  a  heavj^  rim.  A  raised  strip  of  clay,  incised  with 
parallel  dashes,  runs  rouiul  the  shoulder  below  the  neck  in  a  wavA'  line. 


CIIAI»TKI{   Hi 


If 


9. 


THE  AHCHITECTURK 

FIRST   STl{ATr.M     i;Am,V    HKLLADIC    I'KHlnD 

Ai'AKT  troiu  llic  pottery,  fi'W  otlicr  iciiiaiiis  of  tin-  l^arly  Helladic  Period  witl-  recovered.  This 
was  due  to  tlie  limited  area  of  the  trial  pits,  whicii  did  not  allow  extensive  exploration  of  tlie  lowest 
stratum.  Several  walls  appeared,  however,  and  there  is  no  doubt  tiiat  a  house  or  two  iiiiKht  liave 
been  uncovered  if  the  area  of  excavation  could  have  been  enlarged. 

The  walls  are  fairly  thick  (0.40  m.  to  0.75  m.),  built  of  rounh  unhewn  stones  lani  in  i-lay. 
ill  pit  P  a  wall  O.tiO  ni.  high  was  found;  others  in  pits  (1,  L,  and  S  were  lower.  All  these  walls  are, 
of  course,  merely  foundation  walls  that  projected  slightly  above  the  level  of  the  ground  and  sup- 
|)(iitc(l  llic  arliial  walls,  wiiich  were  Imilt  nf  unliuiiil  Inicks. 
A  few  bricks  were  found,  baked  fairly  hard  by  the  hre  whicli 
destroyed  the  house  to  which  they  belonged.  One  of  these 
bricks  measures  0.19  m,  X  0,19  m.  X  0.10  m.  Most  of  the 
bricks,  liowever,  since  they  were  not  fired,  have  dissohcil 
anil  can  now  be  recognized  only  in  the  hard  layers  of  reddish 
or  yellowish  clay  which  occasionally  appear. 

The  short  sections  of  wall  uncovered  include  two  s<|\iarc 
corners  and  the  adjacent  walls  themselves  appear  to  be 
straight.  A  third  corner,  on  the  other  hand,  seems  to  be 
rounded  and  may  be  part  of  an  apse  (Fig.  108). 

Helowthe  latest  Hoor-level  of  the  Karly  Helhuhc  I'eriod  in 
lunch  P  was  found  a  clay-lined  pit  wiiich  recalls  the  bolhroi 
of  the  c()rres])oniliiig  straluni  at  Oichdmcnos.'  Siniiiai 
Imthriii,  but  larger  than  that  at  Korakou,  have  been  fouml  at 
( ;nnia.  The  pit  at  Korakou.  ai^proximately  circular  in  |)lan, 
IS  l),'.)()  m.  dec|)  and  0.70  in.  in  diameter  at  the  top.  It  grows 
narrower  toward  the  bottom,  where  it  measures  only  0. 1(1  in. 
across.  It  has  a  lining  of  greenish  clay  0.03  m.  thick  on  the 
sides  and  0. 10  m.  on  the  bottom.  There  is  a  distinct  splaying 
lip  at  the  top.  (Fig.  109,  where  the  bolhros  is  shown  in  sec- 
tion.)    The  pit  was  found  filled  with  ck'bris  aiui  carbonized 

matter.  The  purpose  of  such  ludhroi  is  not  cc>rtain ;  perhaps  they  were  used  for  cold  storiige  a.s  a 
primitive  sort  of  .•ellar;  but  it  is  also  i)o.ssible  that  they  sometim.-s  in  some  ca.^es  st<rved  a.s 
ash-pits  in  connection  with  religious  worship,-     This  latter  suggestion  .seen.s  not  In  applv  (o  the 

'  HuHp,  Orchomcnos,  \>v.  27  IT.;  \\ii<c  miicI    llicinp-^iii,  I'rchUtoric  TlnMuly,  p.  105. 

■  PrehUstoric  Thcssaly,  he.  cil. 


'9- 


InieitK    ins.     Koindkd    v  okxkh    or 
W  .\LL,  K.\iiLV  IIkli-akic  l'»:mcii>. 


7(1 


K(»I{AK()U 


■.••v>.--;-:\^  .•  ( t 


ruiuiiK  100.  Vkuticai,  Section 

OK  HitTIIIKIS  AT   KollAKOU,  EaHLY 
lltLLADIC    I'kKIOU. 


hothros  jit   Korakuii,  Imwi'vcr,  for  tin-  day  lining;  is  not  baked  ami  shows  no  tiaci's  of  the  heat   lu 
which  it  iiiiisl  nctT.s.sarily  have  biHMi  subji'cti'<l  liail  llif  pit  Ix'imi  used  lo  hold  hot  ashes. 

At  tlie  t-a.-^tern  i-nd  u(  the  hill,  under  a  slight  roveiinn  of  earth,  an  iii-e;;idaily  elliptieal  eutlinj.; 
in  the  rock  was  observed,  which  contained  nothinji  but  frauments  of  Ivirly  Ilelladic  ware  of  class  15. 

The  cut t  inn,   which  nieasmcs  2.12  ni.  X  2.55  ni.,  may  possibly 
0  70       H  have  been  niatie  to  serve  as  the  foundation  for  a  piiiniti\c  hut. 

.NllCOXn   STHATUM— MIDDLE   HELLADIC    F1;KI()1) 

Toward  tiic  eastern  end  of  the  site,  where  the  hill  slopes  rapidly 
downwaril  and  most  of  the  upper  stratum  has  been  washed  away, 
the  foundation  walls  of  a  house  of  the  Middle  Helladic  Period 
were  uncovered.  None  of  the  supers! iiiclure  is  preserved  and 
the  foundations  Ihcniselves  are  not  entirely  intact,  Init  rnouf^h 
remains  to  (jive  tlu' iipiiiplrlc  irniunil-iilan  (House  1'',  1""!^.  110). 

These  fomidations,  avera^inn  U.;il)  ni.  in  thickness  and  nuuie  of 
small  mislia])ed  stones  laid  in  clay,  project  about  0.20  m.  above 
the  nroimd-level  contemporaiy  with  the  house.  The  top  of  the 
foundation  as  jjreserved  is  ])ractically  level,  and  it  s(>enis  never  to  have  stood  hiffher  than  it  does 
now.  In  III  her  words,  the  foundations  are  merely  the  stone  socle  on  which  rested  the  actual  walls 
of  the  house  built  of  dried  crude  bricks;  these  latter  were  thus  protected  by  the  stone  socle  from 
dissolution  through  contact  with  moisture  from  the  groimd.  Exactly  the  same  method  of  con- 
struction is  still  employed  to  a  great  extent  in  Greece,  and  houses  built  on  the  same  principle  which 
governed  builders  of  the  second  millenniiini  n.<\  may  be  seen  today  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
ovn'site.  The  prehistoric  bricks,  like  their  modern  counterparts,  were  quite  imbaked,  and  in  conse- 
quence no  whole  specimens  were  recovered;  all  that  remains  of  them  is  an  irregular  layer  of  day 
above  the  floor  of  the  house. 

The  house,  oriented  nortii  ami  s(juth,  is  coniparalivdy  limj;  in  proportion  toitswidlii.  measur- 
ing 11.40  m.X4.40  m.  The  south  front  is  rectangular,  the  north  end  has  the  form  of  an  apse. 
A  general  view,  from  the  south,  of  the  fomidations  as  they  now  appear  is  given  in  Figme  111. 

Two  cross-walls  divi<le  the  interior  of  the  building,  one  shutting  off  the  apse  from  the  central 
portion,  and  ( lie  ot  her  making  a  small  rcKim  2.00  m.  wide  at  the  south  end.  This  latter  may  have 
been  a  vestibule,  for  there  was  an  entrance  in  the  middle  of  the  south  wall.  The  doorway  here 
apiiears  to  have  been  ca.  1.50  m.  wide. 

The  central  room  is  large,  having  a  length  of  (3.20  m.  In  it  was  a  hearth  which  had  a  pavement 
of  ashes  and  clay.  The  hearth  did  not  occupy  the  centre  of  the  room,  but  was  situated  between  the 
centre  and  the  northwest  corner.  Nothing  else  was  found  in  the  room  save  a  number  of  Minyan 
l)otshcr(ls.  There  are  no  traces  of  columns  or  pillars  to  support  the  roof.  At  some  period  in  its 
history  the  central  room  had  a  door  leading  out  to  the  west;  grooves  for  the  door-posts  may  still 
be  seen  in  the  fomidations.  The  ofT-centre  position  of  the  hearth  may  perhaps  be  due  to  this  open- 
ing. Api)arently,  however,  the  doorway  was  subsequently  blocked  up,  for  the  grooves  seem  to 
have  been  filled  in  with  small  stones  and  clay.  The  floor  of  the  room  consisted  simply  of  a  hard 
earthen  pavement. 


THE  ARCHITFXJTURE  77 

Nothing  was  fou.i.l  in  the  apse,  and  I  do  not  know  what  the  particidar  use  of  this  small  roora  wa*<. 

The  western  part  of  the  foundation  in  this  region  is  not  preserved,  having  been  destroyed  to  make 

way  for  a  wall  of  the  Thir.l  Late  Hella.iic  Period.     The  restoration  of  the  apse  in  Figure  110  is, 

nevertheless,  certain. 

The  chief  importance  of  the  foundation  just  described  lies  in  the  fact  that  it  gives  in  Southern 

Greece  (so  far  as  I  know)  the  first  complete  ground-plan  of  a  house  of  1  he  period  t<.  which  Minyan 


3 

-+- 


5  M. 


Fkhiiik  110.     V\.\s  OK  Hnnsi:  It  asi>  Hodsf.  F,  KoHAKon,  Mn>i>LK  IIrixadk-  PKHioh. 


ware  belongs.  Walls  of  this  same  period  hav(>,  indeed,  luen  found  elsewhere,  especially  at  Drcho- 
menos,  hut  in  no  ease  were  I  hey  well  enough  preserved  to  allow  a  certain  reconst  met  ion  of  the 
plan.  It  is,  therefore,  interesting  to  note  thai  in  (he  Minyan  or  .Middle  llelladic  Period  the  meg- 
aron  type  of  house  was  in  use  at  Korakou.     Whether  this  type  of  hou.-ie  originated  in  the  Middle 


78 


KORAKOU 


Hellaclic  Period  or  goes  back  to  a  still  earlier  date  (Early  Hellaiiic)  camiol  l)e  est.il.lislinl  Inun  the 
evidence  available  at  present.  Its  later  development,  however,  can  easily  l>c  I  raced,  and  it  be- 
comes dear  that  in  the  Late  Helladic  (or  Mycenaean)  Period  tiie  nieKaron-house  is  adopted  as  the 
repidar  form  of  i-onstnn-tion.  The  only  important  change  whicii  will  i)e  ol)served  there  is  that 
the  apse  of  the  Minyaii  plan  has  been  slrainhtened  out  in  the  Mycenaean  house  lo  make  a  rec- 
tangular end. 

Nut  all  the  houses  of  the  Middle  Helladic  Period,  however,  had  an  apsidal  end.  Just  west  of 
IIdusc  !•'  described  iibove,  a  small  fo\inilation  was  laid  bare,  in  which  both  ends  are  rectanp;idar. 
This  buildiuK  (House  B,  Fin-  UttJ,  with  walls  similar  to  those  of  House  F,  but  even  thinner 
(they  measure  only  0.27  ni.  in  thickness),  has  a  length  of  4.40  ni.  and  is  2.00  iii.  wide.  (The 
interior  dimensions  are  approximately  3.90  m.  X  l.riO  ni.)  There  is  only  one  room.  Nothing 
w:is  found  in  it  .'^ave  a  few  potsherds  of  Minyan  ware  lyinn  f)n  (he  floor  of  beaten  (>arth.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  door  is  not  certain,  though  it  may  have  been  in  the  cast  wall  near  the  south  corner,  at 


y^  ■  V-  ■  - 

FiauRE  111.     Gener.\l  View  of  House  F  iiiom  the  .South. 

a  point  where  a  small  section  of  the  wall  is  at  pre.sent  missing.  A  threshold  block  may  perhaps 
have  been  removed  at  this  point.  This  house  seems  altogether  too  small  for  a  dwelling;  its  proxim- 
ity and  relation  to  House  F  suggest  that  it  belonged  to  the  latter,  possibly  as  a  storehouse  or  a 
stable. 

Passing  along  the  front — that  is  the  south  end — of  House  F  and  House  B  is  an  area  paved  with 
small  pebbles,  ranging  from  1.60  m.  to  more  than  2.00  m.  wide  and  boiuuled  on  the  south  by  a  wall 
whicli  runs  east  and  west.  This  is  imdoubtedly  a  street,  for  it  can  be  traced  several  metres  farther 
eastward  as  well  as  a  short  distance  to  the  west.  Its  direction  does  not,  however,  correspond 
exactly  with  the  oricniatiou  of  House  F.  The  \v:ill  limiting  the  street  on  the  south  Ix'loiigs,  no 
doubt,  lo  another  house.  It  appears,  then,  that  the  village  of  the  Middle  Helladic  Period  consisted 
of  small  houses  placed  close  together  and  separated  by  narrow  streets. 

East  of  House  F  part  of  the  foundation  of  another  building  was  laiil  bare  at  a  lower  level.  The 
western  half  of  this  foundation  lies  underneath  House  F  and  consequently  could  not  be  cleared. 
The  building  is  oriented  north  and  south,  and  both  ends  are  rectangular.  Mea.suring  approxi- 
mately (VTO  m.  in  length,  it  is  of  the  megaron  type  and  contains  two  small  rooms  behind  a  narrow 


THE  ARCHITECTURE  79 

portico  (P5g.  1 10).  U  is  possible  that  the  fewstones  interpreted  in  the  plan  as  indic-ating  a  dividing 
wall  are  in  reality  mereij'  chance  stones  fallen  from  thesirie  wall;  in  that  case  we  should  have,  in- 
stead of  two  small  rooms,  a  single  large  room  behind  the  portico.  The  floor  of  this  earlier  houne 
was,  like  that  of  House  F,  formed  simply  of  hard  earth.  The  pottery  found  here  was  chiefly 
Minyan  ware;  a  small  jar  of  coarse,  unpainted  ware  stood  in  the  southeast  corner  of  tin-  portii-o. 
paitly  Slink  into  a  hole  in  the  iloor. 

In  a  pit  alxmt  fifteen  metres  farther  to  the  west  (Plan,  Platk  VIII,  just  west  of  House  H;,  at  a 
depth  of  1.2.')  m.,  another  ap.-^e  was  uncovered.  It  seems  to  form  the  west  end  of  a  house  which 
faced  the  east.  The  wall  is  0.50  m.  thick.  The  northern  part  of  the  ajwe  is  not  preserved,  appar- 
ently liaving  been  torn  out  in  order  to  give  place  to  later  walls,  but  the  width  of  the  room  was 
api)roximately  4.00  ni.  No  cross  wall  separate.s  the  apse  from  the  rest  of  the  house  to  the  ejwt  of 
it  up  to  the  ]K)int  reached  l)y  our  digging  {en.  1 .2.")  m.  l)eyond  the  l)a.se  of  the  ap.-<e).  A  well-ina<le 
floor  of  hard  packed  earth  was  found,  on  and  above  which  lay  numerous  fragments  of  Minyan 
pottery. 

Thirty  to  forty  metres  still  farther  westward  pit  S  was  .sunk  through  a  small  room  in  a  house  of 
the  Middle  Helladic  Period.  Oidy  the  northern  and  so\ithern  walls  of  the  room  were  fountl,  being 
ca.  2.  IH  m.  apart  and  roughly  parallel.  The  walls  stand  0.10  m.  above  the  level  of  the  floor,  which 
is  a  hard  earth  pavement,  and  extend  0..S0  m.  deej)  below  the  floor.  In  the  room.  i.e..  betwj-^-n 
the  I  wii  walls,  distant  0.43  m.  from  the  south  wall,  is  a  raised  hearth,  roughly  circular,  which  meas- 
ures ().").")  ni.  in  diametei'.  The  heart li  is  made  of  small  stoiu's  and  broken  potslu'rds  .set  in  clay 
above  pebbles,  all  covered  with  clay  whidi  on  to])  is  baked  hani  by  fire.  Of  the  sherds  used  in 
building  the  hearth  eight  are  of  Minyan  and  two  of  Mat  I  pain  ted  ware.  It  ma\  b^'  iw.t.'.l  il.ii  tin- 
hearth  is  not  in  the  centre  of  the  room. 

Nmnerous  other  walls  of  the  Middle  Helladic  Period  were  uncovered,  hut  none  calls  for  particular 
description  here.  In  summing  up  the  architecture  of  the  Middle  Helladic  Period  at  Korakou  it 
may  be  said  that  the  megaron  type  of  house  i)revails,  l)uill  of  unbaked  brick  laid  on  a  light  stoiu' 
foundation.  Two  houses  are  seen  to  have  rectangidar  enils;  two  are  apsidal.  In  two  cases  a 
vestibule  leads  into  the  megaron.  The  floor  consists  of  a  layer  of  hard  clayey  earth.  The  hearth, 
in  the  two  instances  found,  is  not  in  the  centre  of  the  room.  No  traces  of  columns  to  support  the 
roof  were  found.  In  the  case  of  House  F,  at  least,  the  roof  m.ay  well  have  been  of  the  tyi)e  whidi 
Holland'  calls  a  "hoop-roof." 

lllinn   STRATUM— L.\TE    ill.I.I.ADh     i'F.HloO 

As  already  stated,  a  large  ariui  in  the  central  i)arl  of  the  site  was  clearecl  to  a  depth  of  ca.  O.M  m. 

A  very  great  numl)er  of  foundation  walls  belonging  to  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Perioil  were 
revealed,  running  in  all  ilindinns  and  funning  a  complex  and  pu/./ling  nuize.  It  is  just  such  a 
maze  as  one  might  expect  on  a  ch)sely  iidiabited  site,  where  many  small  lu.u.ses  are  ccuistaiilly 
being  rei)aire<l,  eidarged,  and  rebuilt.  The  complexity  is  increa.xed  by  tlie  fact  that  a  large  pn)- 
porlion  of  these  walls  now  stand  isolated,  having  no  apparent  connection  with  other  walls.  This 
is  due  chiefly  to  the  proximity  of  the  remains  to  the  prc-sent  surface  of  the  ground,  nmny  of  them 
being  covered  by  no  more  than  tiflcrn.or  ten. or  even  live  i>entimel.res of  soil.     Consefiuently.uinoc 

'/I../.  .1.,  XXIV,  1920,  |).  :i20. 


80  KdRAKOU 

tlic  site  lias  long  been  iisetl  as  a  eiiltivateti  field,  most  of  the  higlier  stones  have  been  torn  out.  by 
the  ploiiRh  or  reniovetl  l>y  the  cnllivator  himself  beeause  they  formed  obstaeles  to  ploiighin}-;.  In 
:i<lilition  a  very  considerable  amount  of  stone  was  extracted  within  the  memory  of  the  present 
owner  of  the  field,  an<l  of  ids  falhi-r,  in  order  to  supply  building  material  during  the  construction 
of  the  modern  town  i>f  New  Corinth.  The  greater  (lart  of  the  walls  are,  therefore,  so  hopelessly 
denuilishcd  that  it  is  no  lunger  possible  to  recognize  the  plan  of  the  houses  to  wliirh  llicy  once 
l>elonged.  In  a  nundn-r  of  cases,  however,  where  the  state  of  preservation  is  better,  the  idan  can 
in  the  nnun  be  made  out. 
(1)  HoisK  L     (plan,  Fig.  112) 

During  the  excavation  of  the  trial  trenches  it  was  observcil  lliat  i)it  L  at  a  dcptli  of  ().'M)  ni.  cut 
directly  through  a  well-trodden  floor-level  and  the  edge  of  a  hearth.  I'urt her  search  in  tlic  ncigli- 
borhood  .soon  brought  to  light  the  walls  of  the  hoii.se  to  which  these  belonged.  The  house  is  of  the 
megaron  type,  con.sisting  of  a  fore-hall  or  portico,  a  vestibule,  and  a  large  room  or  megaron,  behind 
which  there  was  probably  an  additional  chand)er.  This  latter  is  not  very  clear,  for,  owing  to  the 
activity  of  zealous  seekers  after  Imilding  stones,  it  is  not  possible  to  stale  with  absolute  certainty 
where  the  rear  wall  of  the  hou.sc  stood.  Fortunatelj',  however,  the  walls  on  the  other  sides  are 
comparativelj-  well  jireserved. 

These  walls  are  Ijuilt  of  rough,  imshaped  stones  hiid  in  clay  or  nuid.  They  are  not  very  high, 
t  he  total  height  measiu'ing  only  0.40  ni.  to  0.50  m.,  approximately  one-half  of  which  projects  above 
the  floor-level  of  the  hou.se.  The  average  width  of  the  walls  is  0.48  m.  At  corners  and  at  jmut.ions 
with  cros.s-walls  nuich  larger  stones  arc  used  than  elsewhere  in  the  con.struetion.  It  is  for  this 
rea.son  that  the  corners  are  usually  demolished,  since  the  larger  stones  were  greatly  preferred  by 
the  modern  Corinthian  builders.  The  present  top  of  the  wall,  which  is  practically  level  and  fin- 
ished olT,  is  doubtless  the  original  top,  the  wall  having  been,  of  course,  only  the  socle  suppoiting  a 
superstructure  of  crude  brick.  Practically  nothing  of  this  latter  is  preserved.  A  general  view 
of  the  foiuidations  as  they  now  appear  is  shown  in  Figure  113. 

Before  describing  t  he  house  in  tlctail,  it  maj-  be  pointed  out  that  two  periods  can  be  distinguished, 
though  not  separated  by  a  long  interval  of  time,  nor  marked  by  any  serious  architectural  alteration.' 

At  the  south  end  the  house  is  6.05  m.  wide  including  the  walls,  aod  5.09  m.  measured  inside; 
farther  north  it  narrows  to  4.72  m.  interior  and  5.70  m.  over  all,  as  the  two  side  walls  are  not  exactly 
parallel.  Up  to  the  north  end  of  the  megaron  the  building  is  en.  10.20  m.  long;  but  including  the 
rear  chamber  indicated  by  scanty  remains  still  surviving  to  the  north  it  attains  a  total  length  of  ca. 
14.30  m. 

The  portico  is  1.35  m.  deep,  bomided  on  either  side  by  an  anta-like  projection  of  the  side  walls 
of  t  he  ho\ise.  The  antae  are  built  of  vei'v  large  stones,  that  on  the  east,  in  part  icular,  being  formed 
of  one  block  with  dimensions  of  0.075  m.  X  1.025  m.  In  the  portico  midway  between  the  two  antae 
is  a  flat  stone  which  uniloubti'illy  served  as  the  base  of  a  wooden  pill.-ir  support  inji  the  roof. 

The  front  wall,  0.42  m.  thick,  is  made  of  small  stones  in  its  upper  part,  hut  thelowei-  part,  which 
is  ajiparently  earlier  in  date,  seems  to  be  of  somewhat  moie  solid  construction.  A  dooiway, 
1.05  m.  wide,  may  be  distinguished  at  a  di.stance  of  1.18  m.  from  the  east  wall.  In  the  later  period 

>  The  floor-level  of  the  later  period  is  from  0.05  m.  to  0.10  m.  higher  than  that  of  the  earlier;  the  hearth  has  been 
oxtendcil  a  little  farther  to  the  north;  and  this  nooessitated  the  insertion  of  a  new  coluinn-hase  hoyoiid  the  heartli. 
It  is  possible,  too,  that  the  inner  wall  of  the  vestibule  belongs  to  tlie  period  of  reconstruction. 


THE   ARCHITECTURE 


81 


^V_V-V-Vi^. 


mentione(J  above,  its  threshold  was  paved  with 
small  stones;  in  the  earlier  stage,  however,  the 
threshold  consisted  of  a  large  block  of  hard  lime- 
stone on  which  was  cut  a  sill,  as  well  as  a  pivot- 
hole  for  the  door.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  door 
is  not  in  the  centre  of  tlic  wall  hut  is  pushed  far 
over  toward  one  side.  This  was,  no  doubt,  condi- 
tioned by  the  practical  consideration  of  avoiding 
the  pillar  which  stood  in  the  axisoftlie  shallow 
l)()rtico,  where  it  w()\ild  have  proved  a  serious 
obstacle  to  free  passage  through  a  central  door. 

The  small  vestibule  into  which  this  door  opens 
is  1.36  m.  deep  on  the  east  side  and  1.20  m.  on 
t  he  west.  It  was  roughly  paved  with  loose  stones 
in  the  central  part  ami  t<i  the  west  ;  in  the  eastern 
section  no  pavement  was  found.  In  I  he  sovith- 
west  corner  is  a  rectangidar  foundation  mea.siu'- 
iiig  0.95  m.  X  O.o7  m.  raised  slightly  above  the 
pavement.      Its  jjurposf  cduld  not  he  made  out. 

The  north  wall  of  the  vestibule  is  rather  irreg- 
ular, consisting  of  two  sections  ime<|ual  in  thick- 
ness and  not  constructetl  in  the  sanu-  line.  (This 
wall,  as  already  remarked,  belongs  perhaps  to 
the  later  stage  of  the  house.)  The  western  i)ail 
lias  a  thickness  of  0.42  m.;  the  eastern  part  is 
only  0.30  m.  wide  and  lies  farther  to  the  north. 
Between  these  two  walls  is  a  space  of  1.(12  m. 
where  the  door-opening  nnist  have  been.  Within 
this  lies  a  small  stone  in  which  is  cut  a  rovuid 
]iivot-hole.  The  clear  space  to  the  west  is  only 
en.  0.64  m.  wide;  to  the  east,  on  the  other  hand, 
there  is  a  space  of  approxi- 
mately 0.98  m.  It  seems 
likely,  therefore,  that,  if  the 

liivot-stone  is  in  its  origiTial       y     ^     : . 

position,  the  wall  on  the 
west  originally  extended  to 
the  stone,  while  the  door  swung  on  the  side  to  the  east.  Its  position  would  then  fall  approxi- 
mately in  the  axis  of  the  megaron  (actually  only  O.O.'i  m.  west  of  the  axis).  In  any  ease,  however. 
l)ersons  entering  were  oi)liged  to  ero.ss  the  vestil)ule  diagonally  in  order  to  reach  the  miTjaroii. 
Two  reasons  in  explanation  of  this  arrangement  suggest  themselves,  without  implying  tluU  there 
u(  re  IK. I  others  eqtuilly  good.  In  the  first  place,  it  eiis\ncd  more  privacy  in  the  megaron  or  living 
room  of  the  house,  by  making  it  impossible  for  a  ch.'ince  pas.ser-i)y  to  look  directly  into  the  nH.m. 

7 


4 

— t- 


5M. 


KicuuK   ll_'.     I'ns  OK  IlorsK  L,  THiun  L\Ti.  Un.i.Kiii.-  I'luion. 


82 


KORAKOU 


even  thoiigli  both  iloors  should  be  open.     In  the  second  place,  and  this  is  a  more  practical  consid- 
eration, it  prevented  a  direct  draught  from  reaching  the  hearth. 

Tlie  mcgaron  is  a  larcc  niom  with  an  avcraRO  width  of  4.84  m.  and  a  length  of  co.  6.59  ni.  Its 
lldor  is  compo.sed  of  trodden  earth.  Opposite  the  entrance, in  the  axis  of  the  room,  stands  a  shaped 
colli  mn-ba.se  of  soft  greenish  stone,  its  centre  being  ca.  2.00  in.  fi  mn  I  he  doorway.  llic  lower  i):u  I 
of  the  stone,  which  mea.snres  0.71  in.  across,  is  only  roughly  circiihir  in  form.  The  upixr  inut, 
more  carefully  worked  into  a  columnar  shape,  rises  0.10  m.  above  1  he  lower  i)art  and  has  a  diametiT 
of  0.4.">  m.     This  part  jirojected  aiuive  the  Hoor  and  protected  the  wooden  column,  which  it  no 


Figure  113.     Gf.\er,\l  View  of  House  L  from  the  South,  Thiiu)  L.vte  Hei.ladio  PEnion. 

doubt  supported,  from  injury  throu^li  contact  with  moisture  on  tlie  call  hen  floor.  The  liases  is 
(piitc  similar,  excej)!  in  material,  to  llie  well-known  colunin-liases  i'onnd  at  .M\een:i(',  at  'I'iryns, 
and  on  the  .\cro])()Iis  at,  Athens. 

Farther  northward  (2.(10  m.  measured  from  centre  to  centre)  is  a  flat  stone  with  dimensions  of 
0.40  m.  X  0.38  m.  This  appears  to  have  served  as  a  second  cohnim-base,  btit  at  an  earlier  date 
than  (he  final  occupation  of  the  house;  for  the  later  hearth  extends  partly  over  it.  The;  earlier 
hearth,  on  the  contrary,  does  not  reach  it.  Belonging  definitely  to  t  he  later  period  of  the  house, 
however,  is  another  flat  stone  still  farther  to  the  north  (0.70  m.  centre  to  centre  from  the  first)  in 
which  may  be  recognized  the  corresjjonding  column-base  of  the  later  i>eriod.     Roughly  square, 


THE   ARCHITECTURE  83 

ineasurin{j  0..3G  ni.  X  0.37  m.,  it  lies  well  beyond  the  hearth  and  was  iintloiihtedly  iiitende<l  to 
support  a  iiillar. 

The  hearth  occupies  the  centre  of  the  room,  between  the  two  eohuiin-liases.  The  later  hearth 
is  ca.  0.10  ni.  higher  in  level  and  slightly  larger  than  the  earlier;  irregular  in  shape,  it  Ua^  a  diameter 
of  ca.  1 .00  111.  It  is  made  of  a  bed  of  clay,  in  which  was  laid  a  pavement  of  coarse  pot  siierds,  pebbles, 
etc.,  all  coveied  now  with  a  liberal  amount  of  ashes.  The  surface  was  pruetically  level.  The 
earlier  heart li, on  the  contrary,. seems  Iniilt  with  a  depression  toward  its  centre.  ,\ro»ind  the  hearth 
were  found  iiiiiiicrous  fragments  of  a  very  large  ])ithos  ( l"ig.  10(1).  and  many  polslu-rds,  fnun  wlii.h 
it  was  ])ossible  to  put  together  seven  whole  vases. 

Tiie  iiortli  wall  of  the  megaron  is  not  well  |)rescivcd.  Both  ends  are  missing, and  the  side  walls 
are  also  demolished  at  the  jioinl  where  liie  cross  wall  should  meet  them,  no  doubt  because  the 
corn(>rs  were  liuilt  of  large  stones  whi<-ii  otTcred  too  good  material  to  be  overlooked  by  tlu'  modern 
peasants.  The  cent  i;il  part  of  tlie  wall  wiiich  still  survives  is  3.90  m.  long.  There  appears  to  be  a 
thresliold  ill  it  (l..'i2  III.  from  the  east  line  of  the  room  and  l.tiO  m.  long)  indicating  that  a  door 
openeil  to  the  north. 

Of  the  rear  chamber  relatively  very  little  now  remains.  The  east  wall  is.  indi-ed.  preserved 
almost  intact.  It  does  not  continue  exactly  the  line  followed  by  the  east  wall  of  the  megaron; 
but  a  fil.iiice  at  the  plan  of  other  iiouses  at  Korakou  will  show  (hat  perfectly  straight  lines  were 
(he  excc])tioii  rather  than  the  rule  in  ordinary  dwellings  of  the  Third  Late  Helladie  Period.  At 
the  north  end  of  this  wall  there  are  traces  of  a  corntT  and  of  the  beginning  of  a  wall  nnuiing  west- 
ward. ( )i)i)osite  this  corner  and  approximately  in  line  with  the  west  side  wall  of  the  house  two 
stones  of  fair  size  seem  to  be  in  nitu  at  a  point  where  the  corresponding  northwest  corner  might  be 
expected.  Of  a  west  wall.  Iiowcm'i,  there  is  no  trace.  Reconstructing  the  chand)er  from  these 
scanty  remains  we  obtain  a  room  apjiroximately  3.()0  m.  deep  and  en.  4.8')  ni.  wide.  Near  the 
iniildle  of  the  chandier  are  two  flat  .stones,  but  it  is  not  certain  that  they  served  a  structural  pur- 
jxise,  Kouiid  about  them  were  scattered  many  fragnuMits  of  a  huge  ()ithos  similar  to  that  fouiul 
in  the  megaron  (Fig.  107). 

(2)   House  P     (plan,  Fig.  Ill;  general  view,  Fig.  110) 

Considerably  larger  and  more  complicated  than  the  simple  Late  Helladie  dwelling  described 
above  is  House  P,  situated  some  forty  metres  farther  west  on  the  (op  of  (he  hill.  Here,  too,  some 
of  the  foundation  walls  are  missing,  and  (he  plan  is  further  involved  by  the  fact  that  at  least  two 
periods  of  occupation  seem  (o  b(>  represeiKed.  The  main  features  of  the  house  are  a  small  vestibule 
leading  into  a  large  megaron,  which  may  have  been  in  part,  at  least,  open  to  the  sky,  ami  behind 
this  two  rather  spacious  rooms  side  by  side.  Hou.se  P,  like  House  L,  is  oriented  ainio.st  directly 
noilliaiMlsDuih.aiKl  I  he  front  entrance  is  on  the  south  side.  The  walls  of  I  Io\ise  Pare  const  rueled 
like  those  of  House  L.  They  vary  from  0.4.')  m.  to  O.oO  m.  in  thickness  and  project  O.IT)  m.  to 
().'20  III.  above  the  floor.  The  unbaked  bricks  of  which  t  he  superstructure  wi-  l..iili  l,-.\  .•  \  m.- 
islicd,  leaving  but  scaiii>   trarc-.. 

The  floor,  like  that  (M  House  I„  consisted,  except  for  the  small  i)i<'ce  of  cobblestone  pavement 
iiKiitioiK'd  below,  of  trodden  eartii  »v  clay.     This  floor  was  freipiently  renewed;  when  (Uie  layer 

was  worn  out  or  became  unsalislactory  for  odier  reasons  a  new  carpe(  was  easily  |)U(  <lo« 

(  he  form  of  a  fresh  laver  of  chi,\-. 


s-t 


KORAKOU 


10  M. 

—t 


iMciuRR  111.     Plan  op  Hoose  P,  Third  Late  Helladic  Peuiod. 


Till';   AHCHITECTUHE  g5 

<)..ts,d?flK.  front  duurMM.IjusMo  the  west  of  it,  close  against  the  wall.isala,,,n.w:UerinKtn^ 
or  wasl.tul,  ,  ut  uul  ut  a  l,!.,,!.  of  soft  limestone.     It  is  oval  in  shape.  n.easurinK  0.75  n..  in  v^i.i.h 
by  1.4.}  .„.  .1,  Unnlh,  an,!  the  sides  have  an  average  thickness  of  O.K)  „,.     Th.-  trough  ha«  a  d.ptl. 
of  0.35  m.  nisuie.     At  its  west  end  at  the  bottom  then-  is  a  hole  for  .Moptying.     The  trough  is 
cracked  m  several  places  and  some  small  pieces  are  missing  (Fig.  1 1.^). 

A  rough  cobblestone  pavement  occupies  the  space  befor..  the  door.  The  Ihreshol.l  il.-.,.|f  is  n«.l 
preserved,  but  in  the  front  wall  of  the  v,.stibul,.  there  is  a  depression  2.10  n..  wide,  probablv  mark- 
ing the  place  fro>n  which  a  large  t  luvshold  block  was  at  some  time  removed.  The  gap  in  tiie  wall 
is,  however,  doubtless  considerably  wi.ler  than  the  actual  .loorway.  Th.-  v.-.stib.de  is  a  sn.all  room 
4.()U  111.  wide  with  a  d.  ptli  of  ;i.lOin.    The  walls  at  the  southwest  corner  have  been  .lemoli>lud.  and 


FlGUKE    Ho.       \\.\.-.HTUB    OK    WaTEKI.NU     1  KoUUH    utlTBIDE   HoCSE    P. 


tlie  exact  reccHislnictioii  ol  tlic  plan  at  this  point  is  not  certain.  .\  depression  in  the  north  wall 
opposite  I  lie  e.xtcrior  door  |)resuiiialily  indicates  the  position  of  the  inner  door  opening  into  liie 
niegaroii. 

Passing  through  the  vestilmle  one  enli'rs  a  s|)acious  megaroii  approximately  S.(HI  m.  >t|uaii-. 
( 'utting  into  its  southwest  angle  is  the  corner  of  a  room  which  lies  to  the  west  of  the  veslibide  and 
which  may,  perhaps,  belong  to  another  Imilding.  The  room,  measuring  tvi.  3.t>5  m.  X  4.01)  m., 
(•onlaine(l  nothing  of  note,  and  its  relation  to  House  I'  could  not  be  determined.  H«'tween  this 
room  anil  the  vestiliule  is  a  narrow  corridor.  There  was  nothing  to  indicate  its  purpose;  perhaps 
a  stairway  at  this  point  led  to  an  upper  story.  \{  the  southeast  corner  of  the  megaron.  for  a  dis- 
tance of  3.50  m.,  no  trace  of  an  enclosing  wall  was  found.  .\  wall  no  doubt  originally  exislwl  here, 
however,  and  its  disappearance  may  be  ascrii)ed  to  the  activity  of  modern  builders  seeking  nuilc- 
rial.     Till'  restoration  in  the  plan  is  j)urely  conjectural. 

.\|)proxiniately  in  the  centre  of  the  megaron  is  a  hearth  of  considerable  size.  It  is  rotighly 
s<piare  in  shajic  (1.3(>  m.  X  1.37  m.),  made  of  a  layer  of  pebbles  and  potsherds,  chiefly  the  liUler. 
set  in  clay  with,  naturally,  a  covering  of  ashes.  There  is  n  slight  concavity  toward  the  centre  of 
the  hearth,  and  round  the  eilge  is  a  sort  of  rim  of  clay.  The  hearth  appears  in  the  cent  re  of  Figure 
117,  which  presents  a  general  \iew  of  the  megaron  from  the  southeast. 


86 


KOHAKOU 


Distant  l.'Jd  in.  norlli  of  llic  licarlli  :in.l  in  llic  axis  (if  the  room  is  a  cul  .■nluinn-liasc  of  soft 
(jn-onish  stono  liki-  that  .lcsciil)c.l  al>ovc  in  tlic  nictiaron  of  House  1..  It  is  ciroilai  in  iilaii,  0.15 
ni.  in  <lijinK-lcr,  ami  (»..«  m.  Iii^li  (Vifi.  118).  Of  tills  hoijilit,  from  O.la  m.  lo  O.-'O  ni.  proji-cti-il 
alx.vc  the  floor  of  tin-  room.  This  ••olumn-liasr  differs  slinlilly  from  that  in  Hon.sc  L  in  that  the 
whole  stone  is  iiere  siiaped  into  colnmnar  form,  wiiile  in  House  L  only  the  upper  i)art  of  the  Ijloek 
is  earofully  rdiinded,  tiie  lower  part  \h-[u]s.  left  roiigh. 

To  the  north  of  the  eoluinn-hase,  distant  oidy  (1.20  m..  i>  a  liat-loppeii  pialform  composed  of 
reddish  earth  ami  ashes  im-hnlinc  some  pehhles  and  a  ^ood  many  jxitsherds,  mostly  of  rather  fine 
fabrie.'     .\  layer  of  loose  sea  jiebblcs  forms  the  top  of  the  ])latforni.  which  reaches  the  same  level 


I'louuE  llti.     C!i;.\ER.\L  \'ii;\v  of  Housk  I'  khom  thk  Southwest.     (The  uoy  i.s  sitting  on  the  shaped  column- 
base). 


asthe  topof  thecolumu-base  (Fi^.  118).  The  i)lalforni  is  appro.ximately  square,  measuring  l.iU  m. 
on  a  side.  On  the  west  side  it  has  a  retaining  wall  or  frame  built  of  three  small  stone  slabs  set 
on  edge.  On  the  other  sides  nothing  resembling  a  frame  appeared,  save  for  a  single  rough  stone 
near  the  northeast  corner.  Nothing  could  be  made  out  with  certainty  as  to  the  pmpose  of  this 
platform.  It  seems,  however,  to  have  some  relation  to  the  shaped  column-base,  or  "baetylos," 
and  may  perhaps  have  been  used  as  a  sacrificial  table  or  altar. 

In  the  northwest  part  of  the  megaron  is  a  peculiar  construction  in  the  form  of  two  strips  paved 
with  pebbles  and  potsherds,  meeting  in  a  right  angle.  The  north  strip  is  1.50  ni.  long,  that  on  the 
west  3.00  m.     The  actual  corner  itself  is  missing,  apparently  having  been  demolished.     The  sf  rif) 

'  In  tlic  edge  of  tlie  platform  :iiid  Ijctwccn  it  and  the  column-base  were  found  a  ^ood  many  carbonized  olive-i)it«. 


THE  AHCHlTlXTUHt:  S7 

is  ()..{()  lM^^vi,l..  MM.l  .onsisls  .,f  „„T.-ly  one  layer  of  pd.l.lc-s  an.l  i-.,ar«e  .sl.cr.ls  set  in  day  i..  (he  rto..r 
..t  I  he  .n.Kai..!,.  It  has  (■.,ns(.,,u,.n(ly  a  hn^Ui  of  rather  less  thai,  0.05  i...  The  pur|iose  of  ».hi« 
airai.}i.n...nt  .■..,,1,1  not  be  .letenui.ied  from  t  he  evi.lenre  at  hai..l:l,ut  it  luav  |,-rha,.s  haveserv.-.! 
as  the  foun.iation  of  a  low  bench  rouii.l  the  pillar-base  an.l  the  "altar.-  The  l.ei.eh  itself  iniKht 
hav,.  b,.,.ii  ma.!,,  of  .ru.!..  bri.ks,  or  possibly  woo.l,  with  fol.led  eloths  as  a  euveriii(5;  or  skins  may 
have  been  sprea.l  tiireetly  on  the  pebble  pavenu-nt.  No  traee  of  a  similar  construction  was  founil 
on  the  east  and  .south  sides  of  the  niegaron. 

I.e.ss  than  half  a  metre  north  of  the  strip  of  pebbles  is  the  n..rth  wall  of  the  mepiron.  behind 
which  are  two  rear  chambers.  The  .l....r  from  each  chamber  seems  to  have  been  at  its  .southeast 
corner.     l'..r,  although  there  is  no  clear  indication  of  a  .loorway,  in  each  ca,<e  near  the  southeasl 


Figure  117.     tiicsLUAL  \  ii.u   oi   nit,  .Mi,(..vuu.n  uk  IIousk  P  fh.jm   iiit  .SoiTiitAsT. 


corner  for  a  distance  of  more  than  l.2o  m.  (he  wall  is  ca.  0.;i()  m.  lower  than  elsewhere.  This 
suggests  that  a  large  threshold  Idock  may  have  been  removed  at  each  of  the.se  two  point> 

A  small  round  pit,  iiulicated  in  the  i)lan  (Fig.  1 14)  close  to  the  eastern  wall  of  the  menain...  <ii;i\ 
be  subsecpuMit  to  the  Mycenaean  perio.l.  Hlack  glaze.l  Clreek  potsher.ls  were  found  in  it,  at  any 
rate,  several  al  the  very  bottom.  Tlic  pit,  whi.'li  is  line.l  with  a  thick  coal  of  re<ltiish  clay,  i- 
about  O.GO  m.  .leep  an.l  has  a  diameter  of  0.70  m.  It  is  very  well  and  regidarly  ma.le,and  the  bot- 
tom is  grailually  r.iunded  off.  If  it  existed  in  the  period  .)f  the  megaron.  it  may  have  been  used 
for  storage,  or  perhaps,  for  holding  a  large  pithos.  ' 

The  large  size  of  the  megaron  (8.10  ni.  X  8.20  ni.)  inunediately  raises  the  pr(>l>len)  of  nmfini;, 
and  the  question  must  be  asked:  Was  the  room  covered  or  open  to  the  sky?  A  certain  amount 
of  evidence  appears  to  favor  the  first  alternative,  namely,  that  the  megaron  was  provided  with  a 
simple  roof.  South  of  the  hearth  are  two  fair-sized  Hat  stones,  one  roughly  circular,  the  other 
roughly  rectangidar,  2.00  m.  apart,  centre  to  centre  (Fig.  117and  plan,  Fig.  Ill):anil  r«i.  l.'iOni. 
farther  west  in  line  with  t  li.in  is  a  fragment  .>f  wall  near  the  corner  of  the  chamber  which  pniject!* 
int.)  the  .southwest  angle  of  the  megaron.  To  the  east  of  the  hearth,  distant  r«.  I.U)  ni.  from  il.s 
rim,  and  slightly  less  than  2.00  m.  north  .if  the  rectangular  stone  mentioned  alxive.  is  n  rather 
solid  block  of  limesl.me  will,  a  Mat  l.ip.     ( '.>nl itiuini;  2.(M)  m.  still  farther  northwanl  we  find  in  a 


S8 


KOUAKOU 


fniKiiifhl  uf  wall  a  secinul  similar  l>l..ck.  On  I  lie  west  side  .if  llio  mcfiaroii  also,  just  west  of  tin- 
strip  of  pi'lilili's  and  potslicnls  ilosciilKMl  ahovi-,  is  another  fiannu-iil  of  wall  containiii}!;  a  fairly 
lar(jc  sloni'.  These  flat.  slt)nes  were  alinust  eertaiiily  (iesifjned  to  serve  as  bases  for  wooden  posts 
supporlinnalinht  roof.  Two  arrannenients  subtlest  themselves  as  possible.  There  may  liavelucri 
merely  a  .simple  eovered  i-olonnade  ninninn  round  tlie  sides  of  the  niejiaron,  leaving  the  central 
hearth  open  to  the  sky ;  or  the  whole  area  may  have  been  roofed,  with  the  eenlral  jHirtion  jierhap.s 
slijjhlly  elevated,  forminn  a  elerestory  to  provide  light.  The  roof  was  probably  built  of  reeds, 
plastereil  with  elay,  laid  aero.'^s  rafters  which,  in  turn,  rested  on  the  posts.  It  seems  likely  that  one 
or  two  pillar-bases  are  mi.s.sing  on  the  west  side.  .Arounil  the  colonnade  the  sikui  of  the  rafters 
would,  then,  nowhere  be  greater  than  2.0(1  m.      If.  however,  the  central   >|)acc  above  the  hearth 


>.\.    .o,-.<-T5afc^"'>'.*t1 


I'^IOURE    lis.      iSuAl'liD   C0LUMN'-B.\SE    .\N'D    PLATFORM    PaVED   WITH    PeBBLES   IN   MeGARON    OF   lloUSE    P. 


were  roofed,  this  would  involve  a  s))an  of  ca.  3.70  ni.;  but  this  is,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  less  (lian  the 
span  which  nuist  have  been  necessary  in  t  he  two  rear  cham1)ers. 

The  position  of  the  doors  leading  into  tlie.sc  two  chambers  has  ahead}-  been  mentioned.  The 
two  rooms  themselves  are  both  spacious  apartments,  though  not  exactly  of  the  same  size.  For, 
as  may  l)e  seen  in  the  plan  (Fig.  114),  the  re;ir  line  is  not  i)er|)endicidar  to  the  side  walls,  but  slants 
considerably  toward  the  southwest.  In  consequence  the  eastern  chamber  is  somewhat  larger 
than  the  western,  and  in  each  case  the  eastern  side  of  the  room  is  longer  than  t  lu;  western.  So  far 
as  could  be  observed,  there  was  no  door  between  the  two  chambers;  each  had  but  one  entrance, 
that  from  the  south. 

The  eastern  chamber  is  3.85  ni.  wide  and  has  an  average  length  of  6.45  m.  (6,75  m.  on  the  east, 
6.15  m.  on  the  west).  There  was  no  trace  of  a  cohnnn-base  in  it.  SomeW'hat  to  the  east  of  the 
middle  of  tlie  room  is  a  hearth  of  the  usual  construction,  roughly  1.00  m.  scjuare.  Close  to  the 
hearth  stood  a  small  flat  stone,  perhaps  used  to  support  cooking  vessels  taken  from  the  fire,  and 
nearby  lay  an  oidinary  small  saddlc-qucrn.  Against  the  east  wall  jtist  opposite  the  hearth  is  a 
low  elevation  with  a  top  layer  of  rather  coarse  sea  pebbles.  A  similarly  paved  area  (but  not  ele- 
vated above  the  floor)  occupied  the  southwest  corner  of  the  room.  The  pinpose  of  these  pebbles 
was  not  evident,  but  it  may  be  conjectured  that  the  corner  was  reserved  for  a  bed.     Scattered 


THE   AKCHITIX'TUKE  89 

I  liickly  aboiil  I  Ih-  hcaii  li  wric  imiiKTous  iR-sts  of  potshcids  wliicli  iillowi-d  ;i  mori-  or  less  i-oiiipli-lf 
icstorali(jii  of  Iwi'iity-four  vases.  Tliis  pottei->-  is  all  of  the  latest  type  of  the  'I'liirtI  Late  Helhulie 
Period  iUid,  althounh  not  of  iniicli  aeeoniit  from  an  artistic  |)oint  of  view,  is,  nevertheless,  vahiahle 
as  giving  a  representative  colleetion  of  the  ordinary  houscliold  ware  in  use  ul  the  end  of  the 
Mycenaean  sell  lenient  at  Korakou. 

The  western  (luunher,  ineasurinf?  cti.  I.OO  m.  in  width,  wilh  an  average  lennth  of  5.80  in.  (tau-t 
side,  ().[()  in.,  west  side,  o.oO  ni.),  was  still  more  hare  of  furnilin-e  than  the  eastern  apartment. 
Near  the  centre  of  the  room  is  a  hearth;  in  the  southwest  corner  an  area  paved  with  sea  pei)l)les 
(l)erhaps  another  bed);  but  apart  from  a  trianfjular  Hat-topped  stone  set  against  the  west  wall. 
nothing  further  was  found.  Potsherds  were  far  less  numerous  than  in  the  adjoining  room.  From 
this  it  ajjpears  that  the  cooking  of  the  household  was  carried  on  in  the  eastern  chamber,  and  the 
kitchen  utensils  stored  there,  while  the  W'estern  room  may  have  been  used  merely  as  a  sleeping 
ajjartmcnt  or  a  guest-cluunber.  It  may  also  be  suggested  that  the  large  hearth  in  the  meguron 
was  used  on  more  ceremonial  occasions,  jjerhaps  in  connection  with  religious  rites  about  the 
"baetylic"  pillar  .and  the  ''altar." 

It  is  possible  that  the  long  narrow  room  to  the  east  of  the  megaron  i  l''ig.  Ill)  aUo  belonge<l  lo 
House  P.  It  has  a  length  of  <j.8o  m.  and  an  averagt'  width  of  3.2.)  m.  In  the  long  smilh  wall,  near 
I  he  soul  heast  corner, is  a  depression  similar  to  those  descrii)(;d  above,  which,  it  was  suggested,  were 
furnied  by  (lie  rcinoN'al  of  a  thrcsliold  lilork.  The  interior  of  this  room  has  not  yel  bei-n  cleareil, 
and  conse(|uently  nothing  can  be  said  about  the  interior  arrangements.  If  the  room  diil  belong 
to  House  P,  it  may  perhaps  have  been  a  stable. 

The  much-ruined  walls  to  the  iiort  h  of  the  long  mom  mtiii  lo  belong  lo  a  dilTerent  system  from 
t  lull  of  House  P  and  n'])rescnt  at  least  two  ])eri()ds.  In  this  region  a  nundier  of  black-glazeil  tlreek 
sherds  were  fouml,  from  which  it  would  appear  that  the  demolished  state  of  the  Mycenaean  founda- 
tions dates  back  to  the  Hellenic  jjcriod. 

House  P  is  the  largest  and  most  jjretentious  establislinieiil  yet  excavateil  at  Korakou  and  was 
undoubtedly  the  home  of  a  very  subslanlial  citizen.  It  must,  nevertheless,  be  admitted  that  it 
is  certainly  a  far  cry  from  the  s|)lendor  of  the  royal  palaces  at  Tiryns  and  Mycenae  to  the  humble 
simplicity  of  this  jirivate  haliitation  at  Korakou.  The  chief  interest  and  the  importance  of  Hou>e 
P,  however,  lie  in  the  fact  that  we  have  here  a  fairly  complele  example  of  a  private  dwelling  from 
the  end  of  Mycenaean  times;  and  new  light  is  thus  thrown  on  the  conditions  of  life  in  a  period  le.ss 
familiarly  known,  but  archeologically  hardly  less  significant,  than  the  high  sea.son  of  Mycenaean 
prosperity. 

(3)  House  M     (plan.  Fig.  IH)) 

House  M  lies  just  east  of,  and  pai  allrl  to,  House  L,  separated  from  it  by  a  pa.ssage  or  alley  from 
2.0(1  111.  (o  '2.7.')  111.  wide.  A  dnui  inio  (lie  nu'garoii  of  Hou.sc  M  apparently  opened  from  this 
I)as.sage  and  is  con.seiiuently  in  the  long  side  of  the  hou.se.  There  is  no  vestibule,  such  as  app.'ars 
in  Houses  1.  and  P,  but  the  door  seems  lo  have  .set  into  a  slight  recess  in  tin-  wall. 

The  megaron  is  .')..")()  m.  witle  and  7.75  ni.  long,  but  these  nu-asurements  are  only  approximate, 
as  the  walls  are  not  perfectly  straight,  nor  are  the  corners  exactly  reetangtdar.  Furtherinore.it 
will  be  seen  from  the  plan  that  a  considerable  .section  of  the  east  wall  wilh  the  southeast  corner  is 
missing.     The  south  wall  adjoining  the  southwest  corner  i-  al-.  lacking  foi  m  di-i.me  of  1.7(t  m. 


90 


KORAKOU 


It  is  possililc  llial  :i  llin-slmld  liloi-k  li:i>  Imtii  ifimivcil  .il   lliis  |)<uni  :iim1  iIimI  an  fiitiaiicf  door 
()ri);iiially  exist t-il  here. 

Somcwlint  to  tlic  iioiili  of  tlic  iniiidlc  ol  the  room  is  an  infunlaily  slia|)c(l  licaitli,  ai.  l.'iO  m. 
lonj!,  Imilt  ill  tin-  saiiir  styli-  as  those  already  desiril)ed  in  Houses  V  and  L.  Just  to  the  south  of 
it  is  a  large  Hat  shil>  of  iiard  stone,  roughly  oval  in  shape  (0.45  in.  X  O.tiO  ni.)  which  projects  slightly 


5M. 


FioiTRE  119.     Plan  of  House  M,  Tinui)  Late  Hei.i.adk    I'lcmon. 


above  the  Hoor  of  trodden  earth  (,1'ig-  I'-^U,  left  centre).  This  stone  is  ])laced  almost  exactly  in  the 
centre  of  the  niegaron  and  looks  as  if  meant  to  support  a  pillar  hearing  considerable  weight.  An- 
other stone  of  more  irregular  shape,  close  to  the  east  side  of  this  base, is  probably  to  be  understood 
as  a  support  for  cooking  vessels  taken  from  the  fire.  Two  smaller  stones  at  the  northeast  corner 
of  the  hearth  may  have  had  a  similar  purpose.     Just  l)ey(intl  these  stones,  and  ca.  0.50  ni.  north- 


THE   ARCHlTKCTrKE  9, 

casl  of  th\.  luvutl,,  is  a  ••wl  ,,illa.-l,as..  „f  tl,,.  sai.i..  soft  Kri'enisl,  sKmu-  that  was  ust.|  for  the  l,a.se 
..f  th.  .l.u-f  pillar  i„  H,n,s,.s  1,  a.,.1  P.  This  stonf,  whirh  is  roughly  drcular  in  plan  (dian.cter, 
0.47  Ml.,  cf.  F.fr.  120),  is  not  so  well  shaped  as  the  basos  just  ri-feiml  to;  yet  it  ran  hardly  I.0  douhti-.! 
that  ail  throe  hasos  s,-rvo<l  a  like  purposc-a  purpose  at  the  same  time  structural  and  reliKious. 

X..tl,iMK  furl  her  was  found  in  the  niegaron.  The  nieh.-  in  the  northwest  eorner  of  the  r.n.n. 
oeeasioned  by  the  recessed  ,l„„r  deserves  mention,  however.  It  suggests  that  eupl.oards  l.uill 
into  a  wall  are  not  necessarily  a  modern  invention. 

House  M  probably  inchnled  an  additional  room  to  the  north.  M  ,ts  we.st  .-ixi  this  appears  to 
have  been  ca.  2.00  m.  wide.  Towar.l  t  he  east,  however,  its  walls  have  been  c.mpletely  demolished. 
and  on  accouni  of  Ilieir  disappearance  the  plan  of  this  apartment  must  renuiin  uncertain. 

It  is  not  impossible  thai  the  south  wall  of  House  II,  part  of  which  is  indicated  in  the  plan  (Imk. 
11!)),  may  have  served  at  this  prjinl  as  a  party-wall.     In  that  ca.se  the  narrow  pa.s.sage  shown  in 


FlUUIU';    120.       \  IKW    OF    .MiXJAKOX    of    IIoUSK    M    .ShqwINU   Two    PlLL.\lt-BASEK   .\.VD    ilKAimi. 


tiie  plan  in  the  niMlhwest   cornel' of  the  north  room  of  House  .\I  may  have  been  occupied  by  a 
stairway  leaditifi;  In  the  Hat  roof  or  to  an  up])er  lioor. 

(t)   Hoi:.sio  H     (i)ian.  Kij;.  121) 

House  H,  lyinf^  to  llie  noiili  of  .M.  differs  from  liie  i)uildinns  already  described  in  thai  it  is 
orienle(|  east  and  west  instead  of  north  and  smilii.  Two  periods — nut  necessarily  widely 
separait'd — are  evidently  r(>present(.'d  in  the  conslruclion.  Originally  the  house  apparently 
consistetl  of  a  portico,  a  large  megaron,  and  a  spacious  chambei'  behind  it.  In  the  later  period 
a  partitioning  wall  seems  to  have  been  erected  across  the  megaron,  dividing  it  into  two  small 
rooms;  and  the  wall  now  closing  the  east  end  of  the  imilding  evidently  also  belongs  to  this  stage. 
The  entrance  to  the  house  was  probably  in  both  periods  at  the  west  end. 

Not  much  remains  of  the  portico,  nor  is  it  ])ossible  in  the  present  state  of  the  walls  to  dvlvrmine 
the  position  of  the  doorway  leading  into  the  megaron. 

The  megaron  (Fig.  122.  view  from  the  northwest)  is  a  large  room,  with  a  length  of  t)..'>t)  m.  and 
a  width  of  1.(10  m.  Somewhat  east  of  the  centre  is  the  customary  hearth,  irregular  in  shape,  fa. 
1.20  m.  across,  with  a  Hal  stone  near  it.      Less  than  one  metre  to  the  northwest  slamls  a  l«rg»'. 


92 


KOHAKOU 


worked  hlock  of  liiiu'titoiic.  it  i>  roughly  squari-  in  plan,  nicasnrint;  0. 1.")  ni.  on  a  siilc,  ami  lias  a 
thickiu'ssof  ().4U  ni.  This  I  take  lo  l>c  tin- imso  of  the  "baotylic"  pillar  of  Hoiisi-  II.  It  showsan 
inlcrcstinn  variation  fioni  tin-  more  cnstoinary  round  type  which  we  havi'  seen  in  Mouses  L,  M, 
and  P.  S(iuari'  pillar-bases  have  been  found  at  Phylakopi  in  Nb'hls'  and  in  Crete,-'  i)Ut  they  be- 
long to  a  period  (•onsiderai)ly  earlier  than  that  represented  by  the  late  setlleriieiil  at  Korakou. 
Thcs(|uare  pillar  of  House  11  is,  so  far  as  I  know,  tlie  first  nf  it>  kind  to  l)c  uiicovcicd  lui  tlic  ( '.reck 
mainland.'     There  was  nothing  else  of  note  in  the  niegaron. 

In  the  reeonstriution  of  House  H,  as  mentioned  above,  a  rather  poorly  built  dividing  wall 
thrown  across  the  menaron  converted  it  into  two  small  rooms  (Fin.  '22).  The  westernmost  is 
2.25  ni.  deep.     In  its  southern  wing  a  small  hearth  was  built,  witii  the  us\ial  tlal  stone  placed  near 


V- 


-?-^^ 


FiouKE   IJl.     I'l.AN  OK  House  11,    liiinD  L.\Ti:  IIki.i.aoic  Pehiod. 


it.  The  wall  which, in  the  plan, seems  to  separate  this  section  I'ldin  the  rest  of  the  room  is  .ictiially 
at  a  lower  level  and  probably  belongs  to  a  forerunner  of  House,  H.  The  other  room  is  3.75  m. 
deep  and  includes  the  large  hearth  of  the  former  megaron.  The  "baetylic"  pillar  likewise  still 
remained,  the  dividing  wall  having  passed  just  west  of  if. 

The  rear  chamber  is  4.65  m.  wide.  The  east  wall  of  the  earlier  ])lan  of  I  lie  house  is  missing, 
liut  the  reconstructed  east  wall  presumably  followed  approximately  the  line  of  its  predecessor. 
This  makes  the  room  4.25  m.  deep.  .\t  a  point  1.70  m.  east  of  the  west  wall  of  the  room  and  1.20  m. 
from  the  north  side  wall  is  a  circular  flat  stone,  0.35  m.  in  diameter.  In  a  corresponding  posi- 
tion in  the  southern  part  of  the  room  is  a  small  area  laid  with  sea  pebbles,  which  may  have  served 
as  substructure  for  a  second  similar  Hat  stone.     This  stone  itself  was  fo»md  still  farther  south, 

I  Phylakopi,  pp.  17  f.,  40,  and  also  260,  269. 
^  B.S.A.,  IX,  pp.  6fT. 

'  A  second  base  similar  to  this  was  laid  bare  at  Korakou  l.l.OO  ni.  farther  west.  It  has  a  shallow  ciri'iilar  depression 
CO.  0.20  ni.  iu  diameter  iu  it.s  top.     The  walls  of  the  house  to  wliiih  it  beloiijicd  are  no  loii|j;er  di.slinguisliuljle. 


THE   ARCHITECTURE  03 

lying  agaiist  the  side  wall  of  the  chamber,  obviously  out  of  its  proper  place.  These  two  flat  stones 
certainly  look  as  if  they  were  intended  to  support  posts,  and  it  thus  appears  likelv  that  the  room 
contained  two  pillars.  The  room  is,indeed,.so  large  that, if  it  was  roofed,  some  sort  of  inU-rior  sup- 
ports  would  seem  necessary.  The  pillars  were  presumably  included  in  both  plans  of  the  house. 
The  floor-levels  seem  to  have  been  practically  identical.  Apart  from  a  ven,-  large  number  of  ihA- 
sherds,  yielding  a  total  of  twelve  complete  vases,  nothing  of  con.sequence  was  foun.l  in  the  cham- 
ber. These  vases  nndoul)tedly  date  from  the  later  period  of  the  house  and  corresinrnd  exactly 
with  the  similar  pottery-groups  hom  Houses  L  and  P. 

'5)  House  0     (plan,  Fig.123) 

A  small  house  can  be  made  out  in  the  middle  of  the  complex  marked  O  in  the  general  plan.  This 
house  consists  of  a  portico,  a  shallow  vestibule,  and  a  small  mcgaron.  'I'hc  l>uilding  is  oriente<l 
east  and  west,  the  entrance  being  on  the  west.     Walls  and  floor  arc  of  tlic  \isnal  i-onstnicti(m, 


r  vV  ^ 


FlGCKlO    122.       MKCiAllON    OF    lIoUSK    11    VlKWKD    KHOM    THK    .NiiUTHWK.-T. 


aircaily  il('scril)('(l.  The  long  walls  are  not  exactly  parallel,  and  the  width  of  the  hou.'ie  consequently 
decreases  from  3.10  m.  at  the  west  to  2.80  m.  at  the  east  einl. 

The  portico  has  a  dciith  of  2.20  m.  There  was  nothing  in  it  wortliy  of  special  notice,  and  no 
evidence  came  to  light  as  reganls  the  position  of  the  doorway  into  the  vestibvde.  A  foundation 
wall  nins  across  the  west  front  of  I  he  portico,  but  it  seems  to  belong  to  a  lower  level;  certainly  it  is 
not  likely  in  any  case  that  a  high  wall  stood  here  in  the  period  of  occupancy  of  House  O. 

The  vestibule,  which  extends  across  the  whole  width  of  the  house,  is  l.r)0  m.  de<'p.  Like  the 
portico,  it  was  found  bare  of  all  furniture,  but  the  door  into  the  megaron  is  clearly  indicated.  It 
is  0.78  m.  wide  and  is  sitmited  near  the  south  wall,  being,  therefore,  considerably  o\it  of  the  axis  of 
trhe  room. 

The  megaron  is  4.00  ni.  long.  Its  hiost  interesting  feature  is  the  foundation  in  the  northwest 
corner  enclosing  an  area  1 .00  m.  wide  by  1 .80  m.  long.  .\t  (irst  sight  it  is  tempting  to  hmk  for  n 
cupi)oard  at  this  point,  but  it  seems  more  likely  that  the  whole  space  \\:i>  r.ii-ed  -liu'liilv  abovi-  the 


94  KORAKOU 

level  of  the  floor  of  tlie  nxim.  aii<l  tlial   tlie  foundation  as  preserved  is,  therefore,  merely  a  low 
retaininK  wall.     The  elevated  platform  mi^ht  then  be  a  bed. 

House  ()  is  much  smaller  than  the  other  houses  diseu.ssed  above,  and  apparently  no  interior 
cohnnns  were  nece.s.^ary.  In  the  meparon,  however,  we  should,  on  the  analogy  of  the  other 
megara  at  Korakou.  cxiieel  a  shapetl  pillar-base.  The  absence  of  tliis  base,  tonellicr  witli  the 
absenee  of  a  hearth  and  the  faet  that  the  walls  of  House  ()  appear  to  be  eonneeteil  both  north  antl 
south  wit  hot  her  si  ruetnres,  suggest  that  O  maybe  not  an  independent  dwelling,  but  iicrhap.';  a  sep- 
arate.set  of  ajjartments  in  a  larger  house  (.or  possibly  a  very  late  reeonstruction  t.  .Vbout  .").()()  m. 
directly  south  of  the  portico  is,  in  faet,  a  small  group  of  walls  in  which  might  be  recognized  llie 
foundation  of  the  gateway  or  vestibule  opening  into  this  larger  house  (cf.  i)lan,  Pi..\tk  VIII). 
.\  very  late  Mycenaean  construction  projecting  into  what  woidd  be  the  southeast  corner  of  this 
iniilding  lias  destroyed  all  chance  of  recovering  its  jiian.     In  the  area  just  north  of  tiie  gateway 


1—1 


M. 


FiGURB  12.3.     Plan  of  House  O,  Third  Late  IlEix.^nir  Period. 


(Fig.  124),  and  accordingly  within  the  presumable  megaron,  was  found  a  small  piece  of  painted 
wall-plaster — the  only  frag.nient  of  fresco  that  has  uji  to  the  present  time  come  to  light  at  Korakou. 
It  is  not  large  enotigh  to  give  an  idea  of  the  subject  of  1  lu^  painting.  The  colois  used  are  orange, 
purple,  blue,  and  black. 

Just  to  the  north  of  House  O  is  a  curious  narrow  room  or  passage,  evidently  belonging  to  the 
larger  building.  Although  it  has  a  length  of  9.05  m.,  its  width  averages  no  more  than  1.35  m. 
Toward  its  eastern  end,  against  the  north  wall,  is  a  small  hearth,  roughly  semicircular  in  shape. 
Not  far  from  it  to  the  south  and  east  were  t'oiind  a  number  of  frai;iiicn1s  of  bronze,  both  worked 
and  unworked.  The  work(>d  pieces  seem  to  be  from  the  socket  of  a  spear.  There  were  also  a 
good  many  potsherds  lying  about,  including  almost  the  whole  of  an  unpainted  buff  cylix. 

Apart  from  the  buildings  descrilied  above,  no  complete  house-plans  were  recovered.  Some  of 
the  rooms  and  portions  of  rooms  laid  bare  deserve,  however,  a  few  remarks. 

In  the  area  (marked  K  on  the  plan)  immediately  to  the  west  of  House  L  there  seems  to  have 
been  a  large  house  in  the  early  ])art  of  the  Third  Late  Helladic  period.  It  is  ai)parently  separated 
from  House  L  by  a  jiassage  similar  to  that  between  House  L  and  House  M.     This  alley  was  walled 


THE  ARCHITECTURE  95 

up  in  the  Ritcst  Mycenaean  period  of  reconstruction.  A  pivot-stone  set  close  to  the  wall  of  Hou.se 
I>  show.s  that  a  door  opened  into  the  passage  from  the  south.  The  IniikiinK  itself  has  evidently 
.suffered  from  repeated  destruction,  restoration,  and  alteration,  and  in  consequence  the  area  now 
presents  a  puzzling  complex  of  partially  demolished  walls,  some  superpo.^ed  on  others,  making  it 
impossible  to  gain  anythinti  more  than  a  general  idea  of  the  original  plan.  This  plan  pn.l.al.ly 
included  an  entrance  or  gateway  on  the  .south  side  leading  into  a  large  court  or  niegaron  of  the 
type  seen  in  House  P,  behind  which  t  here  were  two  or  more  chand)ers.  Not  much  of  this  structure 
is  now  i)reserved.     The  existing  remains  are  the  following: 

In  the  southwest  corner  of  the  area  is  a  small  complex  of  walls,  forniinga  room3.18  ni.  X  2.W  m., 
which  resembles  a  gateway.  A  doorway  in  the  north  wall  of  this  preserves  a  threshoUl  of  worn 
rough  stones  and  a  small  pivot-stone  on  its  west  side.  The  threshold  and  the  upper  part  of  tlu- 
walls  of  the  gateway  date  from  the  very  latest  Mycenaean  occupation  of  the  site  ami  arc  prob- 


.■-'A'^fr^- 


>^'p 


FiorRE  124.    Reqion  Sodth  of  Hodse  O. 


ably  connected  with  the  late  buililing,  the  erection  of  which  causeil  the  demolition  of  the  south- 
east corner  of  the  original  neighboring  house  O  Icf.  above  j).  04).  In  their  Iciwer  part,  however, 
the  walls  seem  to  go  back  to  an  earlier  plan. 

The  space  directly  to  the  north  is  somewhat  more  clear  of  semi-tleinolished  walls  than  the  rest 
of  the  area,  and  it  is  here  that  I  would  r(>cogniz(?  the  earlier  megaron  or  court.  In  this  region  were 
uncov(M'(Ml  three  or  four  large  irregular  fragments  of  a  solid  artilicial  pavement  which  is  made  of 
some  sort  of  natural  cement,  very  hard  and  apparently  containing  lime.  This  presmnably  (U>ce 
covered  I  lie  enl  ire  iiicf::ircpii.  In  the  e;ist  ci'Mtral  part  of  this  space  is  a  iM'arth  pavc^l  with  [vitshenis 
and  clax'.  Farther  to  the  east,  against  a  section  of  what,  was  presumably  the  esust  wall  of  the  mega- 
ron, is  -A  semicircular  pavement  of  large  flat  blocks  of  coarse  conglomerali'.  It  has  a  radius  of  m. 
1.25  m.  and  has  a  sligiilly  concave  surface.  In  its  western  edge  slamls  a  ihii-k  flat  slab  of  soft 
greenish  stone,  set  on  end,  and  |)roj(M-ling  ((.Id  ni.  above  the  pavement.  It  mcjksuros  l).'A\  ui.  X 
(111!  m.,  is  rounded  on  its  short,  and  Hat  on  its  long  .si(h'S.  The  sha|M'  of  the  stone  suggt-sls  that 
it  may  be  a  piilar-ba.se,  shaved  off  on  two  sides.  On  thei-ast  side  of  the  wall  a  narrow  gutter  built 
of  stones  .set  on  ('dgi?  apparently  servod  to  drain  the  paved  area. 


<I0 


KORAKOU 


Noitli  of  the  prt>suinal)lo  iiK'Karoii  there  may  have  been  two  large  chambers  side  by  side.  The 
eastern  of  tliese  was  at  some  hiter  date  in  Late  Helladic  III  divided  into  a  northern  and  a  southern 
room  by  a  liailly  l>\iill  tross  wall  of  only  one  course.  The  southern  room  Ihvis  formed  has  now 
only  fragini'iils  of  wall  rcmainiufj  on  its  south  and  west  sides.  Its  eastern  end  was  paved  with 
small  stones.  Auainst  the  jjoorly  built  dividing  wall  (tn  ilic  north),  and  approxiuKilcly  in  llic  axis 
of  the  room,  is  a  curious  pavement  of  stone,  roughly  cinidar  in  shape,  with  a  diameter  of  1.10  ni. 
It  extends  partly  imder  the  wall  and  consecpiently  seems  to  belong  to  the  earlier  period  of  the  huge 
chand)er,  being  in  fact  in  the  middle  line  of  this  latter.  The  northern  room  has  walls  of  solid  con- 
struction on  the  north  and  east,  imdoubtedly  a  heritage  from  the  earlier  period;  on  the  south  is 
the  late  partition  wall  already  nictil  ioncd.  and  a  siiiiilaii>-  ill-cniist  iiirlcd  wall  closes  the  room 
on  the  west.  The  corners  of  thest^  walls  do  not  form  right  angles,  and  the  opposite  side  walls  are 
;\ccordingly  not  parallel.     The  room  nieasnr(>s  a|)pro\iinMtely  ;i).')  m.  X  .t.OO  m.     The  floor  consists 


FiouRK  12.5.     Laucic  .■^tcini:    riiui:siioi.i)  i\   Wimii   Akk  (ft    \  mm.  ami  a   I'ivot-holk. 


of  trodden  earth.  Near  the  middle  of  it  is  a  paved  hearth,  and  some  distance  north  of  it  a  peculiar 
tongu(^  of  clay,  raised  above  the  level  of  the  floor,  projects  fi'om  the  north  wall.  There  seems  to 
have  been  some  sort  of  opening  in  the  wall  .'it  this  point,  but  it  docs  not  resemble  a  doorway.  No 
explanation  of  this  arrangement  was  found,  nor  was  there  anj'  indication  as  to  the  position  of  the 
door  of  the  room. 

The  western  chamber  lacks  a  wall  on  the  south,  as  well  as  on  the  west.  The  only  evidence  that 
it  is  a  room  at  all  is  the  presence  of  a  hearth,  near  which  lies  the  customary  flat  stone,  while  a  small 
platform  paved  w'ith  sea  pebbles  stands  clo.se  beside  it. 

Northwest  of  Hou.se  1.,  in  the  region  letter<(l  X  on  the  plan,  are  two  walls,  the  eastern  9.80  m., 
the  western  8.00  ni.  in  length,  built  of  fairly  solid  material,  approximately  parallel,  and  1.6.5  m. 
to  1.80  in.  apart.  Their  relation  to  each  other  is  not  very  clear,  but  they  appear  to  be  exterior 
walls  of  two  neighboring  houses,  with  a  narrow  alley  between  them.  No  other  walls  of  these  houses 
could,  however,  be  identified.  The  passage  seems  to  have  been  enclosed  at  some  time,  for  the 
remnants  of  a  cross  wall  at  its  north  end  are  still  preserved,  and  6.5.T  m.  farther  south  is  a  partially 
demolished  foun<iation  projecting  into  the  area  from  the  west.  It  doc^s  not  extend  all  the  way  across 
the  passage  but  stops  O.O.o  m.  bet  ore  reaching  the  east  wall;  perhaps  there  was  a  small  gate  here. 


THE   ARCHITECTURE 


On  the  *ther  hand  it  is  not  impossible  that  the  foundation  just  mentioned  was  intended  for  a 
buttress  strengthening  the  west  wall.  Traces  of  similar  constructions,  which  may  have  served  as 
buttresses,  exist  at  two  points  projecting  northward  from  the  long  north  wall  of  the  rear  rooma  in 
arcsa  K  doscribtid  above;  and  .still  another  is  attached  to  the  oast  wall  of  the  same  building,  jutting 
into  t][f:  alley  between  the  latter  and  House  L.  These  buttresses  are  0.45  m.  to  U..'>0  m.  thick  and 
liav(;  a  i)rojecti()n  of  1.00  m.  Another  tyiK"  of  buttress— if  it  is  a  buttress— may  l3e  seen  at 
I  lie  north  end  of  House  P.  Hero,  by  the  ad«htion  of  a  number  of  fairly  largo  stones,  the  thick- 
ness of  the  wall  is  increa.soil  OM^  m.  to  0.50  m.  for  a  dis- 
tance of  2.00  m.  This  thickening  of  the  wall  does  not  fall 
exactly  in  the  middle  of  the  north  end  of  the  house,  but 
slightly  west  of  it, — just  far  enough  to  the  east,  however,  to 
meet  the  interior  partition  wall  (cf.  plan,  Fig.  llli. 

.\l  the  edge  of  the  i)lutT,  t)..')0  in.  north  of  House  1'  and  ca. 
0.18  m.  i)elow  the  level  of  the  Hoor  of  Hou.se  P,  is  a  massive 
flat  block  of  hard  conglomerate  cut  to  form  a  threshold  for  a 
door  swinging  northward.  The  stone  measures  1.74  m.  X 
0.87  in.  The  cutting  in  iIk;  edge  of  the  top  for  the  door-sill 
has  a  width  of  1.48  ni.  .\t  the  ejust  end  of  the  rutting  is  a 
round  pivot-hole  (diameter,  0.08  m.,  depth,  0.05  m.),  but 
there  is  no  corresponding  hole  at  the  west  end.  There  was, 
therefore,  a  single  door  of  very  large  dimensions,  which  swung 
on  a  wooden  jxtst,  set — perhaps  with  a  heel  of  bronze — into 
the  |)iv<)t-hole.  The  stone  with  the  cutting  for  the  sill  is 
shown  in  Figure  125.  .\  fragment  of  wall  running  ea-stward 
seems  to  belong  to  th(>  room  to  which  the  tiircshold  gave 
entrance,  but  the  room  itself  lay  to  the  north  and  has,  along 
with  the  whole  northern  edge  of  the  mound,  fallen  away 
toward  the  sea.  The  seaward  face  of  the  bluff,  which  be- 
neath the  prehistoric  deposit  is  composed  of  soft  conglomerate, 
overlying  a  stratum  of  hard  clay,  is  now  very  precipitous 
(Fig.  126),  and  below,  between  its  base  and  the  sea,  are  many  hug<;  bouldei-s  which  have  evidently 
lirok(!n  away  lidin  I  he  I  op  and  roiled  downwaril,  carrying  with  them  all  the  remains  of  the  nortliern 
part  of  the  settlemeiil .  I  n  .Mycenaean  times  the  hill  probablyextontled  eight  or  ten  metres  farther 
north  than  it  does  at  present.  Th(^  monuniental  threshold  block  obviously  iM'longed  to  a  more 
pret(!ntious  building — and  one  perhaps  somewhat  earlier  in  date— than  any  of  those  descrilx'd 
above.  By  the  whim  of  Fortune  it  may  be  just  the  pahice  of  Korakou  that  time  and  weather  have 
precipilaleil  into  tlie  ( 'oiiiil  luaii  (  lulf. 

Distant  ;}.7."i  m.  to  the  south  of  the  large  thnislwdd,  and  almost  in  its  axis,  is  a  small  circular 
foundation  of  rough  stones,  0.05  m.  in  diameter.  It  wsis  covered  and  surroumled  by  a  thick  layer 
of  .islies,  containing  a  considerai)l(!  number  of  animal  bones  and  a  largo  ma.ss  of  |Mitjdu'rds  which 
penult  led  I  he  restoration  often  complete  va-scs.  The  circular  foundaticm  c()rros|)onds  wi-ll  luilh  in 
K^vel  and  position  with  the  threshold,  and  the  two  seem  undoubtedly  U*  Mong  to  the  same  s\-sU'm. 
The  area  south  of  the  (breshold  block  may,  in  fact,  1h!  the  fore-court  of  the  nu-ganm  which  lay  to 


iciijui;    lliO.     XoHTii    Kdck   of    Till-: 
Hill  ok  Kor.^kou. 


98  KORAKOU 

the  nortli.  and  in  that  case  \vp  may  have  in  tlic  circular  foundation  the  remains  of  an  altar  analogous 
to  that  in  the  court  of  the  larue  megaron  of  the  jialaee  at  Tiryns.  The  small  "altar"  at  Korakou, 
however,  does  not,  like  its  Argolic  counterpart,  enclose  asacrificiiil  pit,  hut  has  a  continuous  solid 
foundation. 

Reference  has  already  heen  made  to  the  steepness  of  the  northern  edge  of  tlic  hill.  It  is,  in 
fact,  so  precipitous  as  to  provide  a  sufficient  natural  defence  against  attack,  and  it  seems  unlikrl\-, 
accordingly,  that  this  side  of  the  settlement  was  ever  fortified.  If.  nevertheless,  a  wall  was  erected 
here,  it  has  heen  carried  down  into  the  sea  hy  the  land-slide  which  destroyed  the  palace  as  well, 
and  no  traces  of  its  former  existence  remain.  The  gentle  slope  on  the  landward  side  of  the  niounil, 
on  the  contrarj',  woidd  seem  to  have  made  a  defensive  work  necessary.  T"  llii'  eiisl  an<l  soutli  no 
remains  of  a  wall  have  yet  been  uncovered,  hut  there  is  a  well-marked  line  of  terracing  along  which 
the  owner  of  the  field  asserts  a  very  large  amount  of  stone  has  heen  extracted,  .\ltliough  at  the 
one  point  where  digging  was  atteini)ted  no  trace  of  such  structure  came  to  light,  it  is  not  impossi- 
ble that  this  contour  of  terracing  follows  the  course  of  a  town  wmU. 

On  the  western  side  of  the  hill,  well  <l(iwti  the  slope,  a  trial  i)it  revealed  what  appears  to  be  a 
massive  wall  with  a  huge  .scpiare  tower  jirojecting  to  the  west.  The  ])it.  which  was  dug  in  the  last 
days  of  the  campaign,  proved  too  small  to  disclose  the  total  dimensions  of  the  wall;  l)ut  this  latter, 
though  built  of  small  stones,  is  more  than  2.00  m.  thick  and  exceeds  1.70  m.  in  height.  The  tower 
projects  10.00  m.  to  the  west  and  has  a  face  9.55  m.  broad.  Beyond  the  tower  the  wall  had  been 
traced  southward  for  a  distance  of  10.00  m.  more  when  the  end  of  the  campaign  necessitated  the 
postponement  of  further  investigation.  Until  fresh  digging  is  undertaken,  therefore,  it  cannot  he 
considered  definitely  estal)lished  that  the  remains  in  cjuestion  belong  to  a  town  wall,  nor  can  their 
date  be  inferred  with  certainty.  From  the  fact  that  Mycenaean  potsherds  were  still  found  at  a 
depth  of  1.90  m.  below  ground  west  of  the  wall,  there  is,  however,  a  strong  prohahility  that  we 
have  here  a  structure  of  the  Late  Helladic  Period. 

From  the  foregoing  account  of  the  arcliitectiiral  remains  of  tlic  Third  Late  IlcUailic  Period  it 
is  evident  that  methods  of  building  had  not  greatly  changed  since  the  Middle  Ilelladic  Period  as 
represented  by  House  F  (cf.  p.  76  above).  The  stone  foundation,  supporting  a  structure  of  crude 
brick,  is,  indeed,  somewhat  more  solidly  built,  corresponding  to  the  enlarged  dimensions  of  the 
buildings  themselves.  Coincident,  apparently,  with  this  increase  in  size,  is  the  introduction  of 
pillars,  set  on  flat  stone  bases,  to  support  the  heavier  roof.  No  change,  however,  appears  in  the 
building  materials  or  in  the  construction  of  floor  and  hearth.  Turning  to  the  designs  of  houses, 
we  see  that  the  megaron  type  of  dwelling  still  prevails,  but  the  apsidal  has  given  way  entirely  to  a 
quadraiigiUar  house-plan;  and  we  find  it  is  now  customary  to  add  a  rear  chaniber  or  two  heliind 
the  megaron. 

The  ordinary  private  house  at  Korakou  toward  the  end  of  tlie  Late  Helladic  occupation  of  the 
site  was  a  long  quadrilateral  building.  Tliere  was  some  freedom  of  orientation;  of  the  houses 
described  above  two  faced  west,  and  at  least  three  were  turned  toward  the  south.  None  ajjparently 
looked  to  the  north,  which  woidd  have  exposed  them  to  the  violent  wind  that  occasionallj'  sweeps 
across  the  Corinthian  Ciulf.  At  one  end  of  the  building,  either  the  .south  or  the  west  in  the  cases 
that  came  to  light,was  an  entrance  through  a  portico  or  vestibide  into  a  large  megaron.  This 
latter  was  ordinarily  roofed,  but  in  one  case  possibly  in  part  open  to  the  sky.  Near  the  centre  of 
the  megaron  was  a  hearth,  and  close  t>y  it  stood  a  shaped  pillar-base.     From  the  fact  that  one  such 


THE   ARCHITECTURE  99 

carved  pHhir-base  was  found  associated  with  the  hearth  iii  every  well  preserved  megaron,  while 
casual  flat  stones  were  used  as  bases  for  the  other  pillars  in  the  room,  it  seems  likely  that  the 
shaped  base  supported  a  "baetylic"  pillar,  with  which  the  household  worship  was  connected. 
This  jiillar,  though  presumably  different iated  from  the  other  supports  in  the  house,  was  proba- 
bly, like  them,  made  of  wood.     The  ordinary  pillar  was  very  likely  no  more  than  a  stout  wooden 
post.      Tlic   disposition  of  the   jjillars  shows  considerable  variety.     In  one  instance  they   are 
arranged  in  a  single  row  down  the  axis  of  the  house;  in  another  thej'  appear  to  form  a  colonnade 
round  the  sides  of  the  megaroii;  while  in  a  third  there  is  one  large  central  column  ba.«e.     The  nK>f 
was  prol)ably  made  of  rafters  su|)pi>rting  small  branches  or  reeds  covered  with  day.     Behind  the 
mcfiaidn  was  an  inner  clianilx'r.  or  in  some  cases  two,  each  normally  provided  with  a  hearth. 
These  clKiinbcrs  seem  to  have  hail  nii  other  entrance  than  that  from  the  meguron;  no  trace  of  a 
rear  door  was  discovered.      Doors  were  |)robably  made  of  wood,  swinging,  on  a  post  set  in  a  pivot- 
liole,  against  a  sill  cut  in  stone.      Evideiu-e  is  largely  lacking,  l)Ut  in  the  better  houses,  at  least, 
I  here  is  reason  to  bclicNc  thcic  were  substantial  thresholds,  each  fashioned  out  of  a  large  block  of 
stone  in  w  hirh  t  he  door-sill  am!  a  i)ivoi-li(>l<'  were  cut.     Single  doors  seem  to  have  been  the  rule  in 
these  houses;  no  threshold  with  pivot-holes  for  a  double  door  came  to  light.     The  indications  are 
that  walls  were  generally  not  i)lastered  with  anything  more  pretentious  than  clay;  only  one  small 
fragnuMit  of  a  true  wall  ])taster  was  recovered.     In  almost  ever>'  instance  where  a  hearth  was  laid 
bare,  one  or  more  flat  stones  were  found  in  I  lie  immediate  vicinity,  manifestly  having  .served  some 
purpose  in  connection  with  cooking  operations  over  the  fire.     In  .several  rooms,  usually  in  a  corner. 
was  a  slightly  elevated  platform  paved  with  small  stones  or  pebbles,  po.ssibly  a  bed.     This  ends 
the  brief  list  of  the  simple  furniture  surviving  from  the  houses  of  the  latest  .settlenu>nt  at  Korakou. 


C:iIAPTEIl   IV 

THE   TOMBS 

FIRST  STRATUM— EARLY    TIKI.I.ADK"   PERIOD 

No  graves  of  the  Early  Helladic  Period  have  yet  come  to  light  at  Korakou,  but  the  rock-cut 
tombs  discovered  at  Old  f'nrinth  in  1800  are  shown  by  the  vases  found  in  thoin  to  bolonR  to  the 
early  i)art  of  this  period  and  may,  until  further  evitlencc  is  forthcoming,  be  provisionally  taken  as 
typical.  These'  are  constnicted  in  the  form  of  two  small,  roughly  oval  chambers  opening  at  oppo- 
site sides — north  and  soxith — from  the  bottom  of  a  rectangular  vertical  shaft,  all  cut  in  the  rock. 
From  the  small  size  of  the  chambers  and  their  shape,  as  well  as  from  the  indications  furnished  by 
the  position  of  the  bones,  it  was  evident  that  the  bodies  were  placed  in  a  contracted  attitude — 
an  arrangement  familiar  now  from  other  prehistoric  graves  both  on  the  Greek  mainland  and  on 
the  Islands.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  these  rock-cut  grave-ihamhersopenuigfrom  a 
shaft  are  totally  different  from  the  ordinary  cist  tombs  belonging  to  the  corresponding  Early 
CyclaiUc  Period  in  the  Islands.  B\it  near  Chalcis  in  Euboea  Papavasiliou  has  found  a  closely 
related  type,  consistijig  of  single  grave-chanibers  opening  from  vertical  shafts  cut  in  the  r(i<'k.- 


SECOND   STRATUM— MIDDLE   HELLADIC^   PERIOD 

At  a  depth  of  1 .  10  ni.  near  tlu;  north  edge  of  t  he  hill,  underneath  two  walls  of  the  Late  Helladic 
Period,  a  small  pithos  of  Mattpainted  ware  was  found  which  proved  to  be  an  interment.    The  pithos 

lay  on  its  side,  with  its  mouth  toward  the  east  (Fig.  127). 
Although  cracked  in  many  places,  it  still  retained  its  shape 
fairly  well.  A  large  bowl  of  polished  red  ware  was  originally 
l)l:iced  across  the  mouth  as  a  cover,  but,  having  been  criished 
into  fragments  by  the  weight  of  the  earth  over  it,  had  fallen 
away  to  the  north  side.'  Inside  the  pithos  were  the  bones  of 
two  infants.  One  child  was  larger  than  the  other;  we  esti- 
iiiaicd  its  age  at  approximately  two  years,  while  the  other 
»  was  hardlj'  more  than  a  new-born  infant.  The  bones  were 
V(>ry  fragile  and  crumbled  when  touched.  No  orderly  ar- 
rangement could  lie  made  out;  the  bones  seemed  distuibetl 
and  mixed  together.  Two  skulls  were  fouiul,  one  measuring 
(I.  It  ni.  long  and  0.13  m.  wide,  while  (lie  other  was  consid- 


FlGtlKE  127.      PlTHOS-nnRIALOPTwO 

Small    Infants,    Middle    Helladic 
Period. 


'A.J.A.,  I,  1S97,  pp.  313  ff.,  FiKs.  1  .and  2. 

'  lIo?ro/3o(7iXeJou,  Ufpl  tojv  iv  V.vpola  '\pxaiuf  Tq0w>',  pp.  2  ff.,  and  I'ls.  I, 

III,  IV,  VI,  X,  XII. 

'  The  pithos  restored  is  shown  in  Figure  28;  the  bowl  in  F'igure  25. 

100 


THE  TOMBS 


Kil 


on.I.l.v  ^ih.all.r.  !'...tl,  wen-  near  the  bottom  of  the  pithos.  Apart  from  the  buia-s,  i.o  other  ol,- 
j.-.ts  wen-  <li.s<<,vc.n.,l  in  tl,,.  jar.  AltliouRl.  all  (he  fragments  of  the  pithoK  and  the  bowl  were 
SatlK-rcl  up  with  as  umch  laiv  as  possible,  it  became  evi.leiit  when  the  ..herein  were  joine.l  (o^.-lher 
(hat  neither  of  the  vessels  was  eomplete.  The  explai.atioi.  of  this  fact  is  not  .liffieult  to  fin.J. 
Whole  vases  of  tlie  size  required  for  a  burial  were  without  .loubt  somewliat  expensive  an<i  valuable; 
for  the  sake  of  economy.  1l„r.-fore,  linjken  or  .lamaRed  vessels  whieh  were  no  longer  useful  were 
made  to  serve  their  new  puri)ose.  In  a  similar  way  at  Orchom.-no.s'  bodies  were  found  buried 
iK-iieatii  half  pithoi,  and  at  Zerelia=  the  same  method  was  u.sed  b.r  the  interment  of  a  ehild. 

.\iH.11i.r  -rave  was  found  in  the  an^lc  of  two  narrow  walls  of  the  Middh-  Helladir  I'eriod  to 
the  northwest  of  I  he  large  Mycenaean  threshold  block  mentioned  above  (p.  97).     The  space 


KlCUUK    I'JS.       IntHAMUUAL    HuIUAL   ok    an    InKANT,    MlI>[>Li:    IICLLAblC    I'kKIOI). 

occu])ied  by  the  burial  was  very  small,  measuring  nnl.\'  (1.17  m.  X  O.UO  m.  The  liodv  la>  on  lis 
left  side  in  a  contracted  attiliidc,  with  the  hea<l  toward  the  east.  The  head  had  been  thrust  for- 
ward on  I  he  chest ,  ])reswmalil>'  ^\  it  h  I  he  object  of  filt  iiijj  t  ii<'  iic.dy  into  t  he  limited  s|>ace  available. 
Tlic  lioncs  were  very  jxiorly  picscivccl.  but  fr.ijinicnts  of  a  ratlins  showed  that  I  he  arms  werefohU-d 
l)ack  over  the  breast  with  the  hands  before  the  face  (['in.  I'JS).  The  extreme  meiistiremenl  of 
the  skull  from  front  to  back  was  O.b')  m.  In  the  prave  itself  nolhinR  was  found  .save  the  bom's. 
Hound  about  it,  however,  were  a  few  scattered  sherds  of  Minyan  ware.  It  is  evident  that  we  are 
here  dealing  with  the  intramural  interment  of  an  infant — a  tyjie  of  burial  well  known  at  other 
sites,  especially  at  Phylakopi,'  where  it  belongs  to  a  corresponding  period.  The  pithos-grave 
described  above  is,  no  doubt,  likewise  of  the  same  type. 


'  Wucc  1111(1  Tlioiiipsoii,  I'rehisloric  Thessaly,  p.  I'Jt). 

'^  I'rehisloric  Thcssabj,  p.  IGI. 

'  Uawkins  and  Droop,  B.  S.  A.,  XVII,  pp.  GJI. 


IIIIKI)   STUATl'M     l.ATi;    111.1. 1. Al  )li      I'liKlol) 

Tliici'  nra\cs  prcplmliiy  from  the  i-iid  of  tlic  Second  l.alc  llcUiKlic  Period  were  found,  all  dose 
together,  alxnil  ;5.')()  ni.  nortli  of  the  northeast  ehainlierof  House  P.  .\il  three  were  simple  earth 
burials. 

(iR.WK  J.  This  lay  at  the  bottom  of  a  small  circular  siiaft  whii'h  >iraduall\  widened  ovit  to 
form  an  oval  urave-eluunber  measuring  0.50  lu.  across  an<l  1.00  ni.  in  iengtli,  north  and  south. 
Shaft  and  grave  were  inilined,  b\it  the  soft,  loose  soil  within  them,  contrasting  with  the  harder 
surrcnmding  earth,  made  them  easily  distinguishable.  The  pit  began  at  a  depth  of  0.50  m.  below 
the  ]>resent  surface  of  the  ground  and  extended  1.00  m.  deeper  before  reaehini;  the  grave  projier. 
Along  the  east  side  of  the  grave  is  an  early  wall  of  the  Middle  Helladic  Period,  which,  continuing 
northward  at.  0.15  m.  beyond  the  grave,  turns  at  right  angles  toward  the  east.  The  body  lay  on 
its  left  side  in  a  contracted  attitutle,  with  head  to  tlie  north.  The  bones  were  in  a  l>a(l  state  of 
preservation  and  very  fragile.  Passing  round  tlic  neck  and  rxl('n<liiig  down  to  llic  breast  was  a 
necklace  made  of  a  double  row  of  beads  of  glass  paste,  green,  blue,  and  w  liitc  and  black.  Most  of 
the  beads  were  tiat-round  in  shape  (ca.  0.01  m.  thick);  two  were  sligiitly  smaller  and  furrowed 
longitudiiudly ;  one  was  pear-shaped;  and  oiu'  cylindrical.  These  beads  wei'e  extraordinarily 
fragile  and  many  crumbled  into  powdery  fragments  at  the  slightest  touch.  There  were  perhaps 
100  to  120  all  told,  of  which  it  was  po.ssible  to  extract  oidy  til  whole  (Fig.  130,  Nos.  12  to  22).  At 
the  southwest  corner  of  the  grave,  just  beyoiul  the  feet,  were  three  small  vases:  a  goblet  on  a  low 
stem,  a  squat  bowl,  and  a  vessel  with  a  spout  and  a  basket  handle;  while  farther  to  the  north, 
near  the  mid<lle  of  the  grave,  but  against  its  west  side  behind  the  body.  la>'  two  inorc  vases:  a 
small  mug  and  an  askos  (Figs.  73  aiul  74),  The  necklace  and  the  chaiaclcr  of  these  small  vases 
seem  to  indicate  that  the  grave  was  that  of  a  young  gii  1. 

CiUAVK  IT,  Lying  ca.  0.35  m.  north  of  Grave  I,  and  i)arlly  alongside  the  above-mentioned  wall 
after  its  turn  eastward,  was  the  second |;rave.  It  ran  east  and  west,  wiih  a  length  of  O.UI)  in,  and 
a  width  of  0.35  ni.  to  0.40  ni.  It  was  at  the  same  lc\-el  as  ( Irave  1  ami  Imilt  in  I  lie  same  wa>'.  Imt 
the  traces  of  the  shaft  were  less  clear.  The  bones  were  sonicwiiat  smaller  and  cxcn  iikh'c  fi-agile 
than  those  of  (Jrave  I.  The  body  lay  extended  on  its  back,  with  head  to  west  and  arms  at  sides. 
.Just  south  of  the  head,  and  a  little  above  it  in  level,  were  two  small  vases:  a  stenuned  goblet  with 
sim])le  ornamentation  and  a  plain  unpainted  jug  (Fig.  79).  Nothing  el.se  was  found  in  the  grave, 
save  a  flat  white  pebble  with  a  rude  cross  scratched  upon  it  (Fig.  130,  No.  11). 

Grave  III.  Ca.  2.00  m.  to  the  southwest  of  Grave  I,  and  approxinuitely  at  the  same  level,  a 
third  grave  was  uncovered,  lying  beneath  a  poorly  built  wall  of  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period. 
The  construction  of  the  grave  was  similar  to  that  of  the  two  preceding.  Oriented  from  south- 
east to  northwest,  it  had  a  length  of  0.50  m.  and  a  width  of  0.35  m.  The  body  lay  on  its  right 
side  in  a  contracted  position,  with  head  to  the  southeast.  The  bones  were  in  an  extreme  state  of 
dissolution,  but  it  was  possible  to  measure  the  skull,  which  had  a  length  from  front  to  back  of 
0.15  m.,  and  a  thigh-bone,  which  was  0.215  m.  long.  The  arms  were  evidently  laid  over  the  breast, 
for  the  finger-bones  were  found  close  to  the  chin.     No  objects  were  discovered  in  this  grave. 

It  is  clear  that  all  three  graves  described  above  were  those  of  children,  and  their  position  almost 
in  the  centre  of  the  settlement,  with  houses  on  all  sides,  shows  that  we  have  here  in  the  Late  Hel- 
ladic Period,  just  as  we  have  seen  in  the  Middle  Helladic  Period,  instances  of  the  intramural 


THE   TOMBS  103 

burial  of  gliildiTii.     The  tomhs  of  adults,  on  the  other  hauii,  are  uiulnubtodly  to  U-  isought  uutMde 
the  limits  of  the  settlement. 

It  is  interestiufi  to  note  that  in  these  graves  of  the  Second  Lale  llelladie  IVriod  al  Korakou  there 
is  a])|):irciill,\-  no  canniiical  posiiidn  for  tiic  body.  One  lay  on  its  left  si<le,  one  on  its  riglit,  and  one 
on  its  hack.  .Vjiain.  two  were  iiilcrred  in  a  eontraeted  attitude,  and  one  stretched  out  at  full 
leiifit  h.  In  one  ease  the  head  is  turned  toward  the  north;  in  another  toward  the  west ;  and  in  the 
third  toward  the  southeast.  The  fact  that  the  graves  were  all  so  close  togelher  suBKf«ts  that  all 
three  children  belonged  to  the  same  family;  and  as  a  further  conjecture  it  might  l)e  suggested  that 
the  family  was  tlial  whicii  occupied  the  palace  mentioned  above  (p.  97).  The  graves  would  then 
lie  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  court  before  the  megaron. 


CIIAITKIJ  V 

MlSCEl.LANEOU.S  TIND.S 
IMIJST   STHATCM— KAHLY    IIKLLADK*    PIIHIOD 

MiscELLANKOVs  fiiuls  I'lDiii  t lie  fiist  stiatuiii  wt'it'  iK)t  VL'iy  iiimiridus.  Tlicv  iiichidc  the  I'lil- 
lowiiif;  siiuiU  objects: 

TiiKKAC'OTTA. — Fragment  of  a  figurine  (?). — A  small  Iraniiiciit  nl  pciuliar  slia|)c,  painlcil  in 
tlic  patterned  style  (cf.  ahove  p.  8),  wliich  docs  not  I'onn  a  iccogiiizaMc  part  of  a  vase.  Tlioiiuli 
it  is  almost  ('(Hially  difficult  to  ill  it  iiiln  a  fin'ui'iiic,  it  may  iiclonti  to  a  stcatopyfrous  l,\pc  ol'  (he 
latter. 

Spimlle  ivhorls. — .S(iiiat  shape  with  Hat  i)oltom  and  rounded  sides,  4  (.Fig.  12U,  N'os.  1  and  2); 
pear-shaped,  1  (Fig.  129,  No.  3);  flat,  made  from  a  potsherd,  1. 

Flat  disk. 

Clay. — FraKments  of  four  peculiar  cylinders  of  unbaked  clay.  They  are  O.OH  m.  hip;h  and 
U.045  m.  in  diameter,  and  are  pierced  lonjritudinally  with  two  small  holes  0.004  m.  in  dianu'ter, 


J 

\ 

% 

_/ 

^  '  V) 

2 

3 

4 

6 

■'  '■■'■'^':i'A. 

•'7      '  '        " 

i_. 

— 1— -™— -i^rZh 

Figure  129.    Miscell.\neous  Objects,  Early  Hkllauit  Pioriod". 

aiul  0,01  m.  apart.     These  holes  are  evidently  intended  for  strings,  and  the  cylinders  may  be 
loom-weights  (Fig.  129,  Nos.  4  and  5). 

Bone. — Fragments  of  two  bone  pins,  one  highly  polished. 

Bronze. — Fragment  of  a  small  pin.     One  shapeless  fragment. 

Marble.— A  small  pestle,  0.043  m.  long  and  0.024  ni.  in  diameter.     The  ends  arc  rounded  and 
the  sides  slightly  concave. 

Stone. — One  pounder  of  hard  stone,  oval  in  shape,  0.0G5  in.  long. 

Obsidian. — A  large  number  of  flakes  and  a  few  fragments  of  knife-blatles. 

104 


MISCELLANEOUS  TlNDS 


1(1.1 


'  SECOND   STHATUM— MIDDLE   HELLADIC    I'EUKtD 

Tlio  second  stratum  was  even  more  barren  of  iniscellaueoiis  Kntis  than  (lie  first  aii*l  yielded  only 
the  following  oljjects: 

Terracotta. — Spindle  xvhorh. — Fairly  large:  conoiil,  2;  flat  conoid,  1. 

Bone. — A  small  pin.  0.058  m.  long,  with  enlarged  head  (Fig.  I'M),  No.  2).  Head  of  a  small 
l)in,  O.OIjri  m.  long  (Fig.  lliO,  No.  1).  Pin  without  head,  0.088  m.  long  (Fig  l-ii  \'..  :!i  \« 
implement  made  of  a  i)ioce  of  sharpenetl  bone,  0.081  m.  long  (Fig.  130,  No.  6). 


A  k 


® 


% 


12 


s  @ 

10  14 


15 


20 


^  i^  im 

17  21 


18 


22 


KiGUKK  130.     Miscellaneous  Finus,  Middle  a.vd  Late  Helladu'  Periods. 

Sto.\E  —One  pounder,  roughly  oval,  of  hard  stone.  O.Otil  m.  I'>i'«- 

Obsuman.-Two  small  arrow  heads  of  the  barbed  type  (Fig.  130,  Nos.  4  and  5).  and  a  large 

number  of  flakes. 

THIRD   STilATUM-L.VTi:    1I1;LI..\1>1C    I'KIMnn 
LATE  HELLADIC   I 
Rone  -A  snudl  spool,  or  spool-shaped  bead,  0.021  n,.  l.mg  and  0.018  n..  to  0.02  m.  .n  d.a.n- 
..„.,•.     TlH.   iH.le  is  very  large,  .neasuring  0.011   n,.  .n   dumu-ter.     A  slightly  ra,.<e.l  r.dge  runs 
n.un.l  I  he  middle  of  the  spool  (Fig.  130.  No.  10). 

No  other  nuscellancous  objects  ca.ne  to  light  fron.  the  lower  part  of  the  th.rd  stratu.u. 


106 


KORAKOU 


i.ATi;  iii:i.i,.\i)ic  11 

CihAss  Tasti;. — A  necklace  cuiisisliiif!;  of  appioxiiiiately  120  beads  of  green,  hllie,  and  white  and 
Mack  glass  paste.  As  stated  above  (p.  102)  only  (51  of  these  were  recovered  whole.  The  various 
shapes  of  these  beads  are  illustrated  in  Figure  130,  Nos.  12  to  22. 

Stonk. — A  small  flat  pebble  (Fig.  130,  No.  11)  on  wliiiii  is  scraiilied  a  cross  (cf.aliovc  p.  102). 

Stkatitk. — A  small  Mat  gem.  very  iiadl>-  worn,  wliirh  h;is  cut  in  il  a  rcprcsenlat  ion  of  ii  l)ull 
with  long  ciirved  horns,  charging  spiritedly  to  the  right.  .Viiove  his  hack  is  something  dilKcult  to 
nuike  oiit,  which  may  be  meant  for  foliage  beyond  him,  or  perhaps  an  acrobat  vaulting  over  him 


".' 


14 


FiGUKic  13t.     Teur.\iott.\  FiiiUKi.NEs,  TimiD  L.\TE  Hell.\dic  Pehiod. 


(Fig.  lliO,  No.  7).     Tliis  gcui  has  evidently  been  much  worn  as  an  amulet  or  l)ea(l;  tlic  string  hole 
has  broken  through  on  the  reverse  side  for  most  of  its  extent. 

In  connection  with  the  above  may  be  mcutionecl  two  other  similai'  gems  which  could  not  be 
dated  from  their  place  of  finding.  Their  character  seems,  however,  to  attrilnite  them  rather  to 
Late  Helladic  III  than  to  Late  Helladic  II.  The  better  of  these  (Fig.  130,  No.  8),  though  well 
preserved,  is  of  much  inferior  workmanship  to  the  foregoing.  It  shows  a  stag  to  left,  with  head 
turned  back  oN'cr  his  shoulder.  The  stag  is  I'athei-  carelessly  cut  in  a  strained  altitude,  leaning 
backwartl,  and  with  thick  elongated  legs.  Before,  above,  and  below  him  are  what  appear  to  be 
fronds  of  palm  trees.  The  other  gem  (Fig.  130,  No.  9)  is  not  very  well  preserved,  nor  is  its  work- 
manship of  much  merit.     A  conventionalized  cuttle-fish  is  represented. 


MISCELLANEOUS   FINDS  ,07 

I.ATi:  IlKLLADIC  III 
T..;K>iACOTTA.-F«/M,me,s.-lMagnu.nts  of   twenty-tw,.  HK,ni.„.s  ^,vrc  l,r..UKl,t  t..  li^ht     Five 
ol  tlic-se  arc  .nerHy  bases,  ami  five  are  heads.     The  others  represent  the  following  tvpes: 
(1)   Flat,  with  wiiiK-like  projections  from  the  shouhh-rs. 

(a)  (Fig.  131.  Nos.  (i,  N,  1:5.  1  n.  Tl,,  iH.a.l  is  thin  an.l  rather  shapeles.s  with  a  large  pro- 
jecting ridge  for  the  nose,  on  eaeh  side  of  which  is  painted  a  round  d.,t  representing  the  eye. 
The  head  is  either  hare  (Fig.  1.31,  No.  o)  or  wears  a  high  bonnet  with  flat  (Fig.  i:jl,  Xos.  3.  'Jl'or 
concave  (Fig.   131,  No.  4j  to],.     In  the  fir.st  ca.se  tiie  hair  a,,pears  in  one  central  braid  in' relief 


KuiOKE    Vi2.      TeRK.\COTT.\    FiUUUKS    ok    A.VlMAl.s,     Pllllll)    l.ATi;    llcLLAUIC    rKIIIUI). 

riuiniiig  (l(]\vii  1  he  middle  of  the  back.  In  the  second  case  there  is  no  braid,  but  a  number  of 
jjainted  locks.  The  sex  of  the  figurine  is  indicated  by  conspicuous  breasts.  The  lower  part  of 
the  figure,  below  the  waist,  has  mereh' the  form  of  an  eli'V.ated  round  base  with  flat  hollow  bottom. 
Six  examples  belong  to  this  tyi)e.  which  is  the  most  common  at  Korakon  -itiil  w  fnnitiii  fn.in 
almost  all  Mycenaean  sites. 

(h)  (Fig.  IMI.  Xo.  12).  I'hii  ligurincs  like  the  abcvc,  bill  wish  no  breasts  indicated.  Only 
one  specimen. 

.Vmong  the  five  heads  miiiiiipncd  almvc  there  is  one  (Fig.  131,  No.  3)  on  which  I  he  eyes  are  ren- 
dered plastically  by  two  small  lumps  of  clay,  instead  of  by  painteil  dots,     .\notlier  (Fig.  131, 


108 


KORAKOU 


No.  10)  wears  a  Ixinm-t  willi  cDiicavc  ti)]),  tlic  sides  of  wliicli  aic  ilnnc  in  open  wmk,  inslcid  of 
tlie  more  usual  cKiscd  varii-ty.     A  mw  of  dots  rouiKJ  tlie  lliroat  pinlialilx  n  picsciils  a  lu'ikhui'. 

(2)  Flat  figurines  without  wiun-likc  i>iojoctious  frojii  siioidilt'is. 

(a)  The  shoulders  are  nu-rely  rounded,  and  no  arms  are  indicated.  Breasts  arc  pnniiiiicnt . 
Three  examples  were  found  (Fig.  131,  Nos.  2,  ">,  11). 

(6)  Like  the  foregoing.  Hat  witii  rounded  shoulders,  liul  arms  are  clearly  modelled;  llie  left 
down  the  side  and  then  l)ent  up  toward  I  lie  breast,  tlie  li^lit  exten<le(l  down  ovei'  the  alidonien. 
One  specimen  (Fig.  i;U,  No.  7). 


CHj 


FiiioiiE   133.     Miscellaneous  Objects  of  Bronze  a.nd  Stone,  Thiud  Late  Helladu;  Pekiod. 

(3)  Modelled  in  the  round.  Part  of  out;  figurine  was  found,  lu^ad  and  lower  part  of  Itody,  fioni 
waist  down,  missing.  The  arras  arc  stretched  out  to  the  sides  horizontally,  but  bend  back  sharjily 
at  the  elbow,  so  that  the  hands  n^turn  and  cover  the  breasts.  The  nai'row  waist  is  encircled  by 
a  "girdle"  of  paint,  from  which  on  each  side  rises  a  narrow  band  up  to  the  armpit.  The  bust  is 
decorated  with  vertical  wavy  lines;  on  the  back  is  a  hatched  triangle,  its  base  running  from  shoulder 
to  shoulder  and  its  apex  reaching  thi^  girdle  about  the  waist  (Fig.  131,  No.  1). 

Animal  Figures. — Fragments  of  nineteen  animals  were  found,  and  also  three  horns.  The  casual 
character  of  the  modelling  and  the  fragmentary  state  of  the  material  make  it  almost  impossible 
to  recognix(!  what  animals  were  rejjresented.  The  majority  arc,  however,  provided  with  horns 
and  arc  probably  to  be  identified  as  rams  and  bulls  (Fig.  132,  Nos.  4,  5,  6,  7,  9,  and  10).     One 


MISCELLANEOUS   FINDS  109 

horn  certaftly  belonged  to  a  bovine  animal  (Fig.  132,  No.  3).  A  few  other  examples  without  horns 
may  perhaps  represent  horses,  and  one  of  these,  unfortunately  broken  at  the  critical  point,  ap- 
parently carried  a  figure  on  its  back. 

Fish.— Two  small  fragments  seem  to  be  from  the  tails  of  fishes  (Fig.  132,  Nos.  1  and  2). 

Sinndle  u-ftoris.— Eighteen  spindle  whorls  were  found,  including  eight  conoid,  three  double 
conoid,  two  pear  shaped,  four  half-spool-shaped,  and  one  flat. 

Miscellaneous.— A  small  flat  crescent  with  an  incised  line  down  the  middle  on  ciich  side. 

Bronze. — Knife. — In  the  raised  platform  paved  with  pebbles,  just  north  of  the  "ba<'tylic" 
pillar-base  of  House  P,  was  found  a  small  bronze  knife  of  the  ordinary  Mycenaean  type.  It  is 
0.1475  m.  long,  the  blade  measuring  0.0945  m.  and  the  tang  ().().")3  m.  The  blade  is  0.017")  m.  wide 
at  its  widest  and  tapers  to  a  point.  It  is  still  rather  sharp.  The  handle  was  probably  of  wood 
and  was  fastiMied  Ijy  three  rivets  which  are  still  in  place  in  the  bronze  tang  ( Fig.  133.  No.  1 ). 

Pins.— Fvom  House  P  came  a  round  pin  (Fig.  133,  No.  4).  It  is  0.14  m.  long,  but  the  jKiint  is 
missing.  It  has  an  enlarged  head  decorated  with  a  herring-bone  pattern  done  in  fine  lines.  .\ 
small  fibula  of  twisted  wire  was  found  in  the  rear  chamber  of  Hou.se  M  (Fig.  133,  Xo.  til. 

Chisels. — Here  belong  four  small  implements  (two  complete,  0.11  ni.  and  0.105  m.  Wuig  respec- 
tively. Fig.  133,  Nos.  2  and  3;  and  two  fragmentarj-)  rectangular  in  cro.xs-section,  with  a  sharpeneil 
edge  at  each  end. 

Tij)  of  a  sword. — A  small  fragment  with  rounded  end,  which  had  been  bent  (Fig.  133,  No.  5). 

Spcdi-  soclet  (from  House  ()). — A  fragment  0.09  m.  long  and  0.022  m.  in  diameter,  forming  a 
socket  in  which  a  wooden  shaft  was  probably  fixed.  Two  small  holes  opposite  e:iih  oijii-r  in 
the  socket  provide  for  a  .single  nail  or  rivet  for  fastening  the  shaft. 

FnKjnifnls  (if  bronze. — Six  strips  fif  various  sizes,  and  three  lumps,  unworked. 

Lead. — One  flat  shapeless  piece. 

Stk.\titk  (or  stone  resendiiing  it). — The  tiro  (lems  mentioned  ;ibov<'  <  p.  lOti)  iirobably  belong 
here. 

SpinrUe  irhorls  of  different  small  sizes,  usually  well  made.  Conoiil.  IS.  double  conoid,  3; 
button-shaped,  2;  Flat  round,  1. 

One  pnlishfiljliit  Celt,  triangular  in  shape,  with  blunt  butt.  .\  small  shallow  hole  is  bored  into 
the  butt  on  either  side  perpendicular  to  the  blade,  iml  does  nol  no  llinnmh.  The  celt  is  very 
small  (Fig.  133,  No.  7). 

Other  Kinds  ofStone. — Fragment  of  a  Inrgv  jwlished  Cdt  with  Munt  Imti.  The  butt  is  bon-d 
parallel  to  the  blade  (Fig.  133,  No.  9). 

One  small  whetstime  (Fig.  133,  No.  8). 

I'oinMlrrs  (inil  (jrinderx.-  -Six  of  liard  stone,  generally  with  at  lea.^t  one  fl.al  side  .somewhat  worn. 
One  of  these  grinders  is  of  llie  volcanic  stone  nf  wliiiii  the  ordinary  saddle-<|Uerns  are  made. 

.\t  ill-stones. — More  than  a  do/en  were  found,  of  wlmli  I  lie  gn>a(  majority  aiv  the  f.amiliar  saddle- 
(|uerns.     Two  or  three  hav(!  a  flat  surface  insleail  of  a  concave  one. 

Flint.     .\  nundjer  of  small  fragmr-nis,  some  widi  a  tooth  edge  (Fig,  133,  Nos.  10  and  IP. 

Obsidinn.—A  great  many  chii)s  and  ll.ikes,  and  somi-  fragments  of  knifi'-blades. 


CHAITEH  VT 

rOXCLUSION 

CONXKCTIONS   Willi    o'l'llIlH   SITKS 

H.\viN(;  ('XiiiiiiiKMl  ill  sdiiio  dotaii  the  results  of  the  cxcavalions  at  Korakou,  we  iiuist  next  con- 
sider tills  nuiteiial  more  s<'in'ially  in  the  lifiht  of  its  relation  to  tiie  discoveries  maile  at  other  pre- 
historic sites  in  the  Aep'aii  area.  In  this  lonncction  pottery  naturally  forms  our  chief  standard 
of  conii)arison.  Arcliitcct  ure.  tombs,  and  niiscellaneous  objects,  though  eipiallx'  important .  are, 
unfortunately,  tip  to  the  present  time  too  scantily  rei)resenled,  either  at  Koiakou  or  at  othei'  i)re- 
historie  sites,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  cast  their  share  of  light  on  the  problem.  We  begin  with  the 
Karly  Helladic  Period. 

i;.\Hl.V    TIKLLADIC    PKHlol) 

Potsherds  representing  all  the  classes  of  lOarly  Helladic  wai'e  describccl  above  have  been  ])icked 
up  in  quantities  at  ten  othei'  sites  lying  in  the  immediate  neighborhood,  between  the  Isthmus 
and  a  line  about  two  miles  west  of  Old  Corinth.'  Oidy  three  of  these  sites  have  yet  Ixmmi  tested 
by  digging.  In  the  main  excavations  of  the  American  School  at  Old  Corinth  a  considerable 
amount  of  polished  ware  (cf.  Class  A,  p.  4)  and  glazed  ware  (cf.  Class  B,  p.  (J)  has  been  obtained  ;- 
and  at  Gonia  and  Yiriza,  two  points  just  north  of  the  modern  village  of  Examilia,  trial  pits  opened 
in  I'.nti.  besides  uncovering  walls  of  the  period  in  iiuestion.  jjrodticed  a  mass  of  sherds  correspond- 
ing fully  with  the  results  gained  at  Korakou.  and  furnishing  several  new  shapes.  The  great 
abundance  of  this  pottery  in  the  Corinthia  and  the  variety  of  shapes,  including  many  vessels  of 
very  large  size,  iioint  to  local  manufactm'e.  The  clay,  furthermore,  is  for  the  most  part  of  the  well 
known  typical  yellow-green  Corinthian  variety,  .\ccordingly  there  seems  no  reason  to  doubt 
that  the  liulk  of  this  ware  is  a  native  Corinthian  product,  which,  however,  forms  part  of  a  larger 
group  that  has  a  wide-spread  distribution.^  For  pottery  of  the  same  type,  but  generally  of  local 
clay  and  with  local  peculiarities,  has  been  found  at  the  following  places:  Tiryns,  as  well  as  other 
sites  in  the  Argolid,*  the  Acropolis  at  Athens,^  Phylakopi,*  Naxos,^  Syra,*  and  other  i.slands  of  the 

'  Sec  A .  ./.  .1 .,  XXIV,  1920,  p]).  1  ff.  ami  p.  271  for  an  ac'count  of  these  prehistoric  sites. 

-  A  full  account  of  these  wares  is  to  be  given  by  Dr.  A.  L.  Walker  in  connection  with  her  fnrthcdniinn  piiblicaf  ion 
of  the  pottery  found  at  Old  (\)rinth. 

'  Cf.  \\'acc  and  'I'lionipson,  Prehixloric  Thessaly,  ("bail.  XII  and  elsewhere. 

*  Cf.  Ath.  ^[itt..  XXXVIII,  li)13,  pp.  .SS  f.;  p.  341.  Karo,  Fiihrcr  ilurch  die  Rtiinn,  rot,  Tirym  (Athens,  191.5),  pp. 
7  f.     See  also  Schlieinann,  Tiryns,  pp.  .55  ff.     For  "urfirnis"  at  Myli,  I/crna,  and  Asinc,  cf.  Prehistoric  Tliex.snh/,  p.  224. 

'  Cf.  Graef,  Die  antiken  Vasen  von  dcr  Akropolis  zii  Allien,  Nos.  1  to  4,  Plate  I,  2  to  4.  A  recent  excavation  of  a 
very  small  area  just  to  the  west  of  the  Erechtheura  revealed  three  layers  of  undisturbed  prehistoric  stratification, 
including  sherds  of  Early,  Middle,  and  Late  Helladic  ware  of  the  tyi)es  described  in  this  report. 

« Cf.  Phyhkopi.  §§  2  to  4.     Dawkins  and  Droop,  B.  S.  A.,  XVII,  1910-11,  p.  1(1. 

■  Cf.npokrui,  190:5,  pp.  .5.5  f.  (four  sites);  1904,  pp.  .57  IT.;  1900.  pp.  SO  IT.;  190S,  pp.  11.5  IT.:  1909,  pp.  209  fT.;  1910, 
pp.  270fif.;  1911,  p.  X57. 

»Cf.  Tsountas,  'E0.  'Apx-,  1^99,  i>i).  17  IT. 

110 


CONCLUSION  HI 

Cy(-lades*Aulis,2  0ichomenosin  Roeotia,' Diachmani,-' Haniu  Marina  in  Phoeis.MJanokla.li  in 
the  Spcrcheius  valley ,«  and  Tsani  in  Thcssaly.'  In  other  words,  it  occupies  a  compact  area  includ- 
ing the  whole  of  southeastern  Greece,'  and  spreading  out  to  the  adjac-nl  islands,  with  an  off-shoot 
to  the  north  into  Thessaly  as  well.  Corinth,  lying  near  the  centre  of  this  region,  might,  from  it.s 
advantageous  geograpliiral  position,  he  expected  to  have  served  as  an  important  meeting-point  of 
comnuuiications  and  trade.  The  fact  that  at  least  eleven  settlements  nourished  in  the  limited 
district  adjoining  the  Isthmus  lends  strong  support  to  this  infen-nce.  which  is,  imleed,  further  con- 
firmed hy  a  closer  examination  of  the  finds  at  Kor.akou  :i<  .-cmpared  with  those  from  the  other 
sites  mentioned  above. 

Tlic  pottery  of  tlic  lowest  stratum  at  Tiryns,  discovered  in  the  more  recent  excavations,  ha.s  not 
yet  l)eeii  pulilishcd,  hut  in  the  nuiseum  at  Xauplia  there  are  on  exhibition  examples  of  polished 
ware,  both  unslii)ped  and  slipped,  as  well  as  of  the  varnished,  patterned,  and  impainted  fabrics 
classified  above.  These  seem  practically  identical  with  the  vases  from  Korakou,  and  the  ciiief 
shapes  represented  arc  also  the  same,  namely  the  shallow  Ikiw!  or  saucer,  the  .sauce-boat,  and 
the  askos."  Thus  in  the  earliest  period  at  Tiryns  we  have  apparently  the  same  ceramic  history 
that  has  revealed  itself  in  the  Early  Helladic  Period  in  the  Corinthia.  In  view  of  this  it  can  hardly 
be  doubted  that  the  connection  between  the  Argolid  ;inil  the  renidii  ni  ilic  Ntlunu-  wi-  il..-.- 
throughout  the  lvni>-  Ilelladic  Period. 

No  architectural  remains  have  yet  come  to  light  at  Korakou  which  can  be  cnm|)ared  witii  the 
inoiunueutal  circular  building  recently  discovered  at  Tiryns,'"  but  when  tin-  architecture  of  the 
Eail>'  Ilelladic  Period  is  more  clearly  revealed  by  finther  excavation  we  may  confidently  expi-ct 
it  to  corroborate  the  evidence  of  the  pottery. 

Turninii  ikiw  to  the  east,  we  find  that  the  characteristic  polt<'ry  of  the  Cydades  in  the  Early 
Cydadic  Period  is  a  hand-made  ami  polished  ware  which  is  fre(|uently  incised  with  geometrical 
jiatterns,  chiefly  parallel  lines,  hatched  triangles,  and  spirals.  This  polished  ware,  tliotigh  made 
of  local  clay  (which  in  several  of  the  islands  contains  a  consideral)le  amount  of  micai,  I'learly  be- 
longs to  the  ,same  group  with  the  ])olished  ware  at  Korakou,  At  Korakou,  furthermore,  we  have 
seen  (p.  4 )  that  there  were  found  a  few  sherds  wit  h  incised  decoration  in  i he  ( "ydadic  style.  The 
Corinthian  examples  seem  to  be  later  than  tliose  from  Pelos,"  but  consiilcrably  i-arlier  than  the 
incised  ware  of  Syra.     Ciuiously  illustrative  of  this  relation,  though  it  may  be  due  merely  to 

'  .\iiiorKos,  I'aros,  .Xiitiparos,  and  DcspDtiku,  cf.  Tsoimta.s,  'E0.  'Kp\.,  IsllS,  |i|>.  1.17  fT.  Siphnos,  rf.  'K<^. 'Apx  ■  IWW, 
pp.  y.i  IT. 

-  ' XpxawXoyiKdf  .ifXrW,   I,    lill,"),  llopdprijjio,  p.  .").5. 

^  Hullc,  Orchinmnox.  p.  17.     Sec  also  Sclilicrnanii,  ./.  //.  N.,  II.  pp.  I;VJ  (T. 

U'f.  .Sotiriadis,  Atli.  Milt.,  .\.\.\l,  KMMi,  pp.  :{9i»  ff.  (liclil  iif  Dr.  Clicva.s).  In  llic  iiiiis<'iiin  jil  ( "liaiTiiiioii  I  null-.! 
sherds  of  "iirtirnis"  alonn  with  Snoiid  Period  'riie.^sali.'iii  ware  from  this  .site.  .S-e  alio  llfia>rika,  ItHKI,  p.  1^7  (tirlil 
of  Messrs.  (iiaiinakopoillos  and  I'iperis).      Kor  this  latter  sili'  .see  also  Ilpa^rika,  PHO,  p.  Il'.l. 

•  lIpoKTiKd,  1910,  pp.  \iS.\  IT.  and  espe<iall.v  Rev.  Ht.  dr.,  \\\ ,  1!>|-.',  pp.  •-'71  ft. 
"  Cf.  I'rehutnric  77if.s-,s(i/i/,  pp.  177  IT.     Also  at  .\miiri,  op.  cil.,  p.  II. 

•  I'riltixloiir  Tlii.i.i<ili).  p.  Il.'i. 

"  Karly  Ilelladic  pottery  lia.s  also  Ixcn  found  at  Elcimis,  cf.  '!?«. 'Ap.x..  Ittrj,  p.  1.1,  Kiu.  0.  1;  p.  Ill,  Fin.  S,^  Siino  of 
the  pottery  found  at  .Me^ara  also  proliahly  lielonns  to  this  uroup  of  K.irly  Ilelladic  wanw:  cf.  Alh.  Mill.,  .\XI.\,  IWM. 
p.  9,'i.  Certain  va.ses  found  l>y  I'apavasiliou  in  I'JilMH-a  likewise  lielonK  hen-;  ef.  llatatiaaiMov.  IhpJ  rut  <r  Kithlf 
'\p\aiui'  Td(^^,  .Vtheiis,  litlO,  pp.  1  IT. 

'•' Cf.  Kari),  Fiihrir  (lurch  ilic  Hiiiiini  vnii  Tiri/iis,  p.  111.  Vin-'-i. 

'"Cf.  Alh.  Mill.,  X.XXVlll,  I'.ilH,  pp.  SCi  IT.,  :t:il  IT. 

"Cf.  U.S.A.,  Ill,  pp.  .•i.')IT. 


112  KORAKOU 

chance,  is  the  fact  that,  whereas  rectiUnear  patterns — herring-bone,  hatched  triangles,  etc. — 
predominate  in  the  early  ware  of  Melos,  and  curvilinear  designs — spirals,  etc. — in  the  later  ware  of 
SjTa,  the  Corinthian  sherds  siiow  both  hatched  triangles  antl  spirals.  In  addition  to  the  polished 
ware,  glazed  .ind  patterned  faljrics,  parallel  to  those  at  Korakou,  also  occiu-  in  the  Cyclades. 
Among  the  shapes  the  t^-pical  saucers  and  sauce-boats  aw.  well  represented.'  So  far  as  the  pot- 
terj'  goes,  therefore,  it  appears  that  the  culture  of  the  islands  in  the  Early  Cycladic  Period  corre- 
sponds fairly  closely  with  that  of  the  rorinthia  in  the  Early  Helladic  Period.  Certain  differences 
are,  however,  deserving  of  notice.  Incised  ware,  which  is  very  cojnjnon  in  the  islands,  is  rare  at 
Korakou  and,  so  far  as  I  kjiow,  has  been  found  at  no  other  site  on  the  mainland.  Again,  none  of 
the  fi(hlle-shaped  marble  figurines  so  characteristic  of  Cycladic  culture  luive  y(>t  Ik^pu  brought  to 
light  at  Koraktni,  or  indeed  at  other  excavations  on  the  maiidaiid.-'  This  latter  may  be  partly  tkie 
to  the  fact  that  uj)  to  the  i)re*ent  time  practically  no  graves  of  the  lOarly  Helladic  Period  have  been 
discovered.  But  it  seems  equally  likely  that  Cycladic  civilization,  developing  perhaps  from  the 
same  origin  as  its  mainland  counterpart,  for  some  reason — no  doubt  its  contact  with  Crete  and  the 
East — advanced  more  rapidly  than  the  latter  and  event\ially,  undisturbed  by  pressure  fiom 
the  outside,  reached  a  higlier  and  difTerentiated  stage.  The  settlements  on  the  mainland,  on  \he 
other  hand,  perhaps  of  later  growtli  and  progressing  more  slowly,  came  to  an  abrupt  end  through 
the  intervention  of  an  external  factor  before  attaining  their  highest  development.  At  any  rate, 
while  there  evidently  was  a  general  connection  between  the  Cyclades  and  the  settlements  on  the 
mainland  throughout  the  Early  Helladic  Period,  the  jiolished  and  incised  wares  seem  to  show 
a  more  special  bond  between  those  islands  and  the  Corinthia. 

The  quantity  of  Early  Helladic  ware  found  on  the  Acropolis  at  Athens  is  very  small  and  need 
not  detain  us  loMir  here.  It  may  suffice  to  state  that  it  includes  slicids  of  ]iolislied  and  glazeil 
fabrics  in  all  respects  similar  to  those  at  Korakou,  and  that  among  the  shapes  the  sauce-boat 
occiu's.     We  may  proceed,  then,  directly  to  the  finds  in  Boeotia  and  Phocis. 

The  pottery  from  Orchomenos  has  unfortunately  not  yet  been  puljlishcd,  but  an  excellent  sum- 
mary of  the  results  is  given  by  Wace  and  Thompson;'  and  a  full  account  of  the  discoveries  at  Hagia 
Marina  has  been  presented  l)y  Professor  Sotiriadis.''  We  see,  then,  that  a  considerable  amount  of 
"urfirnis"  has  been  brought  to  light,  and  along  with  it  a  smaller  ciuantity  of  sherds  bearing  a 
simple  linear  decoration  in  thin  white  on  a  semi-lustrous  gray-black  ground.  This  "urfirnis"  is 
essentially  the  same  as  the  glazed  ware  of  Korakou,  though  apparently  somewhat  more  limited  in 
color  than  the  latter,  and  among  the  shapes  the  characteristic  small  saucer  or  .shallow  l)owl  and  tlu; 
askos  occur.  The  decorated  (so-called  Kamares)  ware  is  practically  identical  \vith  class  C  II  of  the 
patterned  ware  at  Korakou,  and  a  large  tankard  similar  to  that  from  Gonia  shown  in  Figure  11  is 
a  common  shaiie.  It  is  this  giou])  tiiat  is  significant  of  special  connections  between  Phocis  and 
tlic  Istluiius.  For  light-on-dark  ware  of  this  type,  though  fairly'  common  in  Phocis, has, up  to  the 
present  time,  been  fovmd  at  no  southern  sites  save  those  of  the  Corinthia.  In  the  museum  at 
Chaeronea  I  have  also  noted  examples  from  Hagia  Marina  of  the  other  typc^  of  patterned  ware, 
with  d(u-oration  in  dark  paint  on  a  light  ground,  which  arc  altogether  similar  to  those  of  class  C  I 

'  Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  PI.  VII,  2.     See  also  'E^.  'Apx.,  1898,  PI.  IX;  1899,  PI.  VIII. 

-  Cf.  Prehialorir  Theanahj,  p.  22,5.     |8inop  the  above  was  written,  a  marble  figurine  of  the  Cycladic  tyi)C  has  been 
found  at  Zygouries,  a  prehistoric  site  near  Ilagios  Vasilios,  excavated  by  the  American  School.] 
•■'  Prehialoric  Thessaly,  pp.  194  fl. 
•  Rev.  f:i.  Gr.,  XXV,  1912,  pp.  2.53  IT. 


CONCLUSION  113 

at  Korabou.  Here  too,  however,  there  are  differences  to  be  observed:  in  particular,  the  non- 
occurrence in  Phocisof  the  highly  polished  ware  which  at  Corinth  and  in  the  Cydades  forms  the 
earliest  group.  This  fact  might  jjossibly  indicate  that  the  "urfirnis"  settlements  at  Orchomenos 
and  Hagia  Marina  arc  later  establishments  than  those  in  the  south,  and  begin  approximately  in 
Early  Helladic  II  as  represented  at  Korakou.  Likewise  it  is  remarkable  that  no  example  of  the 
sauce-boat,  so  characteristic  in  the  south,  has  yet  lx>en  obtained  from  the  Piiocian  site- 
In  spite  of  these  differences  the  general  connection  with  the  southern  sites  is,  ne  vert  hele->,.vi(i.ti  i, 
and  in  the  light-on-dark  patterned  ware  we  see  a  special  link  between  Phocis  and  the  Corintliiit. 
The  "bothros"  at  Korakou  also  deserves  mention  here,  since  it  is  obviously  the  same  kind  of  con- 
struction as  those  at  Orchomenos.  The  parallel  is  not  limited  to  the  one  example  at  Korakou, 
for  at  least  three  others  were  discovered  at  the  neighboring  site  of  fJonia.  As  at  Orchomenos, 
they  were  found  filled  with  carbonized  matter,  bones,  and  potsherds,  but  tim-es  i.f  biimiiiL'  «■  r.. 
not  visible. 

The  ■  urfirnis "  of  Lianokladi  corresponds  closely  with  that  of  the  two  Phocian  sites  and  requires 
no  furtlier  discussion  here.'  Curiously,  no  light-on-dark  |)atterned  ware  was  turned  up  at  Liano- 
kladi, though  this  site  is  not  far  from  Hagia  Marina. 

The  "urfirnis"  at  Tsani  in  Thessaly-  does  not  differ  materially  from  the  corresponding  ware  at 
Lianokladi.  The  shallow  bowl  .iiid  I  lie  a,skos  are  typical  shapes.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in 
the  rugose  dishes  at  Tsani  we  apiiaicntly  have  vessels  closely  resembling  the  baking-pans  of 
Korakou  and  (Ionia  (cf.  above  p.  13). 

No  direct  connection  with  Crete  has  yet  appeared  for  this  early  period  at  Korakou.  Tlie 
possibility  of  indirect  ( 'I'ctan  inlluence  in  the  light-on-dark  patterned  ware,  though  l)y  no  means  a 
certainty,  must,  liowe\'er,  be  recognizcnl.' 

Having  thus  completed  our  bric^f  survey  of  the  sites  at  which  Haiiy  Hellailic  pottery  has  Ih-j-h 
discovered,  we  may  conckule  that  Corinth  shows  conii)lete  similarity  with  the  south  (Tiryns), 
close  relations  witii  the  east  (Cyclades),  and  special  connections  with  the  north  (Phocis).  It  is 
temi)ting  at  this  |)oiiil  to  box  the  compass  by  continuing  around  to  the  west,  but  imtil  further 
evidence  is  available  it  seems  wiser  to  refrain  from  emphasizing  the  imiMtrtance  of  the  single  Vii.se 
which,  it  was  suggested  above  (p.  14),  might  be  an  impoitation  from  Olyinpia. 

To  judge  from  tin-  pottery,  Early  Helladic  civilization  began  in  the  south,*  apparently  in  the 
Cyclades,  though  it  very  soon  embraceil  the  adjacent  shore  of  the  mainland.  Thence  it  gradually 
spread  inland  and  northward  until,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  period — that  is,  Early  Helladic  II  and 
III — it  reached  its  widest  diffusion. 

MIDDLE    11K1.L.M)1(     rKHloD 

Tiie  distribution  of  Minyan  ware  is  too  well  kin>wn  to  n-cpiire  restatement  here.'  Apart  from 
Korakou,  however,  six  other  sites  in  the  Corinthia  at  which  this  waiv  occurs  have  n-cently  Iwconie 

'  I'rehixloric  Thessiily,  pp.  177  IT. 
-  Prehistoric  TliexKahj,  p.  I  !•">. 
»  Rev.  fit.  dr..  XXV,  1!>P_',  pp.  2X2  ff. 
*  Cf.  I'rchi.iloric  Tlicsxnhi.  p.  2t."). 

M'f.  I'rehixtoric  Thessaly,  p.  2(59;  Forsdyko,  ./.  //.  N..  .\.\X1\  ,  I'.dt,  pp.  12(1  IT.;  CliiUlo,  J.  U.S.,  .WW.  lltl.-i, 
pp.  lilt)  IT. 


114  KORAKOU 

known.'  It  thus  appears  that  the  Isthmian  region  is  a  verj'- import  ant  one  in  the  sphere  of  Minyan 
ware,  and  the  material  from  these  seven  sites  may  not  he  overlooked  in  any  fiitiii-e  study  of  Minyan 
pottery. 

Of  the  two  varieties  which  have  l)e('n  previously  distinnuishcil,  namely  CJray,  or  northern 
Minyan,  and  Argive,  or  southern  Minyan,  hotli  occur  freely  at  Ivn'akou  and  at  (!onia.  (!ray 
Minyan  is,  however,  far  more  abundant  than  Arrive,  which  is.  in  fact,  a  local  i  I'eloponnesian?) 
imitation.  Arjiive  Minyan  is  almost  alw.ays  decorated  witii  simijle  curvilinear  patterns  in  incised 
lines,  and  at  Korukou  we  lind  that  this  system  of  ornamentation  is  occasionally  api)lied  also  to 
Gray  Minyan — a  development  |)erliai)s  due  to  southern  influence.  In  the  case  of  llie  typical 
goblets  on  a  hij!;h  ringed  stem,  furtlieiinore,  we  have  seen  that  Korakou  furnishes  a  vaiiety  of 
examples,  in  which  the  number  of  raised  rings  varies  fioni  one  to  eight,  repi-esentinii,  therefore, 
both  the  southern  and  the  northern  types. 

In  addition  to  the  two  classes  mentioned  above,  th(>  excavations  at  Korakou  produced  also  a 
great  mass  of  Yellow  Min\'aii,  another  and  more  successful  offshoot  of  Gray  Minyan,-'  which  is 
exceedingly  important  as  forming  the  first  step  in  the  development  of  Mycenaean  ware,  ^■ellow 
Minyan  has  been  foimd  in  some,  quantity  also  at  (^rchomenos  and  in  the  .\riiolid.  .\s  regards 
the  world  of  ^Minyan  ware,  therefore,  Corinth  takes  a  cosmopolitan  position. 

The  Mattpainted  fabrics  found  along  with  Minyan  ware  at  Korakou  occur  likewise  in  identical 
style  in  the  Argolid,  apparently  at  all  the  prehistoric  sites  that  have  been  excavated.  Gioup  1, 
the  coar.se  ware,  is  chiefly  represented,  and  pottery  of  this  class  has  been  found  also  at  .\egina. 
The  ^lattpainted  vases  discovered  at  Aphidna  in  .\ttica'  are  probably  likewise  closely  related  to 
this  group,  and  similar  ware  has  been  found  at  ( )rcli(iinenos.     ( lidup  11,  the  finer  style,  is  not  yet 

so  well  represented  from  other  sites,  but  there  are  a  luunber  of  g 1  specimens  from  the  shaft 

graves  at  Mycenae  and  several  from  Tiryns;  and  others  have  recently  come  to  light  at  Eleusis.* 
Two  vases  from  Geraki  in  Laconia  shovdd  also  be  mentioned  here.'  In  some  of  this  fine  Matt- 
painted  ware  Cretan  inHuence  .seems  unmistakable.  Mattpainted  ware  of  group  III,  with  decora- 
tion in  two  colors,  red  and  black,  has,  so  far  as  present  knowledge  goes,  approximately  the  same 
distribution.  The  familiar  examples  are,  of  course,  those  from  the  sixth  shaft  grave  at  Mycenae," 
but  there  is  a  good  deal  of  similar  ware  from  Orchomenos  and  other  sites  in  the  north.  Phylakopi 
has  likewise  fiunished  a  fine  beaked  jug  in  this  style,^  though  the  usual  Cycladic  parallel  is  the 
black  and  red  ware  of  Melos,  of  which  a  good  example  was  also  found  in  the  Temple  Repositories  at 
Cnossus  in  Crete.* 

We  come  now  to  the  Mycenaean  or  mainland  fabrics  corresponding  to  Middle  Minoan  III  wares. 
Here  the  material  from  other  sites  is  still  extremely  scanty,  and  not  much  can  be  said  until  fiuther 
discoveries  are  made.  Professor  Karo  has,  however,  shown  me  a  number  of  similar  sherds  from 
Tiryns,  and  it  is  evident  that  the  state  of  affairs  in  the  Argolid  corresponds  exactly  with  that  at 

'  Cf.  A.  J.  A.,  XXIV,  l'.i20,  pp.  1  IT. 

'CI.  B.S.  A.,  XXII,  p.  181. 

'  Cf.  Ath.  MM.,  XXI,  1896,  PI.  XV,  4-0. 

'  'K4>.  'kpx;  1912,  p.  .3,  Fig.  1,  Nos.  4,  0.     Cf.  also  1898,  p.  70,  Fig.  9. 

'  Cf.  B.  S.  A.,  XVI,  pp.  78  (T.,  Figs.  3  .nnd  4. 

'Cf.  Furt\v:i?igler  .-uid  Lopsdickc,  Myk.  Tlmngcjiufne,  Pis.  VIII,  i'.i,  aiul  IX,  44. 

'  Phylakopi,  p.  159. 

'CLB.S.A .,  IX,  p.  .50,  Fig.  26  g. 


I 


CONCLUSION  11.-, 

Corinth.  Save,  possibly,  for  one  or  two  sherds  from  Tiryns,'  none  of  this  ware  can  be  claimed 
US  genuine  Cretan,  but  the  ultimate  Minoan  source  of  the  patterns  on  many  of  these  vases  can- 
not be  ciucstioned.  Since  it  seems  equally  free  from  doubt  that  most  of  this  ware  was  fabricated 
on  the  mainland,  Minoan  originals  must  have  been  imported  for  use  Jjy  the  mainlantl  potters. 
Whether  any  ol  these  actual  originals,  wliieh  were  obviously  not  numerous,  is  ever  brought  to 
light  by  further  excavation  or  not,  the  fact  of  connections  with  Crete  is  nevertheless  established. 

This  somewhat  cursory  review  of  the  distribution  of  the  chief  kinds  of  pottery  characteristic  of 
the  second  stratum  at  Korakou  shows  that  in  the  Middle  Helladic  Period,  as  in  the  precedinp  age, 
( 'orinth  continued  to  be  the  central  point  of  a  more  or  less  homogeneous  ceramic  area.  Again  we 
have  found  substantial  identity  with  the  south  (.\rgolid),  close  connections  with  the  east  (Cychides), 
and  comijlete  general  agreement  with  the  north.  Furthermore,  we  have  seen  definite  points  of 
contact  with  Crete,  .\gain  the  evidence  from  the  west  is  too  shght  to  throw  sufficient  hglit  on 
the  question  of  iclations  in  this  direction,  and  we  must  await  the  results  of  new  excavations  in  the 
western  part  of  (Jreece.  In  the  meant inie  it  may,  however,  be  pointed  out  that  in  his  recent 
digging  at  Thermon-  Romaics  has  discovered  fabrics  verj-  similar  to  our  dray  and  Yellow  Minyan, 
as  well  as  to  our  Mattpainted  wares. 

Ttuiiing  now  to  architecture,  wo  find  at  the  last  named  site,  Thermon,  a  house  practically  identi- 
nil  in  plan  and  construct  ion  wit  li  our  House  F  .it  Koiakou.'  It  is,  indeed,  longer  in  proportion  to 
its  width  tJKin  House  F  and  considerably  larger,  but  thi^  same  principle  of  division  into  rooms  is 
observed,  including  a  vestibule,  a  large  megaron,  and  an  enclosed  ap.se  at  the  northern  end.  A 
glance  at  the  plan  will  show  that  House  A  at  Thermon  givt^s  the  same  impression  of  care  and  preci- 
sion in  construction  that  we  have  noted  above  in  the  Middle  Helladic  Period  at  Korakou.  .\psidal 
buildings  are  by  no  means  conlinitl  to  the  two  sites  mentionetl  above,  nor  are  they  particularly 
rare  in  the  jnehistoric  area  under  consitleration  (cf.  Olympia,  etc.),  but  the  remarkably  close  simi- 
larity between  the  houses  at  Thermon  and  Corinth  seems  more  than  fortuitous. 

The  house  discovered  in  the  upper  stratum  at  Lianokladi*  is  also,  to  judge  by  the  pottery  found 
in  that  stratum  (Minyan  ware),  approximately  contem|)orary  with  House  F  at  Korakou.  It 
seems,  however,  far  more  carelessly  built  than  House  F.  and  has  a  jjeculiar  plan  which  may  jK-rhaps 
bo  the  result  of  a  reconstruction.  In  its  earlier  form  it  apparently  consisted  of  a  large  megaron 
with  a  store-room  adjoining  it,  and  the  entrance  may  have  been  on  the  long  south  side  of  the 
megaron.     This  house  appears  to  have  little  in  common  with  House  F  at  Korakou. 

Reference  may  also  be  made  here  to  the  house  uncovered  by  Kourouniotis  in  the  up|>ermast 
stratum  at  Rini  in  Thes.saly.'  This  is  irregularly  oval  in  plan,  having  a  walled-ofT  apse  at  each  end 
with  a  large  central  room  lietween.  The  door  may  have  been  in  the  east  side  of  the  large  room. 
.\  house  of  the  same  period,  but  with  an  apse  at  one  end  oidy.  was  found  at  Hachmani.*  It  consists 
of  one  largo  chamber  including  the  apse  to  the  south,  and  a  smaller  room  lo  the  nortii  containing 
the  iienith.     Thi'  entrance  was  |)robably  in  the  sir.iiuht  end.  opening  to  the  northeast. 

'  Cf.  Schlicniiinn,  Tiryns,  I'i.s.  X.W  lil,  .\XV11  d. 

»  Cf.  ' Kpxaio\oyiKii>  AtXrioK,  I,  191.5,  pp.  225  (T. 

>(;f.  -Apx. -ieXr.,  I,   lOl.'-),  p.  2:51,  l'i({.  2. 

*  Cf.  I'rMsUiric  Thcfsntij,  p.  IS'J,  l''ig.  i;i". 

»  Cf.  I'rehixloHc  riieKnaly,  pp.  i:{2  f.,  ami  Kigs.  Sllaiiil  SI. 

'  House  P;  cf.  I'rehUloric  Tlussnly,  p.  .'iS,  Kin.  17. 


no  KORAKOU 

At  Orchomonos,  where  Minyan  pottery  was  abundant,  we  should  expect  to  find  sufficii>nt  nichi- 
tcctural  material  for  comparison,  hut,  unfortunately, at  this  important  sitono  completohousc-pluns 
were  recovered.  In  methods  of  const ructit)n,  however,  there  seems  to  he  essential  agreement  with 
what  has  been  discovered  at  Korakou. 

No  further  material  for  comparison  is  yet  available  from  the  inainlaml.  In  t he  Cyclades,  as, for 
example,  at  Phylakopi,'  and  in  Crete,  contemporary  hou.ses  lit  into  a  iiuich  mor(<  closely  organized 
urban  system  and  apparently  have  not  much  in  common  with  the  more  rustic  establishments  we 
have  seen  in  soutli  central  (ireece.  We  may  conclude,  then,  that  in  liie  Middle  Helladic  Period  no 
one  uniform  house-plan  was  followed  in  the  Helladic  area,  nor,  indeed,  even  at  .any  (nie  site.  On  tlie 
contrary,  we  find  wide  diversity  in  shape  and  orientation  of  houses,  as  well  as  in  arrangemod  of 
the  iiderior.  showiuf;  that  each  builder  felt  free  to  build  according  to  his  own  convenience. 

It  remains  to  refer  iirieliy^o  burial  customs.  We  have  seen  al)()ve(i).  101 )  that  the  graves  of  the 
Middle  Helladic  Period  at  Korakou  find  a  close  parallel  in  the  intrammal  lnuials  at  Phylakopi; 
and  similar  interments  are  not  uncommon  at  Orchomenos.  ( 'ist  graves  of  t  he  ty|)ical  ( )rcliomeiii:in 
kind,  which  are  not  rare  in  the  whole  north  Helladic  area  and  occur  in  the  Cyclades  as  well,  have 
not  yet  been  discovered  at  Korakou,  but  at  Cionia,  only  two  miles  away,  five  were  uneartheil  which 
correspond  in  every  way  with  those  at  Orchomenos.  These  Middle  Helladic  graves  are  very 
simple  and  visiiall.\-  contain  notliing  but  the  skeleton.  In  one  case  at  (Ionia  three  Ixine  hair- 
pins came  to  light,  and  ixittery  was  exceedingly  rare,  lieing  limited  to  a  solitary  nondescri])!  vase. 
This  simplicity  of  interineid  is  characteristic  at  otiier  sites  as  well. 

L.'VTE    HELLADIC    I'lllMoD 

That  the  Corinthia  was  an  inii)<)rtant  centre  for  the  development  of  Late  Helladic  or  Mycenaean 
pottery  is  amplj'  demonstrated  by  the  fact  that  at  least  five  other  sites  at  which  these  wares  apiiear 
to  occur  in  considerable  quantities  exist  within  a  railius  of  live  miles  of  Korakou.  ()iily  one  of 
these  sites  has  yet  been  excavated;  but,  tiiough  the  trial  pits  at  (Ionia  did  not  yield  such  aljundaiit 
material  for  the  Late  Helladic  Period  as  was  obtained  at  Korakou,  the  restilts  nevertheless  fully 
confirm  the  conclusions  which  have  been  drawn  from  the  stratified  deposit  at  the  latter  site.  The 
other  four  sites  still  await  investigation,  but  it  may  be  noted  that  at  one  of  these — Cheliotomylos, 
hardly  more  than  half  a  mile  to  the  northwest  of  Old  Corinth — sherds  corresjionding  to  the  First, 
Second,  and  Third  Late  Helladic  styles  have  been  collected.  .A.t  the  remaining  three  sites  Myce- 
naean sherds  visible  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  are  limited  to  the  Third  Late  Helladic  style,  as 
was  the  case  also  at  Korakou  before  excavations  were  undertaken. 

It  has  already  been  statinl  tiiat  the  great  Imlk  of  Late  Helladic  or  "  Mycenaean  "  pottery  found 
at  Corinth  is  almost  certainly  of  local  manufacture,  evolved  through  a  gradual  and  regular  develop- 
ment of  Yellow  Minyan  ware  under  constantly  growing  Minoan  influence.  The  early  shapes  are 
thus  for  the  most  part  those  taken  over  from  the  Minyan  stock,  chieHy  the  goblet  on  a  stem,  and  a 
deep  bowl  with  high,  splaying  rim;  but,  once  the  new  technique  has  passed  the  experimental  stage 
and  established  itself,it  rapidly  prevails  overthe  oldermethods  and,  as  it  progresses,it  undoubtedly 
imports  from  abroad  along  with  its  flesigns  many  new  shapt^s  as  well. 

The  source  of  these  importations  is  of  course  Crete;  but  although  the  evidence  of  sucii  trade 

'  Cf.  Phylakopi,  plan.  Pis.  I.  and  XL 


CONCLUSION  ,17 

rilatioiii^jccoincs  exceedingly  strong  in  tlie  First  Late  Holladic-  Period,  it  is  not  until  the  Second 
Late  Helladic  Period  that  the  height  of  Cretan  influence  seems  to  he  reached  at  Korakou.  It  is 
to  this  stage  that  we  must  assign  the  fine  squat  l)o\vi«  with  carefully  painted  marine  designs,  the 
well  made  cups  of  thin  faljric  with  a  pattern  suggesting  tortoise  shell  or  grained  wood  (the8o-fallo<l 
ripple  motiv(;),and  a  number  of  vasesof  other  shapes, on  which  a  realistic  octopus  plays  a  prominent 
role  in  the  decoration.  At  the  same  time  we  find  that  vases  of  unmistakably  local  manufacture 
are  oinamented  with  imitations  of  the  same  designs,  while  local  adaptations  of  characteristic 
Minoan  Horal  motives  are  much  favored.  In  fact,  in  the  Second  Late  Helladic  Period  the  ceramic 
artists  of  Korakou  apparently  strive  to  attain  as  nearly  as  po.ssible  the;  stamlards  set  i)y  their 
Mijioan  iDJleagues  in  Crete.  Ami,  linally,  in  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period,  wiien  Mycenaean 
pottery  reaches  its  widest  distriinition,  the  fusion  of  maijdand  and  Minoan  art  is  complete;  but  a 
return  swing  of  the  pendulum  has  intervened,  and  it  is  now  the  maiidand  element  which  it>  seen  t« 
be  dominant  over  the  Minoan. 

Turning  now  to  a  consideration  of  the  nialcrial  from  other  sites,  we  find  that  Mycenaean  pot- 
tery of  the  First  and  Second  Late  Hellatlic  types  has  not  yet  come  to  light  in  great  cpiantities  on 
the  mainland.  The  .\rgoli(l.  however,  again  shows  complete  agreement  with  Corinth.  Thus  at 
Tiryns  and  at  Mycenae  numerous  vases  and  sherds  have  i)een  found,  representing  both  the  spirali- 
form  style  of  decoration  characteristic  of  Late  Helladic  I  and  the  naturalistic  style  belonging  to 
Late  Ilcllaiiir  II.'  Tlic  shapes  of  these  vases,  fmllicrnioic,  tell  the  same  story  that  has  In-cn 
revealeil  in  the  Corinthia.  It  may  be  noted  that  Ephyraean  ware  occui-s  not-only  at  Tiryns  and 
Mycenae  but  at  the  Argive  Heraeum  as  well.- 

Tlie  excavations  at  Eleusis'  have  likewise  producccl  ciiaractfristic  va.ses  of  the  First  and  Sec<ind 
Late  Helladic  Periods,  agreeing  fully  with  the  finds  from  Coriniii.  Here  toostenuned  goblets  and 
dee])  bowls  with  wide,  splaying  rim  give  clear  testimony  of  their  Minyan  ancestrj',  while  straight- 
sided  cups,  beakeil  jugs,  and  scpiat  bowls  s])eak  with  e(|ual  clearness  of  .Minoan  inllucnce.  .Vgain, 
the  spiraliform  and  the  naturalistic  styles  of  decoration  arc-  well  exempliticd.  Ephyraean  ware 
alone  is  lacking  to  make  the  correspondence  with  Corinth  absolutely  conii)li'te,  but  there  is  good 
reason  lo  beiic^ve  that  Ephyraean  ware  also  may  .still  be  found  wlifii  furllu-r  digging  is  carrird  out 
with  careful  examination  of  the  stratified  deposit  of  this  prehistoric  .settlement. 

A  number  of  ^Mycenaean  sites  and  numerous  tombs  have  been  found  in  .Vltica,  but  tin -.  .u. 
practically  all  of  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period.  During  n-cent  excavations  on  the  Acro|K>lis 
(1918)  to  the  west  of  the  Erechtlieiini,  liowever.  a  few  sherds  of  Late  Helladic  I  and  Late  Helladie 
II  styles  came  to  light,  ami  others  are  known  from  earlier  digging.*  In  shajH-s  and  decoration 
these  vases  agree  closely  with  the  finds  at  Corinth.  Again,  stemmed  goblets  and  deep  bowls, 
chiefly  with  spiraliform  ornament,  represent  the  First  Late  llelladu-  Period,  whih-  .-^ciuat  bowls  wilii 
marine  designs  and  straight -sided  cui)s  i-eliect  the  more  dominant  Minoan  standards  of  the  S«>cond 
Late  Helladic  Period.  Sjioradic  lind>  of  pottery  at  other  places  near  Athens— such  a.s  the  fine 
holc-moulhed  jar  numbered  98(j  in  thi'  National  Museum*— j"'''t>fy  iis  in  believing  that  futiin> 

'  Tlio  pottery  from  the  recent  Ciermuii  e.xciiviitions  at  Tiryii-s  (1910)  liiut  not  yei  Ihvii  iml.li.slicl.  but  »»a  »lio*ii  lo 
nie  by  1'rofe.s.sor  Karo. 
2Cf.  tf.S.i4.,  XXII,  |).  182. 
'  Cf.  'E4>.  -Apx-,  189H.  PP-  ^il  'L  l"-'l-'.  PP-  1  T. 

•  Cf.  Graef,  Die  anlikcu  Vasoi  von  ilcr  .IAt/./ki/is  zu  Mhcn,  I'la.  2  aiul  H;  l«xt,  pp.  1  IT. 
'Thi.s  vase,  ac(|uiriMl  from  a  lojiicl  ion,  may,  iHrhapa.  Iiavf  l«'<'n  found  out.siilr    \--- 


118  KORAKOU 

excavations  will  reveal  at  various  points  in  Allica  lloinisliitin  settlements  lielontiin^  to  the  tinest 
period  of  Mycenat'an  art. 

In  till"  Cyclades  wo  find  tiial  elose  assoeiation  witli  Crete  makes  itself  foreihly  felt  in  the  tieid  of 
(Traniics  considerahly  sooner  than  on  the  mainland.  Minoan  vases  are  imported  at  an  earlier 
date  and  in  inueh  larger  quantities.  Thus,  respondiiit:  iid  (lnui>l  to  popular  demaiul.  ihi'  jxitters 
of  Melos  early  develo))  a  sehool  of  their  own  foi-  the  i)rodnition  of  \ases  in  the  Minoan  style,  and 
northern  intluenci-  is  far  less  vijjorons  than  we  have  seen  it  in  the  Corinthia.  While  the  develo])- 
nient  of  pottery  aeeordingly  proceeds  alon;;  somewhat  difTerent  lines,  and  we  meet  with  no  <'xaet 
correspondence  to  the  spiraliform  and  naturalistic  stafji's  which  are  so  clearly  maikeil  on  the  main- 
land, the  same  general  process  certainly  worked  itself  out  at  Melos  also,  though  to  he  sure  at  an 
earlier  date.  Characteristic  of  the  difference  in  process,  however,  apart  from  that  in  chronology, 
is  the  fact  that  stemmed  goblets  and  deep  howls  with  wide,  splaying  rim.  which  at  Corinth  so 
definitely  reflect  their  Minyan  oi'igin,  are  very  rare  at  IMiylakopi,  where  the  conunon  shapes  are 
apparently  for  the  most  part  taken  over  from  Crete.  But  by  the  end  of  the  First  Late  Helladic 
Period  or  the  begiiuiing  of  Late  Helladic  II  the  pottery  of  Corinth  is  so  thoioughly  Minoanized 
that,  save  for  differences  due  to  local  manufacture,  it  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  at  Melos. 
That  the  relations  l)ctween  the  Cyclades  on  the  one  hand  and  ( 'orinth  and  the  .Vrgolid  on  the  other 
wei"e  especially  intimate  in  the  Second  Late  Helladic  Period  may,  furthermore,  lie  inferred  from 
the  presence  at  Phylakt)])i  of  l',|)liyraean  ware.  \\lii<'h  is  almost  certainly  a  mainland  jiroduct. 

In  Boeotia  almost  no  Mycenaean  shertls  of  the  First  Late  Helladic  Period  have  yet  been  dis- 
covered. The  excavations  of  Keraniopoullos,  however,  have  brought  t  o  light  at  Thebes  tombs  and 
the  remains  of  a  palace,  which  the  evidence  of  the  pottery  assigns  to  the  Second  Late  Helladic 
Pei'iod.'  This  jiottery  corresponds  fully  with  that  of  the  second  Mycenaean  stage  (Late  Helladic 
II)  at  Corinth  and  other  mainland  sites,  conforming  generally  to  the  Minoan  standard.  .\t 
Thebes  we  might  exjiect  northern  I  i.e..  "Minyan")  influence  to  be  paiticidarly  strong,  but  this 
expectation  must  await  confirmation  fiom  further  discoveries,  especially  of  material  of  the  First 
Late  Helladic  Period.  There  seems  every  reason  to  believe  that  Thebes  lay  on  an  imi)ortant 
trade  route  from  the  south,  which  passed  from  Corinth  acioss  the  ('orintliian  (!ulf  to  Thisbe 
and  thence  to  the  north.  Search  for  a  i)rehistoric  settlement  in  the  neighborhood  of  Thisbe  should 
yield  extremely  valuable  results. 

In  Euboea  the  investigations  of  the  late  (<.  Papavasiliou  in  the  viciiiit\'  of  Chalcis  ha\'e  duiing 
recent  years  brought  to  light  a  rapidly  incieasing  amount  of  Mycenaean  remains.-  This  material, 
which  comes  chiefly  from  tombs,  is  in  large  part  still  unijublished,  but,  though  the  bulk  of  it  falls 
within  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period,  it  a])i)arently  also  includes  some  vases  in  t  he  familiar  Second 
Late  Helladic  style. 

Farther  north,  in  Phocis,  no  pottery  of  the  First  or  Second  Lute  Helladic  types  has  hitherto 
been  found;  and  apart  fiom  two  renuirkable  vases  which  may  be  Middle  Minoan  II  importations 
from  Crete,'  no  direct  southern  influence  before  the  Third  Late  Helladic  Period  is  yet  i)redicable. 
But  in  Thessaly,  which  was  much  more  accessible  by  sea,  the  Second  Late  Helladic  style  is  repre- 

'  Cf.  'K<t>.  'Ap\..  190!l.  pp.  oo  fT.;  IIpoKriKd,  1910,  pp.  1,52  If.     See  al.so  'Apx-  -ieX''-,  HI,  l^l*",  pp.  1  (T. 
'Cf.   IlnirafJaaiXfiou,  llipi  Twf  iv   Kvlioif.  'Xpxaiv  'Vd<j>af,  .\tliens,    1910,  pp.21  IT.     See  al.so  lIpojtTtKa,   1910,   p.  2t)ti; 
1911,  pp.  237  f. 
'  Cf.  'E<(>.  "Apx.,  1908,  p.  87,  KiK.  13,  i'l.  o,  2. 


CONCLUSION  110 

sciitoill^-aiiumlKrof  vaHosfioiM  tdiiil.sat  Pasa.sae,' and  at  lulcos'oii  llie  littoriil  of  llii-  FaKasaoan 
Culf;  wliilc  a  lew  similar  vast's  an-  icconlcd  as  havinti  hccn  fuun.l  at  Matjula  m-ar  Eliissoiia.' 

In  Western  Creece.  despite  the  important  researches  of  Diirpfeld.  systematie  exploration  of 
prehistoric  sites  has  lagged  eonsiderahly  behind  that  in  Eastern  (oeece,  and  the  material  foreoin- 
parison  is  still  scanty, especially  as  refjanls  the  jjcriod  anterior  lo  Late  Helladie  ML  It  is, curiously, 
in  the  pottery  of  Thermon,  a  mountain  fastness  of  Aetolia,  that  we  s»'em  to  find  the  close«t  parallel 
to  tile  First  and  Second  Mycenaean  stajies  of  Corinth.  Here  Dr.  Roniaios  has  diseoven-d  example!; 
of  goblets  and  deep  bowls  with  spiraliform  ornament,  as  well  as  strainlil-sided  cups.  iar.-.  ami  a 
rliyton  with  a  |)atlerii  of  duuliie  axes,  wliich  show  strong  Minoan  inlluence.* 

Mycenaean  remains  discovered  up  In  i  he  present  time  in  .\carnania''  seem  to  be  limited  entirely 
to  the  Third  Late  Helladie  Period,  as  is  also  the  case  at  the  excavations  of  Dorpfeld  in  I^-iicjut. 
Consideralily  more  material  has  been  unearthed  in  Cephalonia,  where  mmierous  Mycenaean 
tombs  have  been  o|)eniMl.''  From  the  accoimt  of  these  excavations  published  by  Kavvadias  it  does 
not  appear  that  oi)jects  of  First  or  Second  Late  Helladie  date  are  included  among  the  finds. 

On  the  west  coast  of  the  Peloponnesus  traces  of  Mycenaean  civilization  have  Iw-en  found  at 
several  points.  W  Olympia  there  is  one  lone  Late  Minoan  III  sherd.'  W  Kakovatos,  however, — 
Triphylian  Pylos — the  Second  Late  Helladie  P«'riod  and.  probably,  the  end  of  the  Fii>it,  an-  well 
represented  among  the  limis  fiimi  ilic  three  ro\al  tombs  and  from  the  adjacent  prehistoric  settle- 
ment." In  the  important  series  of  vases  discovered  here,  Minoan  ascendancy  appears  IoIh-  practi- 
cally complete,  antl  few,  if  any,' of  the  northern  elements  so  characteristic  at  Corinth  can  be  distin- 
guished. Farther  south,  near  the  Messenian  Pylos.  a  bee-hive  tomb,  excavated  in  I'.tl'i  by  l)r- 
Kouiduniotis,  yirldcil  a  nuini)er  of  vases  of  the  "early  palace  style,"  including  a  large  amphora 
with  a  design  of  ivy  leaves  remarkably  similar  lo  that  on  the  well  known  beaked  pitcher  from  the 
first  shaft  grave  at  Mycenae.'-'  Here  as  at  Kakovatos,  the  vases  are  almost  certaiidy  of  niainland 
manufacture,  but  again  they  show  signs  of  powerful  Minoan  inllnence  and  little  coimectioii 
with  the  nortii.  Both  the  Messenian  and  tiir  Triijhylian  Pylos  lie  close  to  the  sea,  and  it  is 
liardlx'  going  li(\<iud  the  evidnice  lo  infer  that  each  was  a  port  of  call  for  the  trading  barks  of 
Minoan  navigators. 

Pottery  of  the  Second  L.ate  Helladie  IN'riod  has  also  been  found  in  Laconia,  ami  it  is  important 
to  note  that  from  the  bee-hive  tomb  at  \aphio  come  two  stemmed  goblets  which  clearly  represent 
the  niainlaiiil  or  noil  hern  tradition.'" 

This  ends  our  lirief  general  survey  whicii  obviously  does  not  pretend  to  be  complelt- — of  the 
pottery  of  the  First  and  Second  Late  Helladie  Periods  discovered  at  other  sites  than  Corinth  on 
the  Creek  mainland.  We  may  conclude  that,  true  lo  her  earlier  tradition,  Corinth  coniimied  to 
be  an  important  centre  from  which  can  be  traced  lines  of  ceramic  aflinity  railiating  in  all  directions. 

'  C'f.  Mh.  Mill..  .\1\  ,  iss'.l.  |>|>-  -'112  ir.,  ri.s.  ll  ami  10. 

»Cf.  >:,<,. 'Apx..  1!I0(>,  I'l.  IJ. 

'C'f.  I'rchisioric  Thissdiy,  p.  2(17. 

'Cf.  'Apx.  -^fXr.,  I,  lill.j,  pp.  2titl  IT.:  alsii  II,  Itllli,  pp.  ISI  f. 

K'f.  npasTiKCL.  I'.HW,  p.   100. 

K"f.  UpaKTiKa.  I!)l-',  pp.  IIK)  IT.;  247  IT.;  also  Kavvadiius,  llpoioTopi»4  'ApxaioXoyla,  pp.  XVi  IT. 

■  Cf.  Mh.  Mill..  .W.W  1.  t'.lll,  p.  l~(i.  l''iK.  20  a. 

»C'f.  Mil.  .Mill.,  .\.\.\l\  .  I'.inn,  pp.  :«>2  IT.,  I'Is.  If.  21. 

»Cf.  'Kit).  '\px;  I'"  I.  pp.  '••'•'  IT.  ami  f.s|KTiiilly  I'l.  2. 

i"Cf.  'E.^.  'Apx,,  ISWI,  |).  151,  I'l.  7,  li). 


120  KOKAKOU 

In  till'  Tliird  Late  Ht-lladic  I'l'iiod  (Late  Minoan  III)  Mycciuuan  iniltciv  attains  its  wklcst 
dilTiisioii.  A  compli'tc  list  of  the  sites  at  wliieh  it  oeciirs  would  l)e  sn])ciHii()iis  lu-ie;  and  it  may 
suffice  to  say  in  general  that  vases  and  potsherds  of  this  type  and  of  essential  luiiformity  have  been 
found  at  numerous  plaees  throughout  the  Greek  mainland,  on  the  islands  of  the  Aegean,  at  several 
points  on  the  coast  of  Asia  Minor,  in  Cyprus,  Syria,  and  Kg\'pt.  in  Soiitlicrn  It.ily,  Sicily,  as  well 
as  Sardinia,  and  a  related  type,  at  least,  appears  in  the  extreme  west,  in  Spain.'  It  thus  aijjiears 
that  there  existed  at  this  period  a  wide-spread,  active  sea-horne  traffic  tlinnifiliout  the  Mediter- 
ranean. There  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  Corinth,  with  her  oxtraorilijiaiiiy  favorable  situa- 
tion and  her  background  of  similar  activity  in  preceding  ages,  took  an  active  i)art  in  this  extensive 
intercourse,  and,  as  in  earlier  days,  jilaycd  an  esjiecially  important  role  as  an  intermediate  station 
in  com  n  ami  cat  ions  between  the  Aegean  area  and  Northern  Greece. 

No  reference  has  yet  been  made  to  the  architectural  evidence  of  the  Late  llelladic  I'eriod,  and, 
in  fact,  but  few  remarks  are  needed.  For  at  Korakou  no  remains  of  the  First  and  Second  Late 
Helladic  stages  have  yet  been  found  to  afford  comparison  with  the  luoiiuiiicntal  palaces  of  other 
mainland  and  island  sites;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  humble  dwellings  of  the  Third  Late  Hellatlic 
Period  at  Korakou  have,  up  to  the  present  time,  almost  no  counterpart  elsewhere.  The  private 
houses  excavatetl  by  Tsountas  at  Mycenae  are.  iiuleed,  uiidoul)tedly  of  the  same  general  type,  but 
they  furnish  no  certainly  complete  plan.  At  Tiryiis  alone  is  there  a  coniijlcte  and  clo.se  parallel 
to  House  L  at  Korakou.  but  a  discussion  of  this  question  involves  a  considerable  amount  of 
detail  and  is,  therefore,  relegated  to  an  appendix  (cf.  Appendix  IV,  p.  130  below). 

L'ntil  JNIycenaean  tombs  are  discovered  at  Corinth  and  miscellaneous  finds  conic  to  light  in 
greater  abundance,  there  is  no  material  available  in  these  fields  for  comparison  with  other  sites. 


CHRONOLOGY 

We  conic  now  to  the  jiroblcin  of  dating  the  prehistoric  set  t lenient  at  Korakou.  Helving  chietly 
on  the  ceramic  affinities  discussed  in  the  preceding  chapter,  we  have  ventured  to  construct  pro- 
visionally a  table  of  relative  chronology  (p.  121).  As  a  basis  for  the  synchronisms  here  set  out  we 
naturally  take  the  Minoan  system  established  by  Sir  Arthur  Evans,  to  which  is  joined  the  closely 
related  Cycladic  system  as  elaborated  by  the  British  excavators  at  Phylakopi.'-  It  must  be  em- 
phasized again  that  this  table  (which  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  given  in  B.  S.  A.,  XXII,  pp. 
186  f.)  is  a  provisional  one,  and  that  future  discoveries  on  the  mainland  may  render  some  modifica- 
tions necessary.  To  guard  against  misunderstandings  it  must  also  be  pointed  out  that  these 
synchronisms  are  not  presumed  to  be  absolutely  exact,  but  only  approximate,  with  allowance  of  a 
certain  amount  of  leeway  in  both  directions. 

In  discussing  briefly  the  table  here  presented  it  may  be  well  to  begin  at  the  bottom,  that  is, 
with  the  latest  phases  of  the  Prehistoric  Age;  for  here  at  least  we  are  not  on  doubtful  ground.  The 
three  Late  Helladic  stages  as  exemplified  at  Korakou  are  obviously  parallel  to  the  three  Late 
Minoan  stages  in  Crete  and  the  corresponding  stages  in  Melos.  Whereas,  however,  the  Third 
Late  phase  is  practically  identical  at  all  these  sites,  and  can  be  approximately  dated  bj'  the  dis- 
coveiy  of  Late  Helladic  III  pottery  at  Tel  El  Aniarna  in  a  refuse-heap  belonging  to  the  palace  of 

'  A.  J.  Evans,  Scripta  Minoa,  I,  p.  96. 
2  Cf.  Phylakopi,  pp.  238  ff. 


MAINLAND 


CONCLUSION 
TAIiLE  OF  SYNCHR()NLSM.S 


121 


CYCLADES 


CKLTE 


Earhj  llrllndic  I 
I'olislicd  \\:iic 

riisii|)|)c(i  A  1 

Slippcil  A  II 
Incisi'd  Ware 

(Early  Cydadic  I) 
Poiisiied  Ware 
Primitive  Ineised  Ware 
Pelos,  Ani()rg(j.s,  >Sij)|inus 
Phylakopi,  §  2 

Early  Minoan  1 

ToniKs  at  Corintli 

(A.  J.  A.,  1897,  p.  a  13  IT.) 

(Early  Cydadic  11) 
Advanced  Incised  Ware 
Phylakopi,  §§  :!.  1 

Early  Miuihiii  II 

Karlij  Ihlladtc  II 

Clazcd  Ware  H  I  ami  11 

(Early  Cydadic  II h 
Phylakopi,  §§  ;i,  -1,  G 
Incised  Ware  of  .Syra 
and  Naxos? 

Early  Minuan  III 

Early  lldlmUc  III 
Cilazcii  Ware  B  II 

Paftcrncd  Ware  ('  I-II 

(Middle  Cydadic  I) 
Phylakopi,  §§  G,  7 

Middle  Miuaan  I 

Middle  Hdladic  I 

(iray  Minyaii  Ware 
Matlpaiiiti'd  Ware  I 

(Middle  Cydadic  II) 
Hed  Burnished  Ware 
Kainares  Ware 
Gray  Minyan  up|K'ars 

MiddU  MiiuMiu  II 
Kaniarcs  Wari' 

Middle  llcllndir  II 
^'(■llcpw  ^liiiyaii 
Maltpaiiilcd  Ware  1  with 

curviliiicar  patlcrns 
Mall  painted  Ware  II-lII 
Mainland  M.  M.  Ill 

{Middle  Cydadic  III) 
Phylakopi,  §  '.) 
Black  and  Red  Ware 
Spiraliforni  tieonielric 

Middle  MifuHin  III 
Melian  Black  and  He.l 
in  Temple  l{c|H>!ii(orieM 

Uite  Helladic  I 
Myocnaean  Ware  with 
Spiniiifonii  Decoration 

(bale  Cydadic  I) 
Hed  and  Black  Ware 
(Naturalistic) 

Late  Minonn  1 

ImU'  Ihllmlic  11 
Myeenaean  Ware  with 
Natinahstie  Patterns 
ICphyraean  Ware 

(Oile  Cydadic  II) 
Late  Minnan  II  and  Late  Helladic 

II  Ware,  I^)eal  and  Imported 
Kphyraean  Ware 
End  of  Gray  Minyun 

Ij4ilt   MtniMiii  II 

Late  Ihlladic  III 
Degenerate  Myeenaean 
Tel  101  Aniania  Style 

(Late  Cydadic  III) 
LateHclladi(   III 

Ijate  Minoan  III 

122  KOHAKOU 

Akhciuiti'ii,"  (•I'ltain  dilTeicnccs  havi-  lu-eii  mkIciI  in  tlu'  1\vo  earlier  j)hast's.  Tims  at  Ki)i;ik(i\i  in 
the  Second  Late  Helhidic  Period  we  observe  that  Cretan  ])att('rns  of  Late  Minoan  I  style  are  niiicli 
favored;  and, furthermore,  the  proce.'^s of  ilevelojjnient  from  linear  to  iiatiiralistic  decoration,  which 
in  Melos  was  larnely  c<tni])leted  in  tlie  Third  Middle  Alinoan  Period,  we  find  woikinn  itself  out  at 
Korakou  in  tlu'  l'"irst  Late  ilelladic  Period.  This  does  not  rai.sc  np  ohslacjes  in  the  way  of  our 
synchronisms,  however,  for  it  merely  means  that,  as  is  natiual,  the  full  etTects  of  arti,stic  imjiulses 
from  the  smitli  first  Kain  tlieir  ascendancy  on  th('  mainland  at  a  date  considerably  later  than  at 
their  ])oint  of  d(>partnre.  In  conse(|uence,  the  artistic  development  at  Korakou  may  iie  a,><  much 
as  half  a  sta^e  ln'hiTiil  lliat  prc\;iilinK  dui'iliM:  tlie  s;iine  ])erin(|  in  Melos,  .iinl  almost  a  full  staiie 
hehinil  t  hat  in  <  'rcte. 

Turiiinn  now  to  the  Middle  Heiiadic  I'eriod.  we  meet  no  serious  difiicidly  in  t  he  way  of  eslalilish- 
iii}?  fairly  safe  synchronisms  here  also.  From  the  Second  Middle  Ileiiaili<'  slraluni  at  Korakou 
we  obtain  our  earliest  Mycenaean  ware — that  is,  pottery  of  mainland  nianufad  ure  witii  (l(>sinns 
and  liuisli  in  Minoan  technique — correspoiulint;  closely  with  fabrics  of  the  'i'iiiid  Middle  MiiKian 
Period  in  Crete.  .Vt  the  same  time,  ainonn  the  ceramic  finds  Iroin  the  Temple  Keiiositories  at 
Cno.ssus  are  included  examples  of  bird-vases  like  those  conunon  in  the  Third  ^Middle  Cydadic 
I'eriod  at  Phylakopi,  cori'es])ondinj;  to  the  bichronie  Maltjiainted  ware  of  the  Second  Middle 
Ilrllailic  siratujn  at  Koiakuii  and  better  known  iVojn  the  sixth  shaft  <;rave  at  Mycenae.  We  are 
tiierefore  justified  in  acceiitinn'  the  Second  Middle  IlelL-idic  I'eiiuil  as  a))pii)ximately  ciintcm- 
jiorary  with  tlu^  Third  .Middle  Minoan  Period  of  Crete. 

In  the  First  Middle  Heiiadic  Period  at  Korakou,  Gia>'  .Miii\aii  is  the  i)i'ed(iininanl  pottery. 
The  olhservations  of  Dawkins  and  Droop  at  Phylakopi-  are  illuminat  in^i  in  this  coiniection;  for 
they  show  t  hat  t  he  bulk  of  <  Iray  Minyan  in  Melos  occurs  in  associat  ion  wit  h  iiat  ive  ;icoinet  ric  and 
Cretan  Kamares  ware.  The  ajjpearance  of  Clray  Minyan  at  Korakou  may  be  slightly  earlier, 
certainly  is  not  later,  than  its  occurence  at  Phylakopi.  In  consequence  we  afe  enabled  to  ecpiate 
roufthly  the  First  Midtlle  Heiiadic  Period  at  Corinth  with  the  Melian  and  Cretan  Second  Middle 
Minoan  Period. 

I'"(ir  till'  relative  chroniilotiy  of  the  Early  Helhulic  Perioil  there  is  less  evidence  available;  but 
we  are.  nevertheless,  provided  with  a  definite  trniiimis  iiiitc  iiiicm.  For,  as  already  recorded,  the 
final  Karly  Heiiadic  settlement  was  destroyed  by  fire,  probably  as  the  result  of  capture  by  invaders 
from  the  north.  Hestinff  directly  on  the  layer  of  ashes,  which  testifies  to  this  conHaiiration,  is  the 
early  deposit  of  the  succeedinji  settleinent.  There  is  no  indication  that  any  considerable  time 
elajised  between  this  destruction  and  the  new  occupation  of  the  site;  on  the  contrary  everything 
points  to  an  immediate  continuity  of  habitation.  Accordingly,  we  may  safely  assign  the  latest  of 
the  three  phases  we  have  ventured  to  distinguish — that  is,  Early  Heiiadic  III — to  the  time  im- 
mediately preceding  the  First  Middle  Heiiadic  Period.  Early  Heiiadic  1 1 1  would  t  bus  synchronize 
approximately  with  the  First  Middle  Minoan  Period  in  Crete.  In  confirmation  of  this  we  may 
point  to  the  patterned  ware  of  group  C  II,  regarding  which  it  was  suggested  (cf.  p.  113 above)  that 
the  light  design  on  a  dark  ground  might  be  the  result  of  Cretan  influence.  The  Minoan  technique 
in  question  is  characteristic  of  the  Third  Early  Minoan  Period.  But, on  the  one  hand,  it miistbe 
remembered  that  the  Cretan  stimulus  would  produce  its  effects  later  on  the  mainland  than  in 

'  I'elrie,  Tel  El  Anmrna,  pp.  15  IT.,  I'ls.  XXVI-XXX. 
^C[.li.S.A.,X\ll,p.  17. 


CONCLUSION  123 

Cnossusitsclf ;  and,  on  tlie  other  hand,  there  is  also  the  possibiHty  that  (he  lieninuinii  of  the  Third 
Early  HclUuIic  Period  falls  within  Early  Minoan  III. 

As  there  is,  up  to  the  present  time,  no  evidence  defininu  ilie  upper  hum  oi  Uie  1  Innl  lujrly  Hi-i- 
ladie  Period,  so  the  confines  of  the  S-eond  Early  lielladie  phase  are  likewise  not  clearly  marked 
out.  Hut  that  I  his  stage  lasted  a  loufj  time  is  manifest  from  the  thiekn«fssof  tiie  stratum  and  the 
quantity  of  the  characteristie  i)()ll<iy  fmuid  in  it.  In  the  table,  therefore,  the  St-eond  Early  Hel- 
iadic  Period  has  been  synchninized  with  a  lartie  part  of  both  Early  Minoan  11  and  Early  Minoan 
III;  and  the  glazed  ware  found  in  the  <"y chides  is  in  full  agrwrnent  witii  this  iv(.  Phyliik,>i,i.  J;ii. 
We  come,  finally,  to  the  First  Early  HclhuHc  Period,  and  again  we  are  able  to  make  use  of  Cyeladic 
parallels.  Thus  the  polished  and  inci.sed  sherds  from  Korakou,  with  their  evident  sub-neolithic 
character,  correspond  <-losely  with  the  incised  and  polished  ware  of  Phylakopi.  .\morgos,  Siphnum, 
etc.  The  most  primitive  va.ses  from  Pelos  may,  indeed,  be  slightly  earlier  than  the  similar  ware 
from  ("orinth,  but  it  seems  clear,  as  remarked  above,  that  both  are  included  in  the  .same 
category.  These  early  wares  of  the  Cydades  are  associated  by  Mackenzie  (cf.  I'ln/lakopi.  p.  248) 
with  Cretan  vases  of  the  First  Early  Minoan  Period.  In  our  tal)le.  con.secpiently,  it  will  be  s«-<'n 
that  the  First  Early  Helladic  Period  is  made  in  part  contemporary  with  Early  Minoan  I  and 
allowed  to  overlap  somewhat  into  Early  Minoan  II. 

The  relative  chronology'  indicated  by  the  above  tabulation  (»f  synchronisms,  Ix'ing  for  the 
present,  at  least,  accepted,  may  tentatively  be  translated  into  ab.solutc  terms.  The  problem  here 
involved  depends  entirely  on  the  evidence  of  Egj-ptian  objects  fotnid  in  the  Aegean  area  and  Minnan 
object.s  found  in  EgA'pt,  and  is  too  large  and  too  far  afield  to  be  discussed  in  this  report. 
Accepting  Breasted's  system  of  p]gji)tiaii  chronol.)gj',  we  may  take  the  following  lus  the  ajjjiroxi- 
niate  dates,  which,  though  not  absolutely  exact,  are  undoubtedly  roughly  correct: 

Early  Helladic  2500-2000  n.c. 

Middle  Hella<iic  I  2(l()(>  IToO  n.c. 

Mithlle  Helladic  II  IT.".!)   ItJdO  n.c. 

Late  Helladic  I  KUtO  loOO  ».r. 

Late  Helladic  II  LiOO-14flO  h.c. 

Late  Helladic  III  1400-1100  n.c 

THE    PKEHISTOHIC    crLTrKK   (>F    KoPAKOI' 

In  concluding  this  account  of  tiie  excavations  at  Korakou  we  may  now,  on  the  b:usisoi  tlic  evi- 
dence presented  above,  attempt  a  brief  sununary  of  the  prehistoric  civilization  and  "history"  of 
("orintii  subsequent  to  the  Neolithic  Period.  The  Corinthia  wa.s,  indeed,  already  inhabited  in  the 
Neolithic  Age,  as  is  shown  by  stone  implements  and  neolithic  pottery  found  at  two  sites.  This 
material  has  not  yet  been  prepared  for  i)ublication,  but  the  pottery  is  clearly  n-lated  to  Pli(K-ian 
and  Thessaliau  fabrics  chielly  of  the  Second  Period.  At  C.onia.  one  of  the  two  sites,  |M»lychrome 
ware  of  a  type  belonging  to  the  Second  Thessalian  Period'  was  discovered  imine<liately  In-low  an*! 
along  with  polished  ware  of  the  First  Early  H<'lladic  Period.  For  the  present,  however,  the  rela- 
tion between  the  neolithic  inhabitants  and  the  people  as-sociatcd  with  Early  Hella<lie  pollery  miwt 
renuiin  an  o|)en  (piestion. 

'  Cf.  I'rcldstoric  Tlassahj,  p.  Id,  "b  li  0"  ware. 


124  KORAKOU 

Wlijlc  it  camint.  tlicii.  lie  (Icfiniti'ly  ililcnnincd  as  y.-l  wlicllicr  tlic  i)opiilati<)ii  we  liml  cslali- 
lished  about  tin-  Isthmus  at  the  opi-iiiiifi  of  tlio  Bronze  Age  was  aboriginal  or  of  alien  orif^in, 
the  Early  Helhulie  Period  was  evidently  a  very  flourishing  Umi'  in  the  C'orinthia.  At  least 
eleven  villages,  of  which  some  were  eomparatively  large,  appear  to  have  existed,  and  we  arc 
thus  justified  in  assuming  that  the  |)opulation  was  considerable.  The  land  aimut  tiie  Istlunus, 
and  especially'  in  the  vicinity  and  to  the  north  of  ancii-nt  Coiinlli.  is  by  no  means  unfavorable 
to  agriculture:  it  seems  most  ])robable,  therefore,  that  these  early  villages  were  largely,  if  not 
I'ntirely,  self-supporting.  At  the  same  time,  since  three  of  the  sites  are  situaletl  directly  on  the 
shore  of  the  sea  and  the  evidence  of  the  pottery  examined  above  points  to  regular  intercourse  wit  h 
othei'  ]iarts  of  the  Aegean  area,  the  inference  is  obvious  that  tiicse  early  inhabitants  were  commer- 
cially active  and  that  ("orinth  had  already  become  an  inii)ortant  centre  of  trade  carried  on  bysea. 

KutiuT  discoveries  and  esi)ecially  further  excavation  of  the  sites  now  known  in  the  C'orinthia 
may  be  expected  to  throw  much  additional  light  on  the  civilization  of  the  Early  Helladic  Period. 
In  the  meantime,  however,  it  maybe  pointed  out  that,  though  theirs  was  a  simple  age,  the  iiiiial)!- 
tantsof  Korakou  were  by  no  means  in  an  extremely  primitive  state.  They  lived  in  substantitd 
houses  built  uji  of  dri(!(l  bricks  laid  on  stone  foundations.  Some  of  the  buildings  of  the  ])erio(l 
were,  indeed,  of  monumental  size,  as  exemplified  by  the  impressive  circular  structure  recently 
uncovered  at  Tiryns.  No  complete  house-plans  are  yet  known,  but  it  may  i)e  anticipated  that 
theyw'ill  show  a  variety  of  designs;  apsidal  as  well  as  rectangular  ends  of  houses  are  represented. 
Stone  implements,  as  well  as  stone  vases,  were  probably  still  in  general  u.sc,  and  obsidian  is  conspic- 
uously in  evidence;  but  metal  was  also  known,  bronze  being  employed  for  pins  and  other  pointed 
instruments.  Bone  was  worked  and  highly  i)olished.  The  potter's  wheel  had  not  yet  been  in- 
troduced, liul  no  little  versatility  is  display<'d  in  the  fashioning  of  vases;  and  in  the  course  of  the 
period  steady,  if  not  rapid,  improvement  may  be  traced  in  the  potter's  art.  A  fine  glaze  was 
invented,  and  before  the  period  came  to  its  end  a  characteristic  system  of  geometrical  orna- 
mentation had  been  elaborateil. 

The  civilization  thus  briefly  outlined  may  be  conceived  as  slowly  evolving  through  four  or  five 
centuries.  Before  attaining  its  culmination,  however,  it  was  extinguished,  and.  as  we  have  seen, 
the  period  ends  at  Korakou  with  the  total  destruction  of  the  settlem<'nt.  The  evidence  of  the 
pottery  indicates  a  complete  break  in  continuity  of  civilization;  almost  no  elements  of  Early 
Helladic  culture  seem  to  have  survived  the  catastrophe.  Accordingly,  if  the  earlier  inhabitants 
were  not  entirelj'  exterminated  or  driven  out,  they  were  at  least  biought  into  complete  subjection. 
This  conquest  was  apparently  carried  out  by  a  more  powerful  race  coming  from  the  north;  ceramic 
t&stimony,  at  any  rate,  points  to  Phocis  as  the  probable  .sotu'ce  of  the  victorioiis  invasion,  although 
the  origin  and  developnient  of  IMinyan  Ware  must  still  be  left  an  open  question. 

The  new  culture,  which  inunediately  established  itself  on  the  site  of  the  old,  was  of  a  more  aggres- 
sive and  more  vigorous  type.  It  was  characterized  by  its  progressiveness  and  its  readiness  to 
assimilate  new  ideas  from  abroad,  adapting  them  to  its  own.  Though  their  materials  were  the 
same,  the  Middle  Helladic  builders  surpassed  their  predecessors  in  precision  and  neatness;  and  even 
the  foundations  of  their  houses,  which  alone  survive,  suggest  efficiency.  Here  we  may  be  dealing 
with  the  forerunners  of  th(>  architects  who  produced  the  great  fortification  walls  of  Tiryns  and 
Mycenae.  Obsidian  was  still  nuich  employed  for  knives  and  weapons — such  as  arrow-heads — - 
but  stone  implements  were  chiefly  limited  to  hand-mills  (querns)  and  grinders.     Bronze  must  have 


CONCLUSION  12.-, 

hocn  1*0(1  to  a  considoial)le  extent,  though  the  evidence  on  this  point  at  Korakou  is  extremely 
scanty.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  metal-work  wa.s  carried  to  a  high  doRree  of  perfection; 
for  Cray  Minyan  ware  with  its  grafefiilly  shaped  va.ses  is  clearly  an  imitation  of  oriKinal«  in 
metal— probably  silver  or  lead.  Polished  bone  pins  and  other  implements  are  also  of  frequent 
occurrence.  The  pottery  shows  a  marked  advance  over  that  of  the  Early  Helladic  PeriwI.  for 
the  pot  tci's  wheel  was  now  a  regular  accessory  of  the  trade,  and  there  is,  in  consequence,  a  notice- 
.able  iiiii)n)veinent  in  form  and  fabric.  Indeed,  in  point  of  fabric  Cray  Minyan  ware  was  seldom, 
if  ever,  surpassed  in  any  subsequent  period. 

Thougli  details  of  the  process  are  yet  in  large  part  wanting,  the  course  of  development  of  Middle 
Hcllailic  civilization  is  in  its  main  lines,  at  least,  clear.  Heginning  a.s  a  distinctively  northern  or 
mainland  culture,  it  ra])idly  absorbs,  in  its  new  domain  at  the  cross  roads  of  communications 
formed  by  the  Isthm<is,  the  impulses  transmitted  by  the  more  advanc<'d  civilization  of  the  south; 
and  thus,  in  a  proiiression  exhibiting  a  seiies  of  well-marked  steps,  it  gradually  draws  nean-r  to 
Minoan  standards,  until  finally,  in  absolute  continuity  of  develoiunent,  it  merges  with,  and 
(loiuiiiates,  the  latest  stage  of  that  civilization.  The  successive  pha.ses  of  the  process  are  most 
clearly  illustrated  in  the  pottery,  as  set  forth  in  detail  above.  During  the  first  phase  (Jray  Min- 
yan ware  is  jjredominant.  This  is  sticceeded  by  Yellow  Minyan,  in  which  northern  shapc-j*  are 
retained,  while  southern  iiilliicnco  a])i)cars  in  the  smooth  slij)  with  which  the  surface  of  the  vtutoo 
is  (•ii\('i('il.  In  the  following  step  this  influence  has  become  nuirkedly  stronger,  as  painted  designs 
in  southern  style  are  applied  to  these-  slipped  vases,  which  are,  however,  still  chiefly  northern  in 
shape.  Next  in  order  we  sec  in  decoration  the  ftdlest  de.velopment  of  free  naturalistic  Minoan 
art  attained  by  the  .artists  of  Korakou,  while  soul  hern  shapes  are  as  nuich  in  evidence  as  northern. 
And  finally,  in  the  last  ])lias(',  the  process  is  comiilete,  but  a  reaction  has  occurred  and  it  is  the 
Minoanized  civilization  of  the  mainland  wliii-h  now  takes  the  lead  in  the  .\egean  worhl.  The 
Midille  Helladic  Period  nuiy  be  s.aid  to  continue  as  long  as  northern  elements  predominate— 
inchiding,  that  is,  the  first  two  pha.ses;  while  the  Late  Helladic  Perioil  represents  the  a.scentlancy  of 
Minoan  elements  in  mainland  civilization.  Rut  it  nuist  be  called  to  mind  again  that  there  is  no 
break  whatever  in  the  continuity  of  development . 

The  civilization  of  the  Late  Helladic  Period  is  too  well  known  from  the  excavations  at  Tiryns 
and  Mycenae  to  require  further  elalxuation  here;  anil  it  is  also  far  better  repn-sented  in  the  splen- 
ilid  iiinainsof  the  Argolid  than  at  the  more  modest  Corinthian  .sites.  In  explanation  of  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  simple,  sturdy  <iiliure  of  the  .Middle  Iblladii-  Period,  as  we  lirst  see  it  at  Korakou.  into 
the  regal  magnificeiue  of  Mycenae,  there  is  no  necessity,  nor  is  there  evi<lence,  for  assuming  an 
armed  Minoan  invasion  followed  by  actual  Minoan  domination.  t)n  the  contrary,  the  develo|>- 
ment,  as  we  have  examined  it,  seems  rather  due  to  peaceful  |M-netration,  chielly  of  Minoan  com- 
merce and  Minoan  standards,  ami  perhaps  of  colonies  of  Minoan  arti.sans.  among  a  \yvi>]t\v  ready 
.and  eager  to  .seize  tipon  new  ideas  and  new  inventions,  and  willing  to  modify  it«  own.  The  stiiuu- 
hi8  came  from  the  sotith,  but  it  acted  on  a  maiidand  race  whi<-h  had  a  vigorous  sjnrit  of  progress. 
The  importance  of  the  evidence  from  Corinth  lies  in  the  new  light  it  nll.Mis  on  the  evolution  of 
Mycenaean  civilization.      K(uakou  exi)lains  Tir>'ns  and  .Mycenae. 

In  ,-,,nrlnsi,>n  wc  may  draw  attention  again  to  the  fact  that  for  the  very  emi  of  the  Myi-enaean 
Period  wc  have  now  at  Koraki.u  a  clearer  picture  of  the  life  of  the  private  ciliz.-n  than  was  |«>s.sible 
bcfoie.     Agamenuion  and  his  nobh-  peers  have  long  enjoyed  tin-  prominence  that  w«u»  their  due; 


126  KOKAKOU 

now  light  is  shed  also  on  the  conditions  of  lift'  nf  tiic  IminMi'  commoner — the  nameless  Tts  of  the 
Homeric  poems,  who  with  his  fellows  formed  the  bulk  of  the  population  and  rendered  Aga- 
memnon's glory  possible.  We  have  recovered  his  modest  house,  though  its  clay  walls  have 
long  since  fallen  away.  We  can  picture  him  conducting  his  household  worship  about  the  pillar  in 
his  megaron.  We  have  seen  his  sin>i)le  bed.  raised  but  slightly  above  the  earthen  floor.  We 
have  fdund  the  storage  jars  in  wliich  he  kept  his  oil  and  grain,  the  (lucrii  (in  wliich  lie  ground  his 
Hour;  the  hearth  where  he  iirejiaied  his  food:  the  vessels  in  which  he  cooked,  and  the  dishes  from 
which  he  ate  his  meal,  and  the  cup  from  which  he  drank  his  wine.  And  in  the  ilisorder  of  his 
abandoned  house  we  may  recognize  the  haste  with  which  he  fled  before  that  mysterious  peril 
which,  un<lei-  the  name  of  the  Dorian  Invasion,  we  believe  engulfed  his  waning  civilization. 


APPENDICES 


Proportion 


TABLE   I 
OF  Different  Wares  Found  in  Pit  E.  A.  (East  Alley)— Pebcestaces 


Arl)itrary  Layers. . 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

U 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18     19 

Painted  L.  II.  III.. 

650 

514 

472 

302 

019 

Ephyraean  Ware. . 

007 

003 

025 

019 

036 

015 

017 

001 



Painted  L.  11. 1-Il. 

029 

017 

032 

133 

238 

290 

245 

300 

282 

190 

149 

031 

Painted  M.H.  II.. 

002 

012 

005 

012 

027 

014 

Hlack  Monoohrome 

110 

034 

109 

130 

158 

107 

123 

081 

113 

101 

046 

040 
031 

023 
029 

Ols 

Hed  Monochrome 

087 

048 

093 

135 

156 

169 

123 

167 

131 

imi 

01)0 

027 

«'i . 

046 

Buff  Monochrome. 

065 

325 

240 

20<( 

301 

271 

3fi8 

230 

277 

330 

275 

454 

509 

484 

421 ' 

Gray  Minyan. . . . 

015 

017 

008 

010 

016 

010 

015 

019 

018 

034 

068 

081 

069 

121 

11- 

Mattpainted  Ware 

015 

007 

019 

044 

079 

077 

0S6 

167 

128 

182 

356 

255 

300 

265 

32; 

140 

lit  1 

Oil 

Early  Ilelladic 
Ware 

004 

(Kll    "••■ 

"tfl 

Coarse  Ware 

022 

038 

024 

012 

012 

040 

025 

019 

050 

057 

034 

103 

a58 

OM 

0(U) 

10.- 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

1000 

lOOtl  Kxxi 
1 

liimi 

Number  of  Sherds . 

137 

292 

375 

480 

379 

1382 

815 

418 

656 

527 

236 

223 

171 

•22.3 

305 

315 

575 
.20 

.08 
10 

87 

'Ihickiiessof 

Layers  in  Metres 

.35 

25 

.15 

.15 

.10 

.20 

.10 

15 

.20 

.15 

.15 

.15 

.10 

.15 

.10 

10 

30 

TABLE   II 
Proportion  of  Different  Wares  Fodnd  in  Three  Layers  of  the  L.\te  Helladic  Period 


L.  H.  Ill 

L.  H.  II 

L.H.  1 

Painted  Late  Helladic  III 

518 

003 

Kphyracan  Ware             .                 

002 

027 

Painted  Late  Helladic  I-II 

026 

268 

241 

082 

1-20 

107 

\{pi\  \Ioiu)fhromo                               

076 

153 

120 



Huff  Monochrome  (Yellow  Minyan) 

241 

300 

301 

(!ray  Minyan 

012 

012 

026 

Mattpainted  Ware 

014 

080 

1  ■: 

Nondescript  Coarse 

029 

031 

053 

1000 

1000 

1000 

Total  Number  of  Sherds 

804 

1183 

.75 

40 

35 

= 

128 


KORAKOU 


FTCrUF,   134 
STRATIFICATION   OF   WEST   SIDi:   oi'   IMT   K.  A.  (EAST   ALLEY) 


Zoo-- 


300  JL 


^=452X2*==' 


"^m^m'^fW. 


Moor 
Moor 


I'Moor-lcvcl 


Ploughed  cartli 

Wall  of  House  L 
l^rowiiish  cartii 

Blackish  cartii  ami  d^-bris 


Floor-lrvcl 


Ash  anil  debris 


Blackish  cart  h 


Ash  and  carlionizivl  matter 

Clay  and  ash 
Greenish  clay 


Brownish  soil 


Rock 


(The  drawing  is  by  Dr.  A.  Iv.  Orluiidos) 


APPENDICES 


129 


POTTERY   r.ROrPS   FROM    HOUSES   AT   KORAKOU 


Shapes 
House  P  (Northeast  cliaiiiher) 

(1)  Deep  bowls 

(2)  Wide  shallow  bowls 

(3)  Shallow  basins 

(4)  Cups  with  doubly  curved  profile 

Vertical  iiaiidlcs 

Horizontal  handles 

Without  handles 

(5)  Cylixes  on  high  stem 

(6)  Jugs  with  spout  and  basket  handle 

(7)  Stirrup  vases 

(8)  Water-jars  (hydriae) 

(9)  Oenochoae 

(10)  Coarse  jars 

House  L 

( 1 )  Deep  bowls 

(2)  Cup  

(3)  Coarse  cooking  pots 

(4)  Small  pithos 

(5)  Large  pithoi 

House  H 

(1)  Dec])  howl 

(2)  Deep  urn  or  crater  on  stem 

(3)  Shallow  ijowls 

(4)  Cup 

(5)  Cylixes  on  high  stem 

(6)  Jar  with  four  handles 

Region  R 


(1 
(2 
(3 
(4 
(5 
(6 


Deep  l)owls 

Wide  bowl 

Bowl  with  side  si)out. 

Cup 

Stirrup  vase 

Hydria 


Whole  or  in 

Fragmentary 

Tota 

large  part 

5 

9 

11 

1 

1 

2 

2 

5 

7 

1 

1 

2 

4 

8 

5 

12 

17 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 

2 

3 

5 

2 

2 

2 

2 

10 


130  KORAKOU 

THK  SO-CALLED   TKMPLl':   or    UVAW    AT   TIRYNS 

In  tilt'  light  of  the  plan  of  House  L  at  Korakou  (cf.  p.  80)  it  is  interesting  to  review  the  case 
of  the  so-called  early  ("Meek  temple  at  Tiiyiis.  In  his  discussion  of  this  building'  A.  Frickenhaus 
becomes  involved  in  a  number  of  difficulties,  both  architectural  aiul  chronological,  which  are 
serious  enough  to  raise  grave  doul)ts  as  to  the  correctness  of  his  interpretation. 

The  remains  in  (luestion  consist  of  the  substructure  of  a  rectangular  building,  measuring  ca. 
6.00  in.  liy  20.00  m.,  oriented  apiiroximately  north  and  south,  and  constructed  entirely  within 
the  great  megaron  of  the  palace.  The  west  wall  of  this  strticture  rests  directly  f)n  the  pavement 
of  the  megaron;  the  east  wall,  on  the  other  hand,  is  superposed  on  the  east  wall  of  the  megaron 
along  the  imier  or  western  half  of  the  latter.  These  walls,  formed  of  rather  small, unshaped  stones 
laid  in  clay,  are  from  0.")G  m.  to  O.GO  m.  in  width  ami  stand  to  a  height  of  0.4o  m.  on  the  west 
and  0.65  m.  on  the  east,  the  height  of  the  older  megaron  wall  being  included  in  this  last  dimen- 
sion. The  building  is  divided  by  a  cross  wall  — in  which  there  is  a  space  for  a  central  door — into  a 
rather  deep  portico,  open  to  the  south,  and  one  long,  narrow  room.  For  an  excellent  plan  and 
elevation  see  TIrijns,  p.  3:  the  plan  is  reproduced  in  our  Figure  135. 

With  these  remains  are  brought  into  connection  an  archaic  Doric  capital  of  poros,  found  by 
Schliemann  built  into  a  late  (Byzantine  or  modern)  wall  that  ran  across  the  "men's"  court  over 
the  altar;  an  early  terracotta  antefix  and  a  number  of  roof-tiles  discovered  on  the  east  side  of 
the  hill  in  the  entrance  to  the  acropolis  outside  the  gate  to  the  upper  citadel;  and  the  mass  of 
Greek  votive  terracottas  which  Schliemann  unearthed  outside  the  fortification  wall  on  the  west, 
near  the  stairway  leading  down  from  the  small  postern  gate;  to  which  arc  added  a  number  of 
similar  terracottas  which  came  to  light  recently  on  the  citadel  itself.  Combining  these  elements, 
Frickenhaus  concludes  that  the  building  was  a  Greek  temple,  which,  from  the  evidence  of  the  style 
of  construction,  the  Doric  capital,  the  antefix,  and  the  terracottas,  he  dates  approximately  in  the 
middle  of  the  seventh  century  B.C. 

The  chief  difficulties  in  the  way  of  this  theory  are  the  following: 

The  method  of  construction  is  wholly  different  from  that  known  in  other  Greek  temples.  Even 
in  the  earliest  of  these,  where  squared  blocks  do  not  appear,  quarried  stone,  which  is  at  least  roughly 
shaped,  is  used,  and  the  walls  are  comparatively  thick  and  solid.  In  the  present  instance,  however, 
the  walls  are  thin,  and  l)uilt  of  entirely  unworked  stones.  In  addition,  there  is  no  foundation  for 
the  portico  across  the  front  of  the  building,  a  peculiarity  which  can  be  paralleled  in  no  other 
Greek  temple.  The  construction  is,  in  fact,  as  Frickenhaus  himself  admits,  although  on  a  smaller 
scale,  practically  identical  with  the  construction  of  tlu>  Mycenaean  palace. 

Another  point  of  considerable  perplexity  for  the  supporters  of  this  theory  is  the  determination 
of  the  floor-level  or  ground-level  of  the  temple;  and  upon  the  settlement  of  this  problem  depends 
the  answer  to  a  further  question,  namely,  whether  the  walls  as  now  preserved  were  originally 
foundations,  and  therefore  covered,  or  actual  walls  visible  above  ground.  Frickenhaus  very  prop- 
erly points  out  that  the  walls  arc  too  thin  to  be  foundations;  the  door-opening  is  carried  down 
to  the  level  of  the  floor  of  the  megaron;  the  east  wall  is  built  so  that  its  west  face  is  in  the  same 
plane  with  the  west  face  of  the  corresponding  megaron-wall  on  which  it  is  superposed,  implying 

iTiri/n-i,  Vol.  I,  .\thens,  1912,  pp.  2^6. 


APPENDICES 


131 


i 1 1 1 1 h 

0       12      3     4       5 


10  M. 


KlrMIIli:    l:!"i.       I'LA.t    OK   TlIK    S(>-CALLKD    'I'EMrLE   OK    lUlM    AT  TlHYNK. 


132  KORAKOU 

that  this  face  was  intciulcil  to  he  \isil)l(';  and,  t'lirt  hn  miuic,  i  he  walls  iif  t  he  luiildiiig  begin  exactly 
at  the  top  of  tlie  two  steps  whieli  led  up  from  tiie  court  to  the  luegarou.  C'onseiiueiitly  he  con- 
ehides  that  the  floor  of  the  temple  was  at  the  same  level  as  the  earlier  Mye(>iiaeaii  floor  and  that  the 
court  to  the  south  was  also  clear  down  to  its  Mycenaean  level. 

This  involves,  however,  a  very  serious  difficulty,  for  during  the  excavations  of  Schliemann  it 
was  observed  that  the  whole  acropolis  of  Tiryns  was  covered  to  a  de])lli  of  niic  metre  or  more 
with  a  layer  of  earth  and  ashes  containing  almost  exclusively  Mycenaean  debris  and  potsherds. 
A  certain  nund)er  of  fragments  of  geometric  pottery  were  indeed  gathered  up;  but  the  percentage 
of  later  Greek  sherds  was  infinitesimal,  if  indeed  they  were  found  at  all.  The  question  imme- 
diately arises:  how  is  it  possible,  if  a  Greek  temi)le  was  established  at  the  Mycenaean  level  in  the 
megaron  and  if  the  open  court  before  the  megaron  was  used  at  its  Mycenaean  level  from  tlic 
seventh  century  b.c.  onward — how  is  it  then  possible  that  this  same  area  was  later  covered  over 
with  almost  purely  Mycenaean  debris,  while  the  d6bris  and  potsherds  which  we  shoidd  expect 
from  the  seventh  century  and  subseciuently,  during  the  period  when  the  temiile  was  in  use,  have 
almost  completely  vanished? 

This  is,  however,  not  the  only  difficulty  encountered  by  the  theory  that  a  Greek  temiile  of  the 
period  mentioned  stood  at  the  Mycenaean  level  in  the  megaron.  For  the  Doric  capital,  which  has 
previously  been  used  as  confirmatoiy  evidence  for  dating  the  temple  in  the  seventh  century 
B.C.,  now  becomes  exceedingly  embarrassing.  In  fact,  no  suitable  place  for  a  Doric  cohunn  in  the 
portico  can  be  discovered  at  the  Mycenaean  level.  There  is  no  foundation  to  support  it,  nor  is 
there  any  trace  to  indicate  that  such  a  column  ever  stood  on  the  Mycenaean  floor.  Being  loth  to 
discard  the  capital  altogether,  Frickenhaus  finally  erects  it  on  the  old  Mycenaean  stone  base  for 
a  wooden  i)illar,  which  is  still  preserved  exactly  in  the  axis  of  the  portico,  although  he  admits  that 
the  result  obtained  is  quite  unparalleled. 

Finally  there  is  a  serious  chronological  difficulty.  As  Frickenhaus  very  well  observes,  the 
builders  of  the  temple  nuist  have  be(>n  familiar  with  the  megaron  of  the  Mycenaean  palace  as  it 
appeared  before  its  total  destruction  by  fire.  The  jilan  is  essentially  the  same;  certain  elements 
of  the  megaron  appear,  indeed,  to  have  been  used  again  in  their  original  position.  Thus  the  new 
building  is  so  placed  that  one  of  the  column-bases  of  the  megaron  and  one  of  the  portico  lie  exactly 
in  its  axis — a  fact  certainly  not  due  to  chance.  Again,  the  old  steps  at  the  front  of  the  megaron  w-ere 
evidently  still  used  as  an  approach  to  the  new  building.  Furthermore,  the  Mycenaean  foundation, 
which  still  remains  in  the  megaron  against  its  east  wall,  obviously  continued  to  stand  in  the  later 
structure.  To  explain  all  this  Frickenhaus  is  obliged  to  suppose  that  the  Mycenaean  palace  con- 
tinued to  exist  and  to  be  inhabited  quite  to  the  end  of  the  Geometric  Period;  that  it  was  not  till 
about  700  B.C.  that  it  w-as  finally  destroyed  in  a  great  fire;  and  that  shortly  afterward  a  Greek 
temple  was  erected  on  the  site  of  the  megaron,  by  builders  who  were  familiar  with  the  appearance 
of  the  older  structiue.  I5ut,  even  if  it  be  accepted  that  the  palace  dates  from  the  very  end  of  the 
Mycenaean  Period,  it  is  still  almost  impossible  to  believe  that  a  bxiilding  constructed  in  its  upper 
part,  at  least,  entirely  of  unbaked  brick  and  wood  could  endure  for  four  hundred  years  without 
suffering  damage  from  earthquakes,  or  fire,  or  other  causes,  so  serious  as  to  necessitate  repairs 
or  alterations  extensive  enough  to  leave  manifest  traces.  No  parallel  to  such  a  survival  can  be 
shown  anywhere.  The  great  palaces  of  Crete  were  comparatively  short-lived.  So  great  an 
amount  of  wood  was  used  in  the  construction  of  Mycenaean  buildings  that  their  destruction  by 


APPENDICES  133 

fire  waft  iiltimalcly  inevitable,  and  this  fate  was  never  very  long  delayed.  The  early  Greek  temples, 
ill  w  iiicii  I  he  ceiling  and  t  he  roof  were  Iniilt  of  wood.suffered  in  a  similar  way, and  it  was  only  when 
stunc  began  largely  to  supplant  wood  as  the  material  of  construetion  that  they  became  safer  and 
more  permanent  buildings. 

It  is  not  necessary,  however,  tu  heap  up  further  difficulties  in  the  way  of  the  theory  here  din- 
cussed;  for  ill  the  light  of  the  plan  of  House  L  at  Korakou  the  solution  of  the  problem  l>ecouie« 
evident.  The  later  building  within  the  megaron  at  Tiryns  is  not  a  (Jreek  temple;  it  is  simply  u 
modest  reconstruction  of  the  earlier  megaron— a  reconstruction  carried  out  toward  the  end  of 
the  Mycenaean  Period  after  the  destruction  of  the  palace  by  fire.  Thus  is  explained  the  strikinn 
similarity,  both  in  construct  ion  and  in  pian.uf  the  new  and  the  old  megaron.  The  new  megaron 
was  snudler  than  its  predecessor.  One  interior  column  was  sufficient  to  support  the  roof,  and  one 
pillar  only  was  needed  in  the  facade.  The  building  was,  therefon-,  so  placed  that  two  of  the  older 
pillar-bases  lay  in  its  axis,  and  on  these  the  new  wooden  pillars  were  en-cted.  Exactly  the  sjime 
arrangement  of  columns  is  seen  in  House  L  at  Korakou.  The  later  megaron  was  also  built  in  the 
same  tcclmical  style  as  the  earlier — that  is,  the  low  walls  as  they  still  exist  are  merely  the  stone 
socle  on  which  was  laid  the  superstruct\ire  of  crude  brick.  This  is  clearly  prove<l  by  the  fact  that 
the  walls  ;is  preserved  today  eiul  in  a  practically  level  finished  top  (average  height  0. 1.')  m.  on  the 
west,  O.li.')  III.  (Ill  the  east  side  where  it  is  superposed  on  the  earlier  wall;  liere  perhaps  the  debris 
of  the  tire  had  raised  the  outside  groinul-level)  above  which  there  was  obviously  no  further  stone 
constnwtion.  The  roof  was  probably  flat,  plastered  with  clay.  The  Hoor  of  the  earlii-r  megaron 
was  used  again;  likewise  the  large  court  to  the  south  at  its  original  level,  as  well  as  the  steps  li-ad- 
ing  up  from  it  to  the  megaron.  A  new  bench  was  built  along  the  side  w,ill>  of  the  pnrti.u  .i  nicidrsi 
successor  to  the  splendid  "cyanus-frieze"  of  the  great  palace. 

The  prcduiiiinance  of  Mycenaean  potsherds  in  the  layer  of  deliris  covering  the  palace  is  now 
satisfactorily  explaineil.  The  great  majority  of  these  sherds  are,  as  nu>ntione<|  above,  of  the 
Late  .Mycenaean  or  Third  Late  Helladic  type  and  belong,  of  course,  to  the  period  of  reconslrue- 
linii.  I  vent\ire  to  suggest  that,  ai)art  from  the  new  megaron,  certain  other  reconstructions 
marked  ini  I  lie  plan  of  Tiryns  also  dale  t'loiii  this  period,  and  indicate  a  general  .Mycenaean 
reocciipatidii  of  tiica<roiiolissul)se(iuenl  to  the  bmningof  the  palace.  The  n-building  of  the  altar, 
for  example,  probably  belongs  here,  or  rather  the  building  of  the  platform  round  it. 

Tiie  chronological  difficulties  involved  by  the  teinplc-theory  now  cease  to  be  trouble.Minie.  It 
is  no  longer  necessary  to  suppose  that  the  monumental  palace  continued  without  appreciable 
changes  to  exist  and  to  be  inhabited  for  nearly  half  a  inillenium,  whih-  a  great  civiliwition  de- 
clined and  finally  vaiiisheil,  yielding  before  another,  new  and  very  difTercnt.  We  now  obtain  » 
normal  sequence  of  habitation.  The  mighty  structure  of  the  early  Third  Late  Helladic  Peritnl  is 
succeeded  by  a  modest  house  in  the  period  of  reconstruction,  when  an  «'ITort  was  made  to  sjivc  ua 
nnich  .us  possible  from  the  wreckage  of  the  fire.  Subseciui'iitly,  when  the  last  reminmls  of  My- 
cenaean civilization  disappeared,  wo  uniy  sui>pose  the  hill  of  Tiiyns  to  have  bivn  occupied  agaui  by 
a  few  humble  houses  of  the  Ceometric  Age.  Traces  of  these  may  still  exist  in  the  later  walls  eiutt 
of  the  megaron;  and  the  geometric  pottery  found  by  .Schliemann  is  untloubte<lly  due  to  tlu-se  set- 
tlers. Still  later,  as  is  shown  by  Schliemann's  find  of  the  mass  of  (  beck  terracottjus.  it  is  elwir  that 
a  sanctuary  stood  .soniewhen^  on  the  site.  .\n  oKI  tradition  of  the  greatness  of  the  pjist  pn>l>ably 
kept  alive  at  least  a  small  shrine  on  the  acropolis.      There  is  no  rejison  for  supimsing  it  to  have 


i:}t  KORAKOU 

been  ;iii\  thing  iiiori'  tliaii  a  sliriiic.      Xow  that  thr  icciiiistfiicli )t'  tlic  iiicgaioii  lia.s  Ix'cii  restored 

to  its  proper  context,  tliere  remains  available  on  the  upper  citadc-l  no  foundation  that  jnay  be 
attributed  to  a  temple.     The  lone  Doric  caijital  does  not  suffice  to  establish  the  existence  of  such  a 
building;  for  it  may  easily,  as  l)oii)fel([  remarks,'  liave  been  dragged  up  in  the  ]\Iiddle  Ages  from 
some  other  part  of  the  citadel  to  be  built  into  the  late  wall  in  wliieh  it  was  found. 
'  Mycenae,  p.  271. 


INDEX 

Acarnania,  L.  II.  Ill  pottery  from,  119. 

Aegina,  I\I.  II.  Maltpainti-d  pithos  from,  10;  .M.  H.  Mattpainlcd  Imsiii  from,  'JO,  ii. 

Aphicliia,  M.  II.  Mattpainteil  basin.s  from,  20,  n.;  Maltijainted  ware  from,  111. 

Architecture,  of  E.  H.  period,  75  f. ;  of  M.  H.  period,  76  IT.;  of  M.  H.  period  compared  with  that  of 
Crete  and  the  Cyclades,  116;  of  L.  H.  period,  79  ff. ;  orientation  of  houses,  98;  general  remarki< 
about  plans  of  houses,  98  f.;  of  so-called  Ti'mi)le  of  Hera  at  Tiryns,  130  ff.;  altar  (?),  96.97; 
buttress  (?),  97;  column  biise,  82,  86,  91,  92,  92  f.;  door,  81,  88,  95;  door,  82,  83,  95,  Wi;  fresco, 
fragment  of,  94;  hearth,  83,  85,  89,  90,  92,  96;  megaron,  82,  85,  89,  91,  93;  pillar,  baetylic 
(?),  99;  portico,  80,  91,  93;  roofing,  problem  of,  87  f.;  threshold,  81,  85,  87,  95,  97;  vwitibule, 
81,  85,  93. 

Argive  Iloraeum,  Mpliyraean  ware  from,  .")1,  117. 

Argolid,  pottery  from,  in  general  agreement  with  that  found  at  Korakou,  3. 

Argos,  Argive  Minyan  ware  from,  17;  Mattpainted  pithos  from,  19;  Mattpainted  b:uiins  from, 
20,  n.;  Mattpainted  cups  from,  27;  Mattpainted  shallow  bowls  from,  28. 

Athens,  E.  H.  ware  from  Acropolis,  112;  L.  II.  I  and  II  ware  from  Acropoli.x.  117. 

Attica,  pottery  from,  in  general  agreement  with  that  fouml  at  Korakou,  3;  Mycenaean  pitrhrr 
found  at  Markopoulo,  50. 

Boeotia,  pottery  from,  in  general  agreement  with  that  foutid  a(  Korakou,  3. 

Bone  objects,  E.  H.  pins,  104;  M.  H.  pins,  105;  L.  II.  I  spool  or  bca.l,  10.'.. 

Bothroi,  at  Korakou,  (Jonia,  and  Orchomeno.s,  in  E.  H.  period,  75  f.,  113. 

Bronze  objects,  E.  II.  pin,  104;  L.  H.  Ill  knife,  109;  L.  II.  Ill  pins,  109;  I,.  II.  HI  .hiscls,  KMl;  I,.  H. 

Ill  sword-tip,  109;  i..  II.  Ill  .spear-socket,  109. 
Burial  customs,  M.  II.  period,  116.     See  also  under  Tombs. 

Cephalonia,    L.  II.  Ill  tombs  in,  119. 

Chalcis,  grave  chambers  opening  from  shaft,  E.  H.  period,  KMI;  1..  II    II  pottery  from,  IIS. 

Cheliotomylos,  prehistoric  site  near  Old  Corinth,  116. 

Chronology,  of  strata  at  Korahou,  120  IT.;  relative,  of  llelladic,  Cydadic,  and  Mmuan  pcruHl.s, 

121;  absolute,  of  Ilellailic  civilization,  123. 
Clay  objects,  K.  II.  cylindrical  loom-weights  (?),  10-1. 
Cnossos,  Cydadic  pottery  from  Temple  Repositories.  30. 
Corinthia,  in  ll.c  Neolithic  .\ge,  123;  in  the  E.  II.  peri..d.  124;  in  the  M.  II.  periml.  124;  iii  the 

L.  II.  period,  llti,  12.V 

136 


13G  INDEX 

Crete,  Cretan  civilization  ciintrasted  with  lliat  of  Maiiiland  (  =  Hclladic).  -J;  I'oimccticins  of  with 
the  Corinthia  in  K.  H.  period,  113;  possiltle  Cretan  influence  on  E.  H.  Liniit-on-Uark  |)ai  iniud 
ware,  113;  Cretan  oriffin  of  patterns  on  M.  11.  pottery,  32;  Cretan  iiiHnence  in  L.  H.  period, 
52,  117;  hole-nioutiied  jars  from,  27,  33;  L.  M.  11  patterns  of  curving  streamers  on  pottery 
fiom,  48.     See  also  under  Minoan. 

Cyclades,  Cycladic  civilization  contrasted  with  that  of  Mainland  (  =  Helladic),  3;  early  Cycladic 
pottery,  5,  111  f . :  connections  with  the  Corinthia  in  Iv  II.  perioti,  112;  Cychuiic  and  Main- 
land pottery  in  L.  II.  I  and  II  compared,  118 

Elassona  (i.  c.  Magoula),  L.  H.  II  pottery  said  lo  Kc  from,  IIU. 
Eleusis,  Mattpainted  ware  from,  114;  L.  II.  I  and  II  i)oltery  from,  117. 

Frickenhaus,  his  account  of  the  so-called  Temple  of  lli^ra  at  Tiryns,  130  IT. 

(leraki  (in  Laconia),  Mattpainted  ware  from,  114. 

Glass  objects,  L.  II.  11  necklace  of  heads,  lOfi. 

Cionia,  prehistoric  site  near  Corinth,  110;  stratification  of,  eonfirnn'ng  that  of  Korakou,  1  Ui;  E.  H. 
mottled  Wiue  from,  7;  E.  H.  askoi  from,  8;  E.  H.  tankard  from,  11;  Mattpainted  cup  from, 
27;  E.  H.  bothroi  at,  75  f.;  M.  H.  graves  at,  116;  Neolithic  pottery  from,  123. 

Hagia  INIarina,  E.  H.  pottery  from,  112;  E.  H.  patterned  ware  from,  11. 

Helladic  civilization  (see  also  under  Architecture,  Pottery,  Tombs,  etc.) : 

Early  Helladic,  suggested  source  and  spread  of,  113,  in  the  Corinthia,  124:  Middle  Helladic, 
in  the  Corinthia,  124  f.;  Late  Helladic,  development  of  from  ^Middle  Helladic,  125,  in  the 
Corinthia,  125. 

Kakovatos,  L.  H.  1  and  II  |)oltery  from  ro>al  tombs  at,  U'.t. 
Kef  tin  cup,  25,  40. 

Korakou,  description  of  site,  1  f.;  plan  of  excavation  of.  Plate  \1II;  relative  chronology  of  settle- 
ment at,  120  IT.;  destruction  of  E.  II.  settlemeiil  at,  121. 

Lead  objects,  109. 

Lianokladi,  pottery  from,  in  general  agreement  with  that  found  at  Korakou,  3;  "Urfirnis"  at, 
113;  M.  H.  (?)  house  at,  115. 

Maket  tomb  at  Gourob,  L.  H.  jug  from,  52. 

Markopoulo  (in  Attica),  L.  H.  pitcher  from,  50. 

Megaron  type  of  house  in  M.  H.  period,  77  f. 

Melos,  black  and  red  ware  from,  30;  pattern  (jf  curving  streamers  on  pottery  from,  48.     Sec  also 

under  Phjdakopi. 
Minoan,  influence  on  Mattpainted  ware  II,  24  f. ;  Middle  Minoan  III  wares  as  relalci!  to  Mainland 

fabrics,  114  f.     See  also  under  Crete. 


INDEX  ,37 

Mycenaok  Gray  Minyan  ware  from,  15;  Mattpaintod  waro  from,  114;  Mattpainted  ware  III  from 
sixth  shaft  grave  at,  28  ff. ;  Ephyraeaii  ware  from,  54 ;  Warrior  Vast-  from,  02  f. ;  L.  H.  Ill  houses 
at,  120. 

Mycenaean  (  =  Late  Helladic)  ware,  forerunner  of,  25;  earliest  fouiKi  at  K(,nik>.ii  32 

\axos,  K.  II.  sauce-boat  from,  10. 
Neolithic  pf)ttery  from  C'orinthia,  123. 

Obsidian  objects,  E.  H.  period,  104;  M.  II.  period,  105;  L.  H.  period,  109. 

Old  Corinth,  prehistoric  site  at,  110;  K.  11.  graves  at,  7,  100;  E.  H.  beaked  jugs  from,  11. 

Olyiiipia,  early  incised  pottery  from,  14;  L.  H.  Ill  .sherd  from,  119. 

Orchomcnos,  E.  H.  ware  from,  11,  112;  E.  H.  bothroi  at,  75  f.;  Gray  Minyan  ware  from,  15;  Malt- 
painted  ware  from,  114;  Mattpainted  pithoi  from,  19,  n.;  M.  H.  house  construction  at. 
77,  116;  burial  beneath  half  pithos  at,  101. 

Phocis,  pottery  from,  in  general  agreement  with  that  foutid  at  Korakou,  3;  connection.^  with  the 
Corinthia  in  K.  H.  period,  113;  probabli'  source  of  invasion  which  destroyed  E.  II.  settlement 
at  Korakou,  124. 

Phylakopi,  early  polishe<l  ware  from,  5;  Gray  Minyan  ware  from,  122;  Mattpaintod  II  cups  from, 
25;  beaked  jugs  from-,  25;  bird  vases  from,  25;  series  of  bowls  froin,  28;  Mattpainted  III  jug 
from,  30,  114;  Ephyraean  ware  from,  54;  intranuiral  interment  of  infant  at,  101. 

Pottery,  of  Korakou,  Chap.  II;  of  Mainland,  ])eriods  and  terminology,  3;  Mycenaean  (  =  Ij»tc 
Helladic),  3;  "Urfirnis,"  2,  3,  6;  Cydadic  ware  of  Phylako|)i,  5. 
Early  Hellwlic,  4  if.;  diffusion  of,  3,  4  IT.,  110  tT.;  chronological  se(|Ucnce  of,  14. 

A.  IIand-i)()Iished;    I,  I'lislipiJcd,  4  f.,  14;  II,  Slipped,  5  f.,  14. 

B.  Glazed,  0  ff.,  14:   I,  Partly  Coated,  6;  II,  Completely  Coated,  (1  (T. 

C.  Patterned,  8  fif.,  14:    I,  Dark-on-Light,  8  £f.;  II,  Light-<m-Dark,  1(»  f. 

D.  Unpainted,  11  f.,  14. 

E.  Domestic  Pots  and  Pithoi,  12  f.,  14. 

F.  Other  Wares,  13  f. 

"Rugose"  ware,  13;  potter's  marks,  11. 
Middle  Helladic,  3,  15  ff.;  diffusion  of,  1 13  ff.;  chronological  sequence  of,  34  f 

A.  Minyan,  2,  3,  15ff.;  I,  Gray,  15  ff.;  II,  Argive  Minyan,  17  f.;  HI.  Yelh.w  Minyan,  18  f. 

B.  Mattpainted,  2,  3,  19  ff.;  I,  Coarse,  19  ff.;  II,  Fine.  24  ff.;  Minoan  intluence  on.  24; 
III,     Polychrome,  28  ff. 

C.  Coarse  Unpainted  Domestic,  30  f. 

D.  Mainland  Ware  Corresponding  to  Fabrics  of  M.  M.  HI.  :!_'  tT  :  I.  I.ight-on-Dark, 
32  f.;  II,  Dark-on-Light,  33  f. 

Ijide  Helladic  (  =  Mycenacan),  3,  35  IT.;  ihvision  into  Ihive  slau-es.  .•{(•.;  potter's  marks,  44. 
Late  Helladic  I,  30  ff.;  diffusion  of,  117  ff. 
A.     Painted,  30  ff. 
H.     liipainted,  43. 
C.     .Moiioelirome,  i'.i  f. 


138  INDEX 

Pottery,  Late  Helladii-  I — continued 

D.  f'liay  Miiiyaii,  44. 

E.  .Mattpainteil,  44. 

F.  Domestic,  44. 

Late  Hellatlic  II  (  =  Mycenaean),  44  IT.;  difTiision  of,  1 17  IT 

\.  Painted,  45  ff. 

H.  lOpiiyraoan,  54  ff.;  in  (lie  .Vin'iliil,  117. 

C".  Fine  Unpaintod,  57  IT. 

D.  Monochrome,  59. 

E.  Minyan,  59. 

F.  Mattpainted,  59. 

G.  Domestic,  59. 

Late  Helladic  III  (  =  Mycenaean),  59  ff.;  diffusion  of,  120. 

A.  Painted,  59  ff. 

B.  Unpainted,  72. 
C".     Monochrome,  72. 

D.  E.  Minyan  and  JNIattpainted,  72. 

E.  Domestic  Pots  and  Pithoi,  73  ff. 
Patterns 

Early  Helladic:   inci.sed,  4  f.;  wedge-shaped  incisions,  5.  13;  mottled  decoration,  7;  raised 

rope  hands,  13;  peculiar  incised  decoration,  13  f. 
Middle  Helladic:  incised,  on  Argive  Minyan  I,  19;  angular  ami  curvilinear,  on  Mattpainted 
I,  19;  panelled  decoration  on  Mattpainted  II,  25;  design  of  sea  shells  on  earliest  Myce- 
na<^an  ware,  M.  H.  II,  34. 
Late  Helladic:  I,  37  ff. ;  II,  45  ff. ;  of  waving  streamers,  48;  on  Ephyraean  ware,  5(5  f. ; 
III,  61  f. 
Prehistoric  Age  on  Greek  Mainland,  division  info  periods,  3;  evidence  for  division,  3. 
Prehistoric  sites  near  Corinth,  110. 
Pylos  (in  Messenia),  L.  H.  I-II  pottery  from  tholos  tomb  at,  119. 

Rachmani,  house  with  apse,  115. 

Rini,  house  with  apse  at  either  end,  115. 

■Sphettos  (in  Attica),  L.  H.  Ill  crater  from,  64. 

Stone  objects,  Early  Helladic:  marlile  pestle,  104;  pounder,  104;  Middle  Helladic:  pounder,  105; 
Late  Helladic  II:  incised  pebble,  106;  steatite  gem,  106;  Late  Helladic  III:  steatite  gems, 
106;  steatite  s])indle-whorls,  109;  steatite  celt,  109;  fragment  of  jjolished  celt,  109;  whetstone, 
109;  pounders  and  grinders,  109;  millstones,  109;  flint,  109.     See  also  under  Obsidian. 

Stratification  of  prehistoric  deposit  at  Korakou,  2,  128. 

Tel  El  Amarna,  L.  H.  Ill  pottery  from,  59. 

Terracotta  objects.  Early  Helladic:   figurine  (?),  104;  spindle-whorls,  104;  flat  disk,  104;  Middle 

Helladic:  .spin die- whorls,  105;  Late  Helladic  III:  figurines,    107   f. ;  animal  figures,   108  f . ; 

spindle-whorls,  109;  fiat  crescent,  109. 


INDEX  139 

Thebes,  L.  II.  pottery  from,  118;  Mycenaean  pitchers  from,  50;  L.  li.  Ill  panelled  system  of  deco- 
ration at,  61;  L.  H.  Ill  unpainted  cylix  from,  65,  n. 

Thermon,  M.  H.     pottery  from,  115;  apsidal  houses  at,  115;  L.  11.  I  ami  II  pottery  from,  119. 

Thessaly,  E.  H.  "rugose"  dishes  from  Tsani,  i:i;  L.  II.  II  pottery  from  Papasae  ami  loicos,  118  f. 

Tiryns,  pottery  of  lowest  stratum  at.  111;  Mattpainted  ware  from,  114;  M.  H.  sherd.>  with  .sea- 
shell  pattern  from,  34;  Ephyraean  ware  from,  54,  117;  L.  H.  Ill  hou.«e  at,  120;  so-<alled  Ti-m- 
ple  of  Hera  at,  1.30  ft". 

Tombs,  E.  H.  shaft-tombs  at  Old  Corinth,  100;  tombs  of  M.  H.  period,  100  f.;  M.  H.  infant  burial 
in  i)ithos,  18,  19,  100  f.;  M.  H.  intramural  burial  of  infant,  101;  L.  II.  graves,  102  f. 

Tsani,  E.  H.  "rugose"  dishes  from,  13:  connections  of,  with  the  foriiithia  in  K.  H.  pi-riod.  113 

Vaphio,  gold  cups  from,  25,  32;  L.  H.  II  pottery  from,  119;  L.  H  II  pattern  of  curving  streamers  on 
pottery  from,  48. 

Yiriza,  prehistoric  site  near  Corinth,  110;  E.  H.  askoi  from,  8. 

Zerelia,  interment  of  infant  beneath  half  pithos  at,  101. 


PLATE  I 


SiAU:  I  :  - 


PLATE   II 


6 


SuKRus  OF  Matti-mvtku   \V\uk  and   Lhiiit-iiv-Dmik    Mmm\m>    Wark,    Smiiwi.su   iilUILAKin 

MiDDI.K    itci.l.MiK      I't  Kliili. 


Si  1 1  I     I       I 


^ 


t^Zl 


6 


^ 


-i 


8 


Four  Shkros  ok  .M.vr.TA.N.M.  UM.k.  Cla«.  II.  and  Kotm  or  I)Ai.K-..~-I.l..itT  Ma.m»m.  «  «". 

MlllKU:    llKIJ-APir    I'KHinli 


SrMJ.    I       I 


PI-.\  1 


I-    1  \ 


muun:^' 


KXAMI'I.K.S    UK    I'aTTKUNH   OS   t'l'l-H   OK   TMK    V  M'lllO  ShaTK.    I.ATIt    II' 

SrALK  ;t      I 


PLATE   V 


KWKK   OK   li....l)    IMHIU  .    M...M>    \.\Ty.    llKl.t.\UIC    Tl-KKlU. 


PLATE   VI 


CVJ 


^ 


CO 


PI-ATE  VH 


S 


2 

>; '      1 


% 


PLATE  VIII 


CZ3 


EARLY  HELLADIC 

MIDDLE 

LATE 


General  Plan  of  the  Mxi-avationb  at  Kohakou. 


r 


^v 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 

from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

305  De  Neve  Drive  -  Parking  Lot  17  •  Box  951388 

LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA  90095-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


JAN  1  7  200S 


UCLA  COL  LIB    ,mm 
RECEIVED  ^^"^ 


1  2  2008 


-Tt: 


immo/ 


()S-ANGEl£j^ 


AUSANI 


^Ct 


?a1 


iw^     lL^<r-^5 


